The books in the LRC are arranged by topic using Library of Congress classification system. Here are a few call number ranges to explore:
Business Management
HB 71-74 Economics as a science
HB 75-130 History of economics. History of economic theory Including special economic schools
HC 10-1085 Economic history and conditions
HD 28-70 Management. Industrial management
HF 1-6182 Commerce
HG 4001-4285 Finance management. Business finance. Corporation finance
HG 8059 Business insurance
HG 8075-8107 Insurance business. Insurance management
HG 8835-8899 Life insurance business. Management
HJ 2005-2216 Income and expenditure. Budget
HJ 2240-5908 Revenue. Taxation. Internal revenue
TS 155-194 Production management. Operations management
For Subject searches using the Worldcat Discovery, try:
To do Keyword searches, you can either use add terms or use phrases.
Searching for Personnel Management?
Test out Personnel AND Management as searches and see what you can find.
The program consists of several subjects that will render the graduates knowledgeable of the core Management functions. Among the highlight courses are: Strategic Management, Advance Business Finance, Business Research, Business Intelligence, International Business, Operations Management, Project Management and Enterprise Resources Planning. Upon completion of the program, the graduates are expected to exemplify competencies critical to effectively perform the different Management functions such planning, leading, organizing and controlling the organizational resources to achieve the corporate mission – vision and uphold highest standard of integrity and ethics of the organization
This subject guide gathers in one place carefully evaluated and selected resources on Business Management available and accessible at the LRC and its subscribed databases. Books (both print and electronic) are categorized per course; while journals, magazines, online databases, are recommended for the entire Business Management program.
QUICK LINKS
This course is intended for students who are enrolled in business-related programs. It is designed to introduce and develop skills and techniques of analyzing financial statements, including the use of such information in the performance of management functions. Two important tools, budgeting and cost volume-profit analysis will be covered to enable the students to be familiar with the techniques of preparing projected financial statements. A discussion of relevant costs will be helpful in evaluating alternatives in the decision-making process.
Accounting All-In-One for Dummies with Online Practice by
Your all-in-one accounting resource If you're a numbers person, it's your lucky day! Accounting jobs are on the rise -- in fact, the Bureau of Labor Statistics projects a faster-than-average growth rate of 11% in the industry through 2024. So, if you're seeking long-term job security while also pursuing your passion, you'll be stacking the odds in your favor by starting a career in accounting. Accountants don't necessarily lead a solitary life behind a desk in a bank. The field offers opportunities in auditing, budget analysis, financial accounting, management accounting, tax accounting, and more. In Accounting All-in-One For Dummies, you'll benefit from cream-of-the-crop content culled from several previously published books. It'll help you to flourish in whatever niche you want to conquer in the wonderful world of accounting. You'll also get free access to a quiz for each section of the book online. Report on financial statements Make savvy business decisions Audit and detect financial fraud Handle cash and make purchasing decisions Get free access to topic quizzes online If you're a student studying the application of accounting theories or a professional looking for a valuable desktop reference you can trust, this book covers it all.
Accounting Ethics by
A trusted resource on the complex ethical questions that define the accounting profession An accountant's practice depends on making difficult decisions. To achieve the best results, individual accountants and accounting firms need a clear understanding of the ethical duties and decision-making involved in the four major functions of modern accounting--auditing, management accounting, tax accounting, and consulting--as well as a strong sense of ethical conduct to guide the certification and validation of reliable financial records. Now in its third edition, Accounting Ethics is a thorough and engaging exploration of the ethical issues that accountants encounter in their professional lives. Since the publication of the first edition in 2002, Accounting Ethics has become an indispensable resource for accounting courses and certification programs worldwide, known for its focus on real-world application, practical advice, reader-friendly guidance, and its insight into the effects of global change on the profession. Together with coverage of the contemporary regulatory environment--including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act--this revised edition features expanded pedagogical resources such as new end-of-chapter case studies and discussion questions, and includes the updated AICPA Code of Conduct. Concise and dependable, Accounting Ethics sustains its reputation as an authoritative resource for practicing accountants, new professionals, students of accounting, and those who are considering the profession.
Corporate Financial Accounting by
Gain a solid foundation in the core accounting concepts as you develop a true appreciation for why accounting is important to business and a prosperous society with Warren/Jones� CORPORATE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING, 15E. Available with CengageNOWv2, this latest edition clearly demonstrates how accounting is more than just data or black-and-white rules. Instead, you see how accounting provides key information that professionals use to make critical business decisions.
Financial accounting : tools for business decision making by 
Fundamentals of cost accounting by
"We present the material from the perspective of both the preparer and the user of the information. We do this so that both accounting majors and those students planning other careers will appreciate the issues in preparing and using the information. The opening vignettes tie to one of the Business Application features in the chapter to highlight the relevance of cost accounting to todays business problems. All chapters end with Key Takeaways that summarize the core concepts of the chapter"--
Introduction to managerial accounting by Kashato shirts : accounting practice set for a merchandising business by 
Managerial accounting by
Builds Student Interest by engaging and motivating students by presenting accounting in the context of recognizable companies such as Bombas, Starbucks, Toyota, HGTV, IKEA and others including Apple; Whitecotton then integrates those companies throughout the chapter discussions.
- Fosters Decision Making and Analytical Skills by showing students how managers use accounting information to make business decisions in companies they know from their everyday lives. This approach helps students develop the analytical and critical thinking skills they will need to succeed in their future careers.
- Helps Students Become Better Problem Solvers by putting their skills to the test through robust end of chapter content, as well as Demonstration Cases and Skills Development Cases to practice their comprehension and understanding of the material.
- Uses Technology to Enhance Student Learning through McGraw-Hill Connect, including adaptive and interactive study features such as SmartBook, Interactive Presentations, New Integrated Excel, and Guided Examples, tied directly to Managerial Accounting, will improve students' engagement in and out of class, help them maximize their study time, and make their learning experience more enjoyable [https://www.mheducation.co.uk/managerial-accounting-ise-9781265117894-emea-group#tab-label-product-description-title].
Managerial accounting for managers by
"In Managerial Accounting for Managers, the authors have crafted a streamlined managerial accounting book that is perfect for non-accounting majors who intend to move into managerial positions. The traditional Process Costing, Statement of Cash Flows, and Financial Statement Analysis chapters have been dropped to enable instructors to focus their attention on the bedrocks of managerial accounting-planning, control, and decision making. Noreen/Brewer/Garrison focuses on the fundamentals, allowing students to develop the conceptual framework managers need to succeed"--
Partnership and corporation accounting by 
Strategic Performance Management : accounting for organizational control by
One of the most important challenges that people in senior management positions face is the responsibility of ensuring their organizations¿ effective practice of performance management. As this book reveals, performance management comprises an interdisciplinary field of study and practice that draws upon a wide set of business disciplines, including strategic management, organizational behaviour, organizational theory, and management accounting. This book provides a contemporary examination of theories, issues, and practices related to performance management. An original performance management framework helps structure the book, and in particular the ordering and layout of the book¿s chapters. Unlike other performance management frameworks, the one used here is grounded in concrete organizational phenomena, therefore making it more accessible and meaningful to practitioners, scholars, and students.
This course is intended for students who are enrolled in business-related programs. It is designed to introduce and develop skills and techniques of analyzing financial statements, including the use of such information in the performance of management functions. Two important tools, budgeting and cost volume-profit analysis will be covered to enable the students to be familiar with the techniques of preparing projected financial statements. A discussion of relevant costs will be helpful in evaluating alternatives in the decision-making process.
Accounting and corporate reporting : today and tomorrow by 
Accounting for Financial Instruments : a guide to valuation and risk management by
Accounting for Financial Instruments is about the accounting and regulatory framework associated with the acquisition and disposal of financial instruments; how to determine their value; how to manage the risk connected with them; and ultimately compile a business valuation report. Specifically, the book covers the following topics, amongst others: Accounting for Investments; Bills of exchan≥ Management of Financial Risks; Financial Analysis (including the Financial Analysis Report); Valuation of a business (including the Business Valuation Report) and Money laundering. Accounting for Financial Instruments fills a gap in the current literature for a comprehensive text that brings together relevant accounting concepts and valid regulatory framework, and related procedures regarding the management of financial instruments (investments), which are applicable in the modern business world. Understanding financial risk management allows the reader to comprehend the importance of analysing a business concern. This is achieved by presenting an analytical framework to illustrate that an entity's performance is greatly influenced by its external and internal environments. The analysis of the external environment examines factors that impact an entity's operational activities, strategic choices, and influence its opportunities and risks. The analysis of the internal environment applies accounting ratio analysis to an entity's financial statements to examine various elements, including liquidity, profitability, asset utilisation, investment, working capital management and capital structure. The objective of the book is to provide a fundamental knowledge base for those who are interested in managing financial instruments (investments) or studying banking and finance or those who wish to make financial services, particularly banking and finance, their chosen career. Accounting for Financial Instruments is highly applicable to both professional accountants and auditors and students alike.
Case Studies in Not-For-Profit Accounting and Auditing by
Gain hands-on experience with case studies designed to simulate real-world scenarios and common problems in today's not-for-profit environment. This book goes beyond the theory and will show you how to navigate the key issues that arise in not-for-profit accounting and auditing.
Financial Accounting : Introduction to German GAAP with exercises by
Every German student of business administration needs to have a basic understanding of accounting according to German GAAP, and thanks to globalization many courses about German accounting are nowadays held in English to improve the language skills of the students. In addition many foreign subsidiaries of German companies have to prepare their part of consolidated financial statements according to German GAAP. So far, these professionals can rely on German literature only. The first part of the book offers a compact introduction to financial statements according to German GAAP, the second part comprises exercises on individual topics with solutions and case studies for in-depth and effective learning. This introduction provides ideal support for German-speaking students taking Englishspeaking lectures in the field and is furthermore valuable for professionals looking for explanations when preparing the data for consolidated financial statements. Includes exercises and case studies for practice Ideal textbook for students of German Universities attending English-speaking lectures in financial management Ideal introduction for professionals with a succinct explanation and additional support with a glossary and vocabulary
Management Accountants' Business Orientation and Involvement in Incentive Compensation by
Changing roles of management accountants have been intensively discussed in business practice and academic research. The objective of this empirical study is to gain a deeper understanding of management accountants' business orientation and extended tasks. Based on data collected from the top 1,500 companies in Germany, results reveal that especially subjective norms have a strong impact on the practice of management accountants acting business-oriented. Furthermore, the results reinforce the frequently postulated positive effect of management accountants' business orientation. The analyses also show positive associations between the involvement of management accountants in incentive compensation, the effort effects of incentive schemes, and firm performance.
Management accounting when an organization is facing default by 
Narrative and Numbers : the value of stories in business by
Aswath Damodaran, finance professor and experienced investor, argues that the power of story drives corporate value, adding substance to numbers and persuading even cautious investors to take risks. In business, there are the storytellers who spin compelling narratives and the number-crunchers who construct meaningful models and accounts. Both are essential to success, but only by combining the two, Damodaran argues, can a business deliver and sustain value.
This course provides you with the application of marketing concepts, theories, and principles. This course covers an extensive discussion of the four areas of marketing: product, price, place, and promotions. APPMKTG discusses the procedures and programs to develop marketing strategies with the ultimate goal of delivering customer satisfaction. It will also give emphasis on the current issues of social responsibility, ethics and globalization. You will understand more the importance of the marketing function and its relationship with other company departments and marketing partners outside the business organization.
Applied Strategic Marketing : a step-by-step approach by
This book, originally published in Dutch, provides a uniquely practical approach to strategic marketing planning. Combining a comprehensive overview of theory with practice, each chapter takes the reader step by step through the strategic marketing process. Beginning with identifying the value proposition, it moves on to the situational analysis that underpins the corporate strategy, and finally details the overall implementation and creation of a customer and brand values. Applied Strategic Marketing equips the reader with the necessary tools and techniques to develop and deliver a thorough and effective marketing strategy. With a broad range of international case studies that bring the theory to life, this well-renowned and updated translation is vital reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students of marketing management and strategic marketing. It should also be of interest to marketing practitioners who want a clear overview to aid them in the planning process. ing process.
Business-To-Business Marketing by
'This textbook stands out from others by combining multiple approaches to B2B marketing theory with up-to-date examples from practice. The inclusion of many international examples makes it invaluable for faculty and students worldwide. It is a must read for students and a truly refreshing addition to any marketing course.' - Catherine Sutton-Brady, Associate Professor of Marketing, The University of Sydney Business School Taking in both European and US approaches to form a balanced, global-minded text and covering both the theory and practice of global business-to-business marketing, the new Fourth Edition: Includes new coverage of digital and social media marketing in the B2B environment, to reflect online developments Is updated to reflect the effects and impact of global changes such as the legally binding deal signed at the Paris Climate Conference (Dec. 2015) Includes new 'scenario' boxes which provide reflective decision-based situations for students to think through, helping them prepare for future roles. The book is complemented by a companion website featuring a range of tools and resources for lecturers and students, including PowerPoint slides, tutor guide sample exam questions, SAGE journal articles, quizzes, web links and selected author videos to make the examples in each chapter come to life. Suitable for all students taking B2B marketing modules.
Content Marketing Strategies for Dummies by
Drive your content marketing campaign toward success Blogs and social platforms are all the rage right now--especially for strategists looking to cultivate influence among target audience members through content marketing. Content Marketing Strategies For Dummies explains how you can use content marketing to gain an edge over your competition, even in the most crowded of marketplaces. This timely text introduces you to the Five C Cycle: Company Focus, Customer Experience, Content Creation, Channel Promotion, and Closed-Loop Analysis. The Five C Cycle drives the creation and documentation of a targeted content marketing strategy, and allows you to approach your content marketing campaign with confidence. By helping you determine your company's focus, uncover your customers' experience with data, develop channel promotions across social platforms, create actionable online content, and use closed-loop analysis to build on previous success, this will become your go-to content marketing guide. Content marketing entails creating and curating content online via blog posts, social media platforms, and more. The goal is to acquire and retain customers by creating content that brings value to their lives, and that encourages them to engage with your brand. This easy-to-understand guide will help you do just that. Analyze customer data to better understand your target audience's journey Leverage social platforms, such as Facebook and Twitter, to develop channel promotions Create and curate intelligent, engaging content that leads to action Build upon your previous success with closed-loop analysis Whether you work for a large corporation, are part of a small business, are a solo thought leader, or are an educator, Content Marketing Strategies For Dummies tells you how to gain a critical, competitive advantage through targeted content marketing strategies.
Global Marketing : contemporary theory, practice, and cases by
Global Marketing provides students with a truly international treatment of the key principles that every marketing manager should grasp. International markets present different challenges that require a marketer to think strategically, and apply tools and techniques creatively in order to respond decisively in a fiercely competitive environment. Alon et al. provide students with everything they need to rise to the challenge: Coverage of small and medium enterprises, as well as multinational corporations, where much of the growth in international trade and global marketing has occurred. A shift toward greater consideration of services marketing as more companies move away from manufacturing. A focus on emerging markets to equip students with the skills necessary to take advantage of the opportunities that these rapidly growing regions present. Chapters on social media, innovation, and technology teach students how to incorporate these new tools into their marketing strategy. New material on sustainability, ethics, and corporate social responsibility; key values for any modern business. Short cases and examples throughout the text show students how these principles and techniques are applied in the real world. Longer cases provide instructors and students with rich content for deeper analysis and discussion. Covering key topics not found in competing books, Global Marketing will equip students with the knowledge and confidence they need to become leading marketing managers. A companion website features an instructor's manual with test questions, as well as additional exercises and examples for in-class use.
Global Marketing Management System (Second Edition) by
This is the second edition of the Global Marketing Management System (GMMS). The GMMS approach (GMMS book + GMMSO4 software) provides a rigorous theoretical base and a comprehensive, systematic and integrative planning process designed to guide students and managers alike through the decision-making process of a company seeking global market opportunities.The book aims to provide a structure, platform, tools and a systematic step-by-step process designed to support the creation of a strategic and applied oriented methodology to global business planning and strategy formulation. It introduces the GMMS process as a demonstration of a successful application of using web-based tools in teaching international business. The book also facilitates the ability of students to enhance their understanding of decision making in international management and bridge the gap between theory and practice.
Marketing Perspectives by
Marketing Perspectives develops beyond the core concepts of marketing to introduce important points of view on contemporary marketing.Areas include some of the most significant and fast growing sectors of the developed economy, such as:* Digital marketing* The experience economy and services marketing* Co-creation and customer engagementThis book also offers some interesting and useful perspectives on marketing that aren't so often covered, for example managing a marketing budget and an historical perspective on marketing.
Marketing to Millennials for Dummies by
Market effectively to the millennial mindset Millennials make up the largest and most valuable market of consumers in the United States --but until you understand how to successfully market to them, you may as well kiss their colossal spending power away! Packed with powerful data, research, and case studies across a variety of industries, Marketing to Millennials For Dummies gives you a fail-proof road map for winning over this coveted crowd. Millennials are projected to have $200 billion buying power by 2017, and $10 trillion over their lifetimes -- and yet industries across the board are struggling to garner their attention. Revealing what makes this darling demographic tick, this hands-on guide shows you how to adapt to new media, understand the 'sharing economy,' and build meaningful relationships that will keep your brand, product, or service at the forefront of the millennial mind. Identify key millennial characteristics and behaviors Grasp and adapt to millennial economic realities Reach your target audience with integrated strategies Build deep, lasting connections with millennials Get ready to crack the code --millennials are a mystery no more!
The Strategic Storyteller : content marketing in the age of the educated consumer by
The world needs more storytellers. Storytelling is an inherently innovative activity. When organizations find their best stories and tell them to the world, they're not only building a reputation, they're flexing the same muscles that allow them to pivot quickly around crisis or opportunity, and solve problems more creatively. For individuals, crafting stories is the primary way we can make sense of the world and our place in it. The Strategic Storyteller is a comprehensive, practical guide to transformative storytelling. In its pages you will learn how to: Tap into your and your organization's unique sources of wonder, wisdom, and delight Boost individual and collective creativity Understand the storytelling strategies behind some of the world's most powerful brands Unlock the secrets of the great strategic storytellers of the past Build a place where your stories can live online Distribute stories so they have staying power and reach in the digital age Convene audiences by going beyond demographic stereotypes and tapping into enduring human needs Understand how unshakable reputations are built out of stories that accumulate over time Sooner or later all of us will be asked to tell stories in the course of our professional lives. We will be asked to make a case for ourselves, our work, our companies, and our future. The Strategic Storyteller tells you how.
This course provides you with the application of marketing concepts, theories, and principles. This course covers an extensive discussion of the four areas of marketing: product, price, place, and promotions. APPMKTG discusses the procedures and programs to develop marketing strategies with the ultimate goal of delivering customer satisfaction. It will also give emphasis on the current issues of social responsibility, ethics and globalization. You will understand more the importance of the marketing function and its relationship with other company departments and marketing partners outside the business organization.
Amazon - selling your stuff : marketing & relevancy relevancy by 
The Art of Digital Marketing : the definitive guide to creating strategic, targeted and measurable online campaigns by
The premier guide to digital marketing that works, and a solid framework for success The Art of Digital Marketing is the comprehensive guide to cracking the digital marketing 'code,' and reaching, engaging, and serving the empowered consumer. Based on the industry's leading certification from the Digital Marketing Institute (DMI), this book presents an innovative methodology for successful digital marketing: start with the customer and work backwards. A campaign is only effective as it is reflective of the consumer's wants, needs, preferences, and inclinations; the DMI framework provides structured, implementable, iterative direction for getting it right every time. The heart of the framework is a three-step process called the 3i Principles: Initiate, Iterate, and Integrate. This simple idea translates into higher engagement, real customer interaction, and multichannel campaigns that extend even into traditional marketing channels. The evolution of digital marketing isn't really about the brands; it's about consumers exercising more control over their choices. This book demonstrates how using this single realization as a starting point helps you build and implement more effective campaigns. Get inside the customer's head with deep consumer research Constantly improve your campaigns based on feedback and interactions Integrate digital activities across channels, including traditional marketing Build campaigns based on customer choice and control Digital marketing turns traditional marketing models on their heads. Instead of telling the customer what to think, you find out what they already think and go from there. Instead of front-loading resources, you continually adjust your approach based on real interactions with real customers every day. Digital marketing operates within its own paradigm, and The Art of Digital Marketing opens the door for your next campaign.
Authentic Marketing : How to Capture Hearts and Minds by Embracing the Power of Good by
Engage on a deeper level by disrupting the typical business development script Authentic Marketing offers a forward-thinking approach to achieving an entirely new level of engagement with today's purpose-driven and skeptical audiences. The heart of this process involves finding the soul of your organization. When moral purpose becomes central to your organization, it can deliver benefits to both the bottom line and mankind: a profit meets purpose proposition. This path requires a reinvention of today's dated business model, abolishing the inefficient, siloed approach of developing a business strategy first and then later creating separate strategies for marketing, HR, manufacturing, R&D, etc. The new integrated model fuses a tight integration of business, technology innovation and engagement strategies, all of which are bound together by a company's moral purpose. When moral purpose is central to an organization's core, everything branches out from a place of authenticity. Rather than a siloed CSR effort, you develop employee and customer relationships based on real--not curated--connections with a brand's moral mission. You build true engagement, trust and evangelism. And, along the way, your customers will actually help to co-create your brand. This book shows you how to transform your business by putting moral purpose to work for your stakeholders and the planet. Embrace a new model that integrates business, technology innovation, and engagement strategies with moral purpose as the glue that binds them together Learn the key steps to find your moral purpose Discover how to engage audiences with a transparent, authentic marketing approach that forges powerful connections and builds trust. With a world of options at their fingertips, today's purpose-driven customers want a brand they can identify with and trust. Authentic Marketing shows you how to make your brand more human, more likeable, more genuine and guides you on how to connect with audiences on a moral level. This process will build a new level of engagement that will benefit both your long-term value and the world.
Data-Driven Marketing Content : a practical guide by
In the world we live in today, more data is being generated than at any other period in human history. However, this wealth of information is causing a data dilemma for small to medium sized enterprises (SMEs), entrepreneurs, and practitioners. With marketing companies and experts struggling to produce business content that delivers strong marketing results and SME's being overshadowed by data-aware super-brands that are already heavily investing in data-driven content, Lee Wilson offers a solution that can rectify the performance divide. Data-Driven Marketing Content: A Practical Guideempowers businesses, regardless of industry, size, or competition level, to understand, identify and act on big-data opportunities. The guide shares unique processes, approaches, and frameworks which can be applied to every company need, leading you towards efficient and effective content creation that repeatedly returns on investment. Through a combination of practical expertise and personal insights, this book instructs and enables practitioners and entrepreneurs to overcome everyday business content barriers and yield increased results from every piece of content created.
Experiential Marketing : secrets, strategies, and success stories from the world's greatest brands by
The most researched, documented, and comprehensive manifesto on experiential marketing. As customers take control over what, when, why, and how they buy products and services, brands face the complete breakdown and utter failure of passive marketing strategies designed more than a half-century ago. To connect with a new generation of customers, companies must embrace and deploy a new marketing mix, powered by a more effective discipline: experiences. Experiential marketing, the use of live, face-to-face engagements to connect with audiences, create relationships and drive brand affinity, has become the fastest-growing form of marketing in the world as the very companies that built their brands on the old Madison Avenue approach--including Coca-Cola, Nike, Microsoft, American Express and others--open the next chapter of marketing. . . as experiential brands. Using hundreds of case studies, exclusive research, and interviews with more than 150 global brands spanning a decade, global experiential marketing experts Kerry Smith and Dan Hanover present the most in-depth book ever written on how companies are using experiences as the anchor of reinvented marketing mixes. You'll learn: The history and fundamental principles of experiential marketing How top brands have reset marketing mixes as experience-driven portfolios The anatomy of a brand experience The psychology of engagement and experience design The 10 habits of highly experiential brands How to measure the impact of experiential marketing How to combine digital and social media in an experiential strategy The experiential marketing vocabulary How to begin converting to experiential marketing Marketers still torn between outdated marketing models and the need to reinvent how they market in today's customer-controlled economy will find the clarity they need to refine their marketing strategies, get a roadmap for putting their brands on a winning path, and walk away inspired to transition into experiential brands.
Managing Marketing: Guidelines for Practice Success by
Provides dental practices with guidelines on implenting a branding strategy, website development, print and digital marketing, referral generating techniques, and advertising.
Marketing 4. 0 : moving from traditional to digital by
Marketing has changed forever--this is what comes next Marketing 4.0: Moving from Traditional to Digital is the much-needed handbook for next-generation marketing. Written by the world's leading marketing authorities, this book helps you navigate the increasingly connected world and changing consumer landscape to reach more customers, more effectively. Today's customers have less time and attention to devote to your brand--and they are surrounded by alternatives every step of the way. You need to stand up, get their attention, and deliver the message they want to hear. This book examines the marketplace's shifting power dynamics, the paradoxes wrought by connectivity, and the increasing sub-culture splintering that will shape tomorrow's consumer; this foundation shows why Marketing 4.0 is becoming imperative for productivity, and this book shows you how to apply it to your brand today. Marketing 4.0 takes advantage of the shifting consumer mood to reach more customers and engage them more fully than ever before. Exploit the changes that are tripping up traditional approaches, and make them an integral part of your methodology. This book gives you the world-class insight you need to make it happen. Discover the new rules of marketing Stand out and create WOW moments Build a loyal and vocal customer base Learn who will shape the future of customer choice Every few years brings a "new" marketing movement, but experienced marketers know that this time its different; it's not just the rules that have changed, it's the customers themselves. Marketing 4.0 provides a solid framework based on a real-world vision of the consumer as they are today, and as they will be tomorrow. Marketing 4.0 gives you the edge you need to reach them more effectively than ever before.
Marketing Plans : how to prepare them, how to profit from them by
A fully revised and updated 8th edition of the highly renowned international bestseller The 8th edition of this highly acclaimed bestseller is thoroughly revised with every chapter having been updated with special attention to the latest developments in marketing. Marketing Plans is designed as a tool and a user-friendly learning resource. Every point illustrated by powerful practical examples and made actionable through simple, step-by-step templates and exercises. The book is established as essential reading for all serious professional marketers and students of marketing, from undergraduate and postgraduate to professional courses for bodies such as CIM. Above all it provides a practical, hands-on guide to implementing every single concept included in the text. New chapters and content include: A 'Does it Work' feature throughout demonstrating examples of real successes using the processes in the book More substantial coverage of consumer behaviour to balance the book's focus with B2B planning Digital techniques and practices brought fully up to date Also includes a comprehensive online Tutors' Guide and Market2Win Simulator for those who teach marketing strategy
Marketing Plan Templates for Enhancing Profits by
This workbook coaches business leaders to magnify the profits of a business. They learn a unique scientific system for predicting and achieving results. Their systematic decisions will spark the profits of any business. This system comprises all strategic decisions in the marketing plan for a business. The first part uses the SWOT Analysis to assess its strengths and weaknesses and identify possible opportunities and threats. The SWOT Analysis clarifies the mission, target market, specialty, and suppliers of the business. The questions at the end of these four chapters guide business leaders to focus on quality, describe key customers, compete on strength, and delegate weaknesses. The next part positions the business relative to its competitors with marketing mix decisions. Business leaders specify its products and services, and how to distribute, promote, and price them. These four chapters close with questions that lead the business to offer treasures, deliver delight, trumpet empathy, and price as valued. The final part motivates them to implement their decisions. The closing questions motivate business leaders to target key prospects, reward the best, concentrate resources, and jump into action. These twelve decisions transform a marketing plan and build the business. Her unique scientific system coaches business leaders to use the 80/20 rule to magnify their profits.
Social Media Marketing, Second Edition : Strategies in Utilizing Consumer-generated Content by
Faced with constant changes in consumer behavior, marketers are seeking various tools to promote and market their brands. Among those tools, the most impactful is consumer-generated content (CGC). CGC is viewed as consumers' vote of confidence, which is a form of social proof. CGC allows consumers to be involved with the companies' marketing strategy. Brands and companies have enabled consumers to be producers of original content, cocreators for an existing brand, and curators for trending ideas in the marketing place. The author explains why it is even more important today that brands need consumers' voices to advocate their brands. In this lively and practical book, she uses theories to explain consumers' psychology and offers practical examples of which social media platforms are conducive to CGC and why. In addition, she explains how consumers use CGC in different countries, the importance of influencer marketing, and ultimately teaches the strategy of using CGC effectively.
Strategic Social Media : from marketing to social change by
Strategic Social Media is the first textbook to go beyond the marketing plans and how-to guides, and provide an overview of the theories, action plans, and case studies necessary for teaching students and readers about utilizing social media to meet marketing goals. Explores the best marketing practices for reaching business goals, while also providing strategies that students/readers can apply to any past, present or future social media platform Provides comprehensive treatment of social media in five distinct sections: landscape, messages, marketing and business models, social change, and the future Emphasizes social responsibility and ethics, and how this relates to capitalizing on market share Highlights marketing strategies grounded in research that explains how practitioners can influence audience behaviour Each chapter introduces theory, practice, action plans, and case studies to teach students the power and positive possibilities that social media hold
The Strategic Storyteller : content marketing in the age of the educated consumer by
The world needs more storytellers. Storytelling is an inherently innovative activity. When organizations find their best stories and tell them to the world, they're not only building a reputation, they're flexing the same muscles that allow them to pivot quickly around crisis or opportunity, and solve problems more creatively. For individuals, crafting stories is the primary way we can make sense of the world and our place in it. The Strategic Storyteller is a comprehensive, practical guide to transformative storytelling. In its pages you will learn how to: Tap into your and your organization's unique sources of wonder, wisdom, and delight Boost individual and collective creativity Understand the storytelling strategies behind some of the world's most powerful brands Unlock the secrets of the great strategic storytellers of the past Build a place where your stories can live online Distribute stories so they have staying power and reach in the digital age Convene audiences by going beyond demographic stereotypes and tapping into enduring human needs Understand how unshakable reputations are built out of stories that accumulate over time Sooner or later all of us will be asked to tell stories in the course of our professional lives. We will be asked to make a case for ourselves, our work, our companies, and our future. The Strategic Storyteller tells you how.
The course is a business education subject requirement for students in the BSBA programs which provides: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprises c) business and local taxes d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and e) BIR programs and important tax code provisions, including penalties for non-compliance and remedies provide for both the government and the taxpayer. You will acquire a working knowledge of applications relevant to taxpayers whether as a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor
The Distributional Impact of Taxes and Transfers : : evidence from eight low- and middle-income countries by
The World Bank has partnered with the Commitment to Equity Institute at Tulane University to implement their diagnostic tool--the Commitment to Equity (CEQ) Assessment--designed to assess how taxation and public expenditures affect income inequality, poverty, and different economic groups. The approach relies on comprehensive fiscal incidence analysis, which measures the contribution of each individual intervention to poverty and inequality reduction as well as the combined impact of taxes and social spending. The CEQ Assessment provide an evidence base upon which alternative reform options can be analyzed. The use of a common methodology makes the results comparable across countries. This volume presents eight country studies that examine the distributional effects of individual programs and policy measures--and the net effect of each country's mix of policies and programs. These case studies were produced in the context of Bank policy dialogue and have since been used to propose alternative reform options.
Easy guide to taxation for entrepreneurs by The law on income taxation : with illustrations, problems, and solutions by 
The Oxford Handbook of Corporate Law and Governance by
Corporate law and corporate governance have been at the forefront of regulatory activities across the world for several decades now, and are subject to increasing public attention following the Global Financial Crisis of 2008. The Oxford Handbook of Corporate Law and Governance provides theglobal framework necessary to understand the aims and methods of legal research in this field.Written by leading scholars from around the world, the Handbook contains a rich variety of chapters that provide a comparative and functional overview of corporate governance. It opens with the central theoretical approaches and methodologies in corporate law scholarship in Part I, before examiningcore substantive topics in corporate law, including shareholder rights, takeovers and restructuring, and minority rights in Part II. Part III focuses on new challenges in the field, including conflicts between Western and Asian corporate governance environments, the rise of foreign ownership, andemerging markets. Enforcement issues are covered in Part IV, and Part V takes a broader approach, examining those areas of law and finance that are interwoven with corporate governance, including insolvency, taxation, and securities law as well as financial regulation.The Handbook is a comprehensive, interdisciplinary resource placing corporate law and governance in its wider context, and is essential reading for scholars, practitioners, and policymakers in the field.
The SAGE Encyclopedia of Business Ethics and Society by
Thoroughly revised, updated, and expanded, The SAGE Encyclopedia of Business Ethics and Society, Second Edition explores current topics, such as mass social media, cookies, and cyber-attacks, as well as traditional issues including accounting, discrimination, environmental concerns, and management. The new edition also includes an in-depth examination of current and recent ethical affairs, such as the dangerous work environments of off-shore factories for Western retailers, the negligence resulting in the 2010 BP oil spill, the gender wage gap, the minimum wage debate and increasing income disparity and the unparalleled level of debt in the U.S. and other countries with the challenges it presents to many societies and the considerable impact on the ethics of intergenerational wealth transfers. Key Features Include: Seven volumes, available in both electronic and print formats, contain more than 1,200 signed entries by significant figures in the field Cross-references and suggestions for further readings to guide students to in-depth resources Thematic Reader's Guide groups related entries by general topics Index allows for thorough browse-and-search capabilities in the electronic edition
Small Business Taxes for Dummies by
Small business taxes taxing you out? For most business owners, their single biggest "expense" (and headache) is dealing with their taxes. And while the just passed Congressional tax bill reduced taxes for many of the estimated 30 million small business owners in the U.S., the nation's taxes continue to be complex. Not being up-to-speed on tax rules and strategies can lead to mistakes that cost business owners thousands of dollars in fines and penalties every year. Small Business Taxes For Dummies assists both current and aspiring small business owners with important tax planning issues, including complete coverage of the tax changes taking effect in 2018, creating an ongoing tax routine, dealing with the IRS, and navigating audits and notices. Includes issues influencing incorporated small businesses, partnerships, and LLCs Offers expanded coverage of other business taxes including payroll and sales taxes Provides websites and other online tax resources Gives guidance to millennials juggling multiple gigs If you're a current or aspiring small business owner looking for the most up-to-date tax planning issues, this book keeps you covered.
Starting and Managing a Nonprofit Organization by
Everything you need to start and manage a non-profit Starting and Managing a Nonprofit Organization is written to help anyone who's just getting their toes wet in the sector get up to speed on the critical information needed to protect their nonprofit's tax-exempt status--and avoid the many legal traps out there that you probably didn't know exist. Packed with checklists and step-by-step guidance, Starting and Managing a Nonprofit Organization demystifies intricate legal issues with plain-English language explanations for non-legal professionals of the statutes, regulations, court opinions, and other rules comprising nonprofit law. Nonprofits must comply with stringent federal and state laws due to their special exempt status; the government's ultimate threat is revocation of a nonprofit's tax-exempt status, which usually means the nonprofit's demise. Written in plain English, not "legalese," this all-important guide provides essential guidance for those interested in starting nonprofits, as well as valuable advice for leaders of established organizations. Covers all aspects of federal and state nonprofit law Discusses significant contemporary issues, including commerciality, private benefit, governance, and unrelated business Provides summaries of current IRS ruling policies Includes procedures and a glossary of legal terms for fail-safe compliance Written by the country's legal leading authority on tax-exempt organizations, Starting and Managing a Nonprofit Organization is the reference you'll want to keep close by as you navigate your way through the world of nonprofit and the law.
Tax Politics and Policy by
Taxes are an inescapable part of life. They are perhaps the most economically consequential aspect of the relationship between individuals and their government. Understanding tax development and implementation, not to mention the political forces involved, is critical to fully appreciating and critiquing that relationship. Tax Politics and Policy offers a comprehensive survey of taxation in the United States. It explores competing theories of taxation's role in civil society; investigates the evolution and impact of taxes on income, consumption, and assets; and highlights the role of interest groups in tax policy. This is the first book to include a separate look at "sin" taxes on tobacco, alcohol, marijuana, and sugar. The book concludes with a look at tax reform ideas, both old and new. This book is written for a broad audience--from upper-level undergraduates to graduate students in public policy, public administration, political science, economics, and related fields--and anyone else that has ever paid taxes.
Transfer and business taxation by The course is a business education subject requirement for students in the BSBA programs which provides: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprises c) business and local taxes d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and e) BIR programs and important tax code provisions, including penalties for non-compliance and remedies provide for both the government and the taxpayer. You will acquire a working knowledge of applications relevant to taxpayers whether as a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor
Allocating Business Income Between Capital and Labor under a Dual Income Tax : the case of Iceland by
In contrast to most Scandinavian countries, Iceland allocates the income of closely held businesses (CHBs) between capital and labor based on administratively set minimum wages rather than an imputed return to book assets. This paper contrasts the relative tax burdens of the current minimum wage system with asset-based allocation methods, and finds that switching to an asset-based method could increase tax revenues from CHBs in a generally progressive manner. Predictably, the shift would also raise the tax burden of skilled labor-intensive industries more than it would that of capital-intensive industries.
Autonomy in Subnational Income Taxes : evolving powers, existing practices in seven countries by 
Expenditure Tax by
'This is one of those rare technical books which has an importance outside its own field' The Daily Telegraph. 'One of the most stimulating post-war books on public finance' The Guardian. Part 1 examines the issue of Expenditure Tax in principle and includes chapters on the following: * Income, Expenditure and Taxable Capacity * The Concept of Income in Economic Theory * Taxation and Savings * Taxation and risk-bearing * Taxation and the Incentive to Work * Company Taxation * Taxation and Economic Progress Part 2 examines the issue of Expenditure Tax in practice, asking whether personal expenditure tax is practicable and putting forward a proposal for Surtax Reform.
Global Perspectives on Income Taxation Law by
In Global Perspectives on Income Taxation Law, Reuven Avi-Yonah, Nicola Sartori, and Omri Marian cover basic, corporate and international tax law from a comparative perspective. The book both supplements readings in US tax law courses and serves as a textbook for a comparative tax law class. The book starts with a theoretical analysis of the field of comparative tax law. It then follows the usual order of topics covered in a basic tax course as taught in most U.S. law schools, and for each topic, the authors highlight possible alternatives or policy choices. The authors frequently consider the U.S. approach as a benchmark, comparing it with approaches used in other countries which form an interesting contrast, or a telling similarity. They consider the multiple purposes of studying comparative tax law: helping to advance successful tax reforms, cultural understanding, political values, legal harmonization, and a better understanding of domestic tax laws.
An Introduction to China's Taxation by
This book provides a comprehensive analysis of China's tax system, including the latest changes in the country's methods of taxation. The book details the current tax system with a focus on tax rates, taxpayers, tax incentives, and specific taxation. The book covers 9 tax types, including value added tax, consumption tax, business tax, customs duty, enterprise income tax, individual income tax, resource taxes, property taxes, and taxes for special purposes.
Progressive Consumption Taxation : the X tax revisited by
Alone among developed countries, the United States has no broad-based national consumption tax. Yet, economic analysis suggests that consumption taxation is superior to income taxation because it does not penalize saving and investment. The authors conclude that the U.S. income tax system should be completely replaced by a progressive consumption tax. The authors argue that the X tax, developed by the late David Bradford, offers the best form of progressive consumption taxation for the United States. To achieve progressively, the X tax modifies the value added tax by splitting its consumption tax base into two components, wages and business cash flow. The X tax applies graduated tax rates to households' wages and applies a flat tax rate, equal to the highest wage tax rate, to business firms' cash flows. The authors outline concrete proposals for the X tax's treatment of pensions and fringe benefits, business firms, financial intermediaries, international transactions, owner-occupied housing, state and local governments, the transition, and other issues. By adopting the X tax, the United States can preserve tax progressively while promoting economic growth through the removal of tax penalties on saving and investment.
Taxation : the people's business by
Originally published in 1924, this book contains various explanations and views on the American tax system by the reformer Andrew Mellon. During his 11 years in office as Secretary of the Treasury, he cut income taxes, reduced public spending, and brought an end to the excess profits tax--all while reducing the federal debt left over from World War I. Mellon's views on taxation expressed within this book have appeared in letters to Committee of Congress and various organizations and individuals, and are used throughout to illustrate his points, whilst also serving to publish them in a compact form, in one volume. The book also includes various tables and documents of scholarly interest.
Tax Planning and Compliance for Tax-Exempt Organizations by
The essential time-saving guide to the latest in nonprofit tax rules, regulations, and procedures Tax rules and regulations change annually, and nonprofit organizations know that staying compliant means staying up to date. But wading through tax code is less than helpful in the field, whereas the clear, practically oriented instruction inside provides the quick reference accountants, lawyers, and executives need. In the latest edition of Tax Planning and Compliance for Tax-Exempt Organizations, you'll find straightforward information on changing Unrelated Business Income (UBI) rules, joint ventures, sponsorships, deductions against UBI, preparation of IRS forms, and more. Nonprofit organizations--including health and welfare organizations, colleges and universities, private foundations, churches, libraries, museums, cultural institutions, and other smaller groups--contend daily with the possibility of losing their tax-exempt status. From qualifying and applying for that status, to maintaining and managing it, every nonprofit organization must plan and monitor ongoing procedures, activities, and forms to comply with federal, state, and local regulations. Access easy checklists for reporting, compliance, eligibility, and more Examine sample bylaws, applications, and forms Utilize comparison charts and other visual aids for easy reference Review bullet lists that compare what is and what is not acceptable Tax Planning and Compliance for Tax-Exempt Organizations is an indispensable guide to navigating the complex maze of nonprofit tax rules and regulations.
Tax Planning and Compliance for Tax-Exempt Organizations : Rules, Checklists, Procedures by
An essential, timesaving guide for accountants, lawyers, nonprofit executives and directors, consultants, and volunteers This book is an indispensable guide to navigating the complex maze of nonprofit tax rules and regulations. A clear and fully cited description of the requirements for the various categories of tax-exempt entities from public charities, private foundations, civic associations, business leagues, and social clubs to title-holding companies and governmental entities can be found. Practical guidance on potential for income tax on revenue-producing enterprises along with explanations of many exceptions to taxability is provided. Issues raised by Internet activity, advertising, publishing, providing services, and much more are explained. This useful guide covers the many significant issues facing nonprofit organizations, including compensation and possible private inurement, affiliation, separations and mergers, donor disclosures, lobbying and electioneering, and employment taxes. Offers a supplemental, annual update to keep subscribers current on relevant changes in IRS forms, requirements, and related tax procedures Includes easy-to-use checklists highlighting such critical concerns as tax-exempt eligibility, reporting to the IRS, and comprehensive tax compliance issues Features a variety of sample documents for private foundations, including penalty abatement requests and sharing space agreements Provides helpful practice aids, such as a comparison of the differences between public and private charities, charts reflecting lobbying limits for different types of entities, and listings of rulings and cases that illustrate permissible activity for each type of organizations compared to impermissible activity Filled with practical tips and suggestions for handling such critical situations as preparing for and surviving an IRS examination, Tax Planning and Compliance for Tax-Exempt Organizations, Fifth Edition provides guidance for the significant issues facing nonprofit organizations.
The Distributional Impact of Taxes and Transfers by This course will introduce you to the advanced concepts of supply and demand, elasticity, consumer behavior, production and cost in a market economy, and input and profit optimization problems in various market models. You will study how individual economic agents make decisions and how markets function, addressing questions like how a consumer can make optimal choices, how individual demands are formed, and how market demand can be derived. You will also learn how firms can make optimal input choices to minimize production costs and maximize profits. By the end of this course, you will have a better appreciation of how individual economic agents make decisions and their market interactions, that will prepare you in turn to become better business managers and entrepreneurs in the future.
Entrepreneurship success in small and medium enterprises by
Subjects:
Entrepreneurship
Business enterprises
Micro ECON 6 : principles of microeconomics by
Learn Microeconomics YOUR Way with ECON MICRO! ECON MICRO's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, ECON MICRO MindTap allows you to learn on your terms. Read or listen to textbooks and study with the aid of instructor notifications, flashcards and practice quizzes. Track your scores and stay motivated toward your goals. Whether you have more work to do or are ahead of the curve, you'll know where you need to focus your efforts. And the MindTap Green Dot will charge your confidence along the way. When it's time to study, everything you've flagged or noted can be gathered into a guide you can organize.
Microeconomics by
Ever wonder why colleges use GPAs, ACTs, and SATs for purposes of admission, or how supply and demand play out on a freeway, or what price has to do with being late to class, or how you might end up paying for good weather? ECONOMICS, 13E answers these questions and many more as this book opens up the world of economic analysis. This edition offers more detailed coverage of how economists build theories to explain everyday life than any other principles of economics text on the market. Memorable examples from pop culture illustrate the unexpected places economics occur and show you how economic forces link to every day events. This edition offers complete video assets to assist you in learning economics. There are short video lectures to assist you with key economic concepts and theories. In addition, Video Office Hours (longer video lectures) is a digital video asset that answers questions that students often have for their instructors during office hours. There are also videos assets - such as What's Wrong with this Diagram? "Working with Diagrams" and "Progression Graphs" that assist you in learning and working with all the diagrams that are in an economics principles course. A new Adaptive Test Prep available on MindTap Enables you to assess your personal economic understanding. Powerful digital resources, including Aplia and MindTap, work with the book's latest content to reflect today's changing economy and equip you with a thorough understanding of contemporary microeconomics.
Microeconomics by
Gain a solid global understanding of microeconomic principles and examine the latest thinking on important microeconomic happenings with Boyes/Melvin's popular MICROECONOMICS, 10E. A reader-friendly writing style, carefully integrated learning features, and emphasis on global microeconomics help you fully understand the connections between key microeconomic principles and actual business practices.Timely revisions and the latest microeconomic statistics ensure you are learning about the latest microeconomic developments and their practical application to current events. New microeconomics coverage highlights current debate on government economic intervention and discussions of the Economic Freedom Index. You also gain an in-depth understanding of globalization and its impact on microeconomics today.Cutting-edge learning technology and a full range of supplements, including the world-leading Aplia homework system, MindTap Personal Learning Experience, and an integrated eReader, help clarify key concepts and equip you with the microeconomic background for success in business today.
Microeconomics : an intuitive approach by 
Microeconomics : principles and practice by 
Microeconomics : private and public choice by
Learn how to apply microeconomic concepts to today's real world as MICROECONOMICS: PRIVATE AND PUBLIC CHOICE, 16E reflects current economic conditions. This highly readable, up-to-date text analyzes and explains measures of economic activity in today's market and dispels common microeconomic myths. The book uses the "invisible hand" metaphor to explain economic theory, demonstrating how it works to stimulate the economy. This edition even includes online learning solutions, such as Aplia, to improve your learning. Graphing tutorials and videos embedded within the interactive reader support your classroom work and improve your performance.
Microeconomics for Managers, 2nd Edition by
A thoroughly revised new edition of a leading textbook that equips MBA students with the powerful tools of economics This is a thoroughly revised and substantially streamlined new edition of a leading textbook that shows MBA students how understanding economics can help them make smarter and better-informed real-world management decisions. David Kreps, one of the world's most influential economists, has developed and refined Microeconomics for Managers over decades of teaching at Stanford's Graduate School of Business. Stressing game theory and strategic thinking and driven by in-depth, integrated case studies, the book shows future managers how economics can provide practical answers to critical business problems. Focuses on case studies and real companies, such as Amazon, Microsoft, General Motors, United Airlines, and Xerox Covers essential topics for future managers--including price discrimination, Porter's five forces, risk sharing and spreading, signaling and screening, credibility and reputation, and economics and organizational behavior Features an online supplement (available at micro4managers.stanford.edu) for students that provides solutions to the problems in the book, longer caselike exercises, review problems, a calculus review, and more
Microeconomics for Today by
The most reader-friendly economics approach available, MICROECONOMICS FOR TODAY, 10E by national award-winning educator Irvin Tucker presents Macro and Micro economic concepts using a writing style that is both engaging and clear, no matter what your current level of economic understanding. A unique presentation and visual learning system, colorful graphs, and Causation Chains clarify and illustrate important economic principles. The book concisely presents and reinforces core concepts, while online resources immediately facilitate assessment of understanding, and will study the latest information on economic growth, income distribution, federal deficits, environmental issues, and other developments in economics today. The book's easy-to-follow format demonstrates how to apply principles to your everyday life, while numerous printed and digital study tools help you further master key current economic principles.
Principles of Microeconomics by
Principles of Microeconomics, 7th Edition, provides a deeper understanding of economics by eliminating overwhelming detail and focusing on seven core principles that are reinforced and illustrated through the text. With engaging questions, explanations and exercises, the authors help students relate economic principles to a host of everyday experiences such as going to the ATM or purchasing airline tickets. Throughout this process, the authors encourage students to become "economic naturalists:" people who employ basic economic principles to understand and explain what they observe in the world around them. With new videos and interactive graphs alongside SmartBook's adaptive reading experience, the 7th edition enables instructors to spend class time engaging, facilitating, and answering questions instead of lecturing on the basics.
This course will introduce you to the advanced concepts of supply and demand, elasticity, consumer behavior, production and cost in a market economy, and input and profit optimization problems in various market models. You will study how individual economic agents make decisions and how markets function, addressing questions like how a consumer can make optimal choices, how individual demands are formed, and how market demand can be derived. You will also learn how firms can make optimal input choices to minimize production costs and maximize profits. By the end of this course, you will have a better appreciation of how individual economic agents make decisions and their market interactions, that will prepare you in turn to become better business managers and entrepreneurs in the future.
Analyzing Strategic Behavior in Business and Economics: a Game Theory Primer by
This textbook is an introduction to game theory, which is the systematic analysis of decision-making in interactive settings. Game theory can be of great value to business managers. The ability to correctly anticipate countermove by rival firms in competitive and cooperative settings enables managers to make more effective marketing, advertising, pricing, and other business decisions to optimally achieve the firm's objectives. Game theory does not always accurately predict how rivals will act in strategic situations, but does identify a decision maker's best response to situations involving move and countermove. As Nobel Prize winner Thomas Shelling noted: "We may wish to understand how participants actually do conduct themselves in conflict situations; an understanding of the 'correct' play may give us a bench mark for the study of actual behavior." The concise and axiomatic approach to the material presented in this textbook is easily accessible to students with a background in the principles of microeconomics and college mathematics. The selection and organizations of topics makes the textbook appropriate for use in a wide range of curricula by students with different backgrounds.
Economic Parables and Policies : an introduction to economics by
This work includes sections on combating recessions and the free market, as well as updated material on the pros and cons of establishing new individual accounts under Social Security. It also includes a discussion of the tax-credit approach to encourage the purchase of health insurance.
Economics for Investment Decision Makers : micro, macro, and international economics by
The economics background investors need to interpret global economic news distilled to the essential elements: A tool of choice for investment decision-makers. Written by a distinguished academics and practitioners selected and guided by CFA Institute, the world's largest association of finance professionals, Economics for Investment Decision Makers is unique in presenting microeconomics and macroeconomics with relevance to investors and investment analysts constantly in mind. The selection of fundamental topics is comprehensive, while coverage of topics such as international trade, foreign exchange markets, and currency exchange rate forecasting reflects global perspectives of pressing investor importance. Concise, plain-English introduction useful to investors and investment analysts Relevant to security analysis, industry analysis, country analysis, portfolio management, and capital market strategy Understand economic news and what it means All concepts defined and simply explained, no prior background in economics assumed Abundant examples and illustrations Global markets perspective
The Microeconomics of Complex Economies : evolutionary, institutional, neoclassical, and complexity perspectives by
The Microeconomics of Complex Economies uses game theory, modeling approaches, formal techniques, and computer simulations to teach useful, accessible approaches to real modern economies. It covers topics of information and innovation, including national and regional systems of innovation; clustered and networked firms; and open-source/open-innovation production and use. Its final chapter on policy perspectives and decisions confirms the value of the toolset. Written so chapters can be used independently, the book includes an introduction to computer simulation and pedagogical supplements. Its formal, accessible treatment of complexity goes beyond the scopes of neoclassical and mainstream economics. The highly interdependent economy of the 21st century demands a reconsideration of economic theories. Describes the usefulness of complex heterodox economics Emphasizes divergences and convergences with neoclassical economic theories and perspectives Fits easily into courses on intermediate microeconomics, industrial organization, and games through self-contained chapters
Microeconomic Theory Second Edition : Concepts and Connections by
This book introduces the main concepts of microeconomics to upper division undergraduate students or first year graduate students who have undergone at least one elementary calculus course. The book fully integrates graphical and mathematical concepts and offers over 150 analytical examples demonstrating numerical solutions. The book has a strong theoretical basis but shows how microeconomics can be brought to bear on the real world. New Features for this edition include: an incorporation of the theory of stock externalities associated with greenhouse gases development of the section on insurance with particular reference to the new US healthcare program greater integration of game theoretic concepts throughout the book. The book's style is accessible, but also rigorous. Mathematical examples are provided throughout the book, in particular for key concepts and the result is a balanced approach in terms of prose, graphics, and mathematics.
Nonparametric Econometric Methods and Application by
The present Special Issue collects a number of new contributions both at the theoretical level and in terms of applications in the areas of nonparametric and semiparametric econometric methods. In particular, this collection of papers that cover areas such as developments in local smoothing techniques, splines, series estimators, and wavelets will add to the existing rich literature on these subjects and enhance our ability to use data to test economic hypotheses in a variety of fields, such as financial economics, microeconomics, macroeconomics, labor economics, and economic growth, to name a few.
Building on Fundamentals of Accounting 1 and 2 taken by students during their senior high school, this course is expected to recall, identify, explain and illustrate various accounting concepts, principles and procedures related to sole proprietorship engaged in service and merchandising type of business. It will first examine student’s ability to analyze and process business transaction of service and merchandising business and be able to prepare basic financial statements. In order to broaden students’ knowledge on accounting procedures for other business organization, Business Accounting 1 will focus and introduce accounting for both partnership and corporation type of business organization. The students will be taught various procedures and processing of business transactions related to partnership formation, results of operation distribution, dissolution and liquidation. This will also include discussion on corporate formation and students will be tasked to process stock transactions and construct an equity section of the statement of financial position and will also be required to do a stockholder’s equity analysis.
Accounting 101 : from calculating revenues and profits to determining assets and liabilities, an essential guide to accounting basics by
A quick and easy guide to help you learn the basics of accounting. The ability to negotiate a deal. Confidence to oversee staff. Complete and accurate monitoring of expenses. In today's business climate, these are must-have skills. But all too often, comprehensive business books turn the important details of best practices into tedious reading that would put even a CEO to sleep. This bestselling series is packed with hundreds of entertaining tidbits and concepts that can't be found anywhere else. From hiring and firing to strategizing and calculating revenues, these guides can help you learn core business and career concepts--no MBA required! So whether you're a new business owner, a manager, or entry-level employee, this series has the answers you need to conduct business more efficiently.
Accounting All-In-One for Dummies with Online Practice by
Your all-in-one accounting resource If you're a numbers person, it's your lucky day! Accounting jobs are on the rise -- in fact, the Bureau of Labor Statistics projects a faster-than-average growth rate of 11% in the industry through 2024. So, if you're seeking long-term job security while also pursuing your passion, you'll be stacking the odds in your favor by starting a career in accounting. Accountants don't necessarily lead a solitary life behind a desk in a bank. The field offers opportunities in auditing, budget analysis, financial accounting, management accounting, tax accounting, and more. In Accounting All-in-One For Dummies, you'll benefit from cream-of-the-crop content culled from several previously published books. It'll help you to flourish in whatever niche you want to conquer in the wonderful world of accounting. You'll also get free access to a quiz for each section of the book online. Report on financial statements Make savvy business decisions Audit and detect financial fraud Handle cash and make purchasing decisions Get free access to topic quizzes online If you're a student studying the application of accounting theories or a professional looking for a valuable desktop reference you can trust, this book covers it all.
Cambridge IGCSE(tm) Accounting Workbook (Collins Cambridge IGCSE(tm)) by
Collins Cambridge IGCSE ® Accounting Workbook supports the Student Book by providing additional material for skills development and reinforcement of understanding. It is fully matched to the Cambridge IGCSE Accounting (0452) syllabus and offers carefully-graded exercises to meet the needs of all learners. Exam Board: Cambridge Assessment International Education First teaching: 2018 First examination: 2020 The Workbook supports the Student's Book in providing additional practice for the new IGCSE Accounting syllabus (0452) as well as the Cambridge O Level syllabus (7707), both for first teaching 2018 and first examination in 2020 * Follows the same order of learning as the Student Book * Each unit starts with a checklist of objectives to encourage students to reflect on their knowledge and understanding and to guide them with how to continue with their learning * Offers differentiated tasks to meet the needs of all students * Each unit includes questions to support those struggling with a particular topic * Each unit includes questions for students who feel confident with the material in the unit and want to take it further * Each unit includes further practice questions suitable for all students * Unit reviews offer exam-style multiple-choice questions for practice and reinforcement * End-of-chapter reviews offer further exam practice, both of MCQs and structured written questions This title is endorsed by Cambridge Assessment International Education. Each unit includes questions to support those struggling with a particular topic * Each unit includes questions for students who feel confident with the material in the unit and want to take it further * Each unit includes further practice questions suitable for all students * Unit reviews offer exam-style multiple-choice questions for practice and reinforcement * End-of-chapter reviews offer further exam practice, both of MCQs and structured written questions This title is endorsed by Cambridge Assessment International Education. Each unit includes questions to support those struggling with a particular topic * Each unit includes questions for students who feel confident with the material in the unit and want to take it further * Each unit includes further practice questions suitable for all students * Unit reviews offer exam-style multiple-choice questions for practice and reinforcement * End-of-chapter reviews offer further exam practice, both of MCQs and structured written questions This title is endorsed by Cambridge Assessment International Education. Each unit includes questions to support those struggling with a particular topic * Each unit includes questions for students who feel confident with the material in the unit and want to take it further * Each unit includes further practice questions suitable for all students * Unit reviews offer exam-style multiple-choice questions for practice and reinforcement * End-of-chapter reviews offer further exam practice, both of MCQs and structured written questions This title is endorsed by Cambridge Assessment International Education. r further exam practice, both of MCQs and structured written questions This title is endorsed by Cambridge Assessment International Education.
Corporate Financial Accounting by
Gain a solid foundation in the core accounting concepts as you develop a true appreciation for why accounting is important to business and a prosperous society with Warren/Jones� CORPORATE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING, 15E. Available with CengageNOWv2, this latest edition clearly demonstrates how accounting is more than just data or black-and-white rules. Instead, you see how accounting provides key information that professionals use to make critical business decisions.
Fundamentals of advanced accounting by 
Principles of Cost Accounting by
Discover how readable and relevant cost accounting can be with PRINCIPLES OF COST ACCOUNTING, 17E. This edition packs the essentials you need to know in a unique 10-chapter format that is well organized, practical, and concise. You gain a thorough understanding of cost concepts, cost behavior, and cost accounting techniques as they apply to manufacturing and service businesses.To ensure understanding, the book introduces concepts in small, manageable sections that are immediately reinforced with proven questions, demonstration problems, practice exercises, and self-study quizzes. You master the fundamentals of job order costing and process costing before progressing to more advanced topics, such as budgeting, standard costing and variance analysis, costing for service businesses, and cost analysis for management decisions.Focus on skills that will take you far in today's competitive job market as you learn how to determine the costs of products and services and how to set effective selling prices. Learn techniques to measure the performance of managers and discover how to use accounting to achieve organization's goals. Find the relevant approach you need with the most up-to-date presentation of accounting skills in PRINCIPLES OF COST ACCOUNTING, 17E and corresponding CengageNOW online homework tools.
Building on Fundamentals of Accounting 1 and 2 taken by students during their senior high school, this course is expected to recall, identify, explain and illustrate various accounting concepts, principles and procedures related to sole proprietorship engaged in service and merchandising type of business. It will first examine student’s ability to analyze and process business transaction of service and merchandising business and be able to prepare basic financial statements. In order to broaden students’ knowledge on accounting procedures for other business organization, Business Accounting 1 will focus and introduce accounting for both partnership and corporation type of business organization. The students will be taught various procedures and processing of business transactions related to partnership formation, results of operation distribution, dissolution and liquidation. This will also include discussion on corporate formation and students will be tasked to process stock transactions and construct an equity section of the statement of financial position and will also be required to do a stockholder’s equity analysis.
Accounting and corporate reporting : today and tomorrow by Accounting for Financial Instruments : a guide to valuation and risk management by
Accounting for Financial Instruments is about the accounting and regulatory framework associated with the acquisition and disposal of financial instruments; how to determine their value; how to manage the risk connected with them; and ultimately compile a business valuation report. Specifically, the book covers the following topics, amongst others: Accounting for Investments; Bills of exchan≥ Management of Financial Risks; Financial Analysis (including the Financial Analysis Report); Valuation of a business (including the Business Valuation Report) and Money laundering. Accounting for Financial Instruments fills a gap in the current literature for a comprehensive text that brings together relevant accounting concepts and valid regulatory framework, and related procedures regarding the management of financial instruments (investments), which are applicable in the modern business world. Understanding financial risk management allows the reader to comprehend the importance of analysing a business concern. This is achieved by presenting an analytical framework to illustrate that an entity's performance is greatly influenced by its external and internal environments. The analysis of the external environment examines factors that impact an entity's operational activities, strategic choices, and influence its opportunities and risks. The analysis of the internal environment applies accounting ratio analysis to an entity's financial statements to examine various elements, including liquidity, profitability, asset utilisation, investment, working capital management and capital structure. The objective of the book is to provide a fundamental knowledge base for those who are interested in managing financial instruments (investments) or studying banking and finance or those who wish to make financial services, particularly banking and finance, their chosen career. Accounting for Financial Instruments is highly applicable to both professional accountants and auditors and students alike.
Accounting for Fun and Profit : a Guide to Understanding Financial Statements by
Accounting is an economic information system, and can be thought of as the language of business. Accounting principles cannot be discovered; they are created, developed, or decreed and are supported or justified by intuition, authority, and acceptability. Managers have alternatives in their accounting choices; the decisions are political, and trade-offs will be made. Accounting information provides individuals, both inside and outside a firm, with a starting point to understand and evaluate the key drivers of a firm, its financial position, and performance. If you are managing a firm, investing in a firm, lending to a firm, or even working for a firm, you should be able to read the firm's financial statements and ask questions based on those statements. This book explains the fundamentals of financial statements. It is designed and meant to explain the language of accounting to non-accountants (i.e., those who hire accountants). After reading this book, you should be able to pick up an annual report, read it, understand much of it, and have a solid foundation to start asking questions about the firm. This book will show you that accounting can be informative and fun!
Accounting for mismatch in low- and middle-income countries : measurement, magnitudes, and explanations by 
Advances in Management Accounting by
Advances in Management Accounting publishes thoughtful, well-developed articles across a broad spectrum of current topics in the field of management accounting, using a variety of research methods including survey research, field tests, corporate case studies and modeling. Volume 26 exemplifies the broad scope of Advances in Management Accounting, examining a number of areas within management accounting.
Forensic Accounting and Financial Statement Fraud by
The existence and persistence of high profile alleged financial statement fraud (FSF) have negatively affected the safety and soundness of financial markets and investors confident in public financial information. Forensic accounting has advanced as an important and rewarding field of accounting to prevent, detect and correct FSF. There has been significant demand for and intertest in forensic accounting as well substantial growth in both investigation and litigation services. The first volume addresses the relevance and importance of forensic accounting and fraud examination as well as the framework and structure of forensic accounting practices. The author presents an introduction to forensic accounting and financial statement fraud examination and their relevance and importance to businesses, financial markets, economies and society. Also discussed is forensic accounting opportunities, skills, and services; forensic accounting profession; and professional responsibilities and codes of conduct for forensic accountants. Finally, forensic accounting best practices, education, and research are touched on.
Management Accountants' Business Orientation and Involvement in Incentive Compensation : empirical results from a cross-sectional survey by
Changing roles of management accountants have been intensively discussed in business practice and academic research. The objective of this empirical study is to gain a deeper understanding of management accountants' business orientation and extended tasks. Based on data collected from the top 1,500 companies in Germany, results reveal that especially subjective norms have a strong impact on the practice of management accountants acting business-oriented. Furthermore, the results reinforce the frequently postulated positive effect of management accountants' business orientation. The analyses also show positive associations between the involvement of management accountants in incentive compensation, the effort effects of incentive schemes, and firm performance.
Management accounting when an organization is facing default by 
Value Creation in Management Accounting and Strategic Management by
This book explores two combined approaches (strategy and accounting) from a cross-disciplinary perspective in order to improve knowledge of value creation in various contexts. Existing studies on this topic have generally adopted a purely account-based or strategy-oriented approach to address this issue. However, this book draws upon a number of well-defined theoretical and empirical backgrounds and methodologies. Since the 1980s, many changes have occurred and companies have increasingly focused their strategies on value creation. Consequently, new strategic directions have emerged, especially for managerial accounting. Management accounting and alignment with strategy could thus improve performance. This book encourages further thought and reflection on these issues which should be pursued in the future as firms face new challenges associated with the acceleration of digital transformation.
Building on Principles of Research Design this course aims to extend and deepen your understanding of different research approaches and methodologies in order to prepare you for your own research projects in their business discipline. This course will also assist you in identifying, discussing and formulating a research problem, in selecting and applying appropriate research approaches and methods of inquiry (both quantitative or qualitative), and in presenting their results. Successful completion of this course should be sufficient for you to undertake a research project.
Action Research in Business and Management by
For the first time, internationally-renowned scholars David Coghlan and Abraham B. Shani bring together the important articles and publications in action research in business and management since the 1950s. Action research is presented in terms of its historical and philosophical foundations and development, its implementation in different business settings and disciplines, and its contemporary and developmental opportunities. Volume 1: Foundations of Action Research in Business and Management Volume 2: Business Disciplines Volume 3: Action Research in Diverse Industries Volume 4: Contemporary and Emerging Issues Designed to be a foundation resource for individual scholars and business schools, this collection provides academics in the field with a touchstone resource to help build their knowledge and understanding of the field.
Business Research : a guide to planning, conducting, and reporting your study by
Business Research: A Guide to Planning, Conducting and Reporting Your Study bridges the academic foundation and the practical application of research methodology through an in-depth and insightful tour of the research process--exploring, planning, creating, conducting, collecting, analyzing, and reporting. The text weaves together timeless principles, emerging ideas, contemporary examples and modern tools in a narrative that is both authoritative and supportive. Integrating a unique Roadmap framework throughout, Business Research navigates students from the start of their initial inquiry to their final stop in reporting their findings, building their confidence as they move point-to-point in their journey. Written with exceptional clarity and focus, Donald Cooper has created a guide to research that will be valuable to students in their academic pursuits as well as their professional careers.
Business Research Reporting by
Business Research Reporting addresses the essential activities of locating, collecting, evaluating, analyzing, interpreting, and reporting business data. It highlights the value of primary and secondary research to making business decisions and solving business problems. It aims to help business managers, MBA candidates, and upper-level college students boost their research skills and report research with confidence. This book discusses primary data collection, sampling concepts, and the use of measurement and scales in preparing instruments. Also, this book explores statistical and non-statistical analysis of qualitative and quantitative data and data interpretation (findings, conclusions, and recommendations). The author shows how to locate, evaluate, and extract secondary data found on the web and in brick-and-mortar libraries, including optimized searching, evaluating, and recording. Plus, the book demonstrates how to avoid copyright infringement and plagiarism, use online citation software, and cite sources when writing and presenting. Two glossaries-one each for primary and secondary research-round out the content. Business Research Reporting can be your go-to guidebook for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can pick up ample information to apply instantly. Then keep it handy and refer to it in your ongoing research activities.
Conducting Action Research for Business and Management Students by
In Conducting Action Research, Coghlan and Shani explain how action research differs from more detached research methods and provides expert guidance on how to engage effectively with it, helping the reader to complete both a successful research project and produce findings that are useful in an organizational context.Ideal for Business and Management students reading for a Master's degree, each book in the series may also serve as reference books for doctoral students and faculty members interested in the method. Part of SAGE′s Mastering Business Research Methods, conceived and edited by Bill Lee, Mark N. K. Saunders and Vadake K. Narayanan and designed to support researchers by providing in-depth and practical guidance on using a chosen method of data collection or analysis. Watch the editors introduce the Mastering Business Research Methods series
Conducting Case Study Research for Business and Management Students by
In Case Study Research, Bill Lee and Mark Saunders describe the properties of case study designs in organizational research, exploring the uses, advantages and limitations of case research. They also demonstrate the flexibility that case designs offer, and challenges the myths surrounding this approach. Ideal for Business and Management students reading for a Master's degree, each book in the series may also serve as reference books for doctoral students and faculty members interested in the method.Part of SAGE's Mastering Business Research Methods series, conceived and edited by Bill Lee, Mark N. K. Saunders and Vadake K. Narayanan and designed to support students by providing in-depth and practical guidance on using a chosen method of data collection or analysis.Watch the editors introduce the Mastering Business Research Methods series and tell you more about the first three books.
The Essentials of Business Research Methods by
Increasingly, managers must make decisions based on almost unlimited information. How can they navigate and organize this vast amount of data? Essentials of Business Research Methods provides research techniques for people who aren't data analysts. The authors offer a straightforward, hands-on approach to the vital managerial process of gathering and using data to make clear business decisions. They include critical topics, such as the increasing role of online research, ethical issues, data mining, customer relationship management, and how to conduct information-gathering activities more effectively in a rapidly changing business environment. This is the only text that includes a chapter on qualitative data analysis, and the coverage of quantitative data analysis is more extensive, and much easier to understand than in other texts. The book features a realistic continuing case throughout that enables students to see how business research information is used in the real world. It includes applied research examples in all chapters, as well as ethical dilemma mini cases, and exercises.
Handbook of Research on Business Angels by
Business angels are recognized as playing a key role in financing the start-up and early stages of new ventures. However, our knowledge of how business angels operate remains limited and highly fragmented. This Handbook provides a synthesis of research on business angels. It adopts an international perspective to reflect the spread of angel investing around the world. The increasing number of government initiatives to promote angel investing is also reflected in the book with an assessment of the most common support schemes.Adopting an international focus, the expert group of contributors examine business angels themselves, the evolution of the market, the various stages of the investment process and the role of public policy in influencing angel investment. They each conclude their chapters with an agenda for future research on business angels.Students and scholars of entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial finance and related subjects will find this book to be an invaluable resource for their work. In particular, they will benefit from the research agendas that conclude each chapter. This Handbook will also be of interest to policy-makers and other practitioners looking to enhance their understanding of the design and need for such interventions.
International and Cross-Cultural Business Research by
Successfully combining cross-cultural management and business research methods, this team of international authors provide much-needed coverage of the implications that should be considered when undertaking research across different cultures. Through the implementation of methodological pluralism, International and Cross-Cultural Business Research investigates the various cultural influences that affect business theories and practices across the world, particularly the specific management styles, behavioral standards, and consumer attitudes that exist in developing nations. Examples and theoretical understanding as well as vignettes, diagrams and figures are used to illustrate these key considerations, including: Language and the role of the dominant culture Design and implementation Methodological issues Strategies for improving its relevance within international business. Ideal for students, researchers, and practitioners looking to do business research in an international or cross-cultural context.
Management and Business Research by
This book is not available as a print inspection copy. To download an e-version click here or for more information contact your local sales representative. Get 24 months FREE access to an interactive eBook when purchasing the paperback* The Sixth Edition continues to give students a comprehensive overview of what is needed to carry-out successful and effective research, with practical hands-on guidance on how to conduct a dissertation project or research thesis, in business and management. New to This Edition: Complimentary fully integrated interactive eBook version. Coverage of online data collection, netnography, big data and data visualization. Research philosophy in chapter 3 is further supported and enhanced by an author video overview available online and a pull out at the back of the book that gives a useful visual representation of each key component of the research process using a tree as a metaphor. Annotated further reading recommendations. An important new feature is the "Research in Action" textboxes, which consist of engaging accounts of real-world research experiences from academics, practitioners and students. Examples include measuring the impact of development programmes on Chinese rural communities, and qualitative data being used to measure the experiences of UK taxi drivers. Each contributor has also given a practical 'top tip' for doing research successfully.The book is complemented by a FREE Interactive eBook and online resources including PowerPoint slides, datasets, multiple-choice questions, e-flashcards and links to additional online material.Suitable reading for any student carrying out a research project, dissertation or thesis in business and management.*Interactivity only available through Vitalsource eBook included as part of paperback product (ISBN 9781526446954). Access not guaranteed on second-hand copies (as access code may have previously been redeemed).
Research Handbook on Small Business Social Responsibility by
Ideas like corporate social responsibility (CSR) and stakeholder value creation are becoming second nature to businesses across the globe. Addressing the weakness of current CSR research, this Research Handbook provides a unique perspective on small business social responsibility in both the developed and developing world.Bringing together leading international experts, and including a foreword by R. Edward Freeman, this Research Handbook defines and contextualizes CSR in small businesses across the globe. It explores issues surrounding supply chains, responsible finance, and social enterprise, offering both practitioner insights and succinct case studies to go beyond the usual Western perspective and enable a globally relevant understanding of small business social responsibility.This Research Handbook will be an invaluable tool for researchers and educators, as well as for students of business and CSR, social enterprise, development and management.
Research Methods for Business : a skill-building approach by
Research Methods for Business: A Skill-Building Approach is a concise and straightforward introduction for students to the world of business research. The skill-building approach provides students with practical perspectives on how research can be applied in real business situations. Maintaining Uma Sekaran' s popular and accessible style of writing, Roger Bougie draws upon his extensive experience in the field to present an up-to-date guide on business research which is ideal for aspiring managers. The seventh edition has been fully revised and updated to include cutting-edge examples and enriched pedagogical features designed to improve student learning outcomes. There is now an increased emphasis on the relationship between the scientific and the pragmatic approaches to research, while the key concepts are explored and applied to real-life research throughout the book.
Building on Principles of Research Design this course aims to extend and deepen your understanding of different research approaches and methodologies in order to prepare you for your own research projects in their business discipline. This course will also assist you in identifying, discussing and formulating a research problem, in selecting and applying appropriate research approaches and methods of inquiry (both quantitative or qualitative), and in presenting their results. Successful completion of this course should be sufficient for you to undertake a research project.
Business, Innovation and Responsibility by
Responsible Innovation. For some, this expression is only an oxymoron or, worse, a means of masking with a sheet of virtue economic practices that would otherwise appear selfish and self-interested. For others, theorists and actors of innovation, this expression represents a formidable lever of action and a rich conceptual source from which to draw new ways of innovating. The articulation between different levels of norms - economic and ethical, to which we can add the legal dimension - is not new, and is the subject of an in-depth reflection, decades old, around the idea of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). By taking up some debates on CSR, most of which are foreign to the current authors of responsible innovation, this book examines the various justifications that CSR brings in order to convince economic players, subject to powerful market forces, of their responsible commitment. But these are not enough. The book also explores the specific contribution of the concept of responsible innovation to coping with the technological, social and political breakthroughs generated by innovation, and is based on philosophical resources such as the ethics of virtue and the ethics of "care".
Business Report Guides : research reports and business plans by
This book offers tactics for creating business plans as well as research reports. Readers will find guides for planning research projects; writing proposals; identifying major findings; drawing conclusions; and using them to recommend appropriate actions--along with citing sources, numbering pages, and displaying visuals. The book examines business plans--why entrepreneurs need them, the objectives and contents of business plans, and how-to guides for each part. Business Report Guides can be your go-to source for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can gain information for immediate use. Keep it handy and refer to it often when reporting research or when planning a new business or altering an existing one.
Business Research Reporting by
Business Research Reporting addresses the essential activities of locating, collecting, evaluating, analyzing, interpreting, and reporting business data. It highlights the value of primary and secondary research to making business decisions and solving business problems. It aims to help business managers, MBA candidates, and upper-level college students boost their research skills and report research with confidence. This book discusses primary data collection, sampling concepts, and the use of measurement and scales in preparing instruments. Also, this book explores statistical and non-statistical analysis of qualitative and quantitative data and data interpretation (findings, conclusions, and recommendations). The author shows how to locate, evaluate, and extract secondary data found on the web and in brick-and-mortar libraries, including optimized searching, evaluating, and recording. Plus, the book demonstrates how to avoid copyright infringement and plagiarism, use online citation software, and cite sources when writing and presenting. Two glossaries--one each for primary and secondary research--round out the content. Business Research Reporting can be your go-to guidebook for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can pick up ample information to apply instantly. Then keep it handy and refer to it in your ongoing research activities.
Conducting case study research for business and management students by The Essentials of Business Research Methods by
Increasingly, managers must make decisions based on almost unlimited information. How can they navigate and organize this vast amount of data? Essentials of Business Research Methods provides research techniques for people who aren't data analysts. The authors offer a straightforward, hands-on approach to the vital managerial process of gathering and using data to make clear business decisions. They include critical topics, such as the increasing role of online research, ethical issues, data mining, customer relationship management, and how to conduct information-gathering activities more effectively in a rapidly changing business environment. This is the only text that includes a chapter on qualitative data analysis, and the coverage of quantitative data analysis is more extensive, and much easier to understand than in other texts. The book features a realistic continuing case throughout that enables students to see how business research information is used in the real world. It includes applied research examples in all chapters, as well as ethical dilemma mini cases, and exercises.
Planning and Organizing Business Reports : written, oral, and research-based by
This book emphasizes the importance of planning reports to ensure they do what you, the writer or presenter, want them to do. Inside, the reader will discover useful information to make reports more effective, including: the steps involved to plan written and oral report presentations for individuals as well as teams, models for ethical reporting, exclusive tips for preparing webinars, well-thought out steps for preparing a research proposal, and so much more. Numerous examples, helpful illustrations, and a concise writing style let you acquire vital information rapidly, and each chapter ends with a convenient checklist. In Planning and Organizing Business Reports, you have a how-to guide for the various types of reports you will need to generate throughout your career!
Qualitative research in management and organizations 2014 conference by The SAGE handbook of qualitative business and management research methods : history and traditions by Elements of Business Statistics
This introductory course in applied statistics covers relevant concepts in DESCRIPTIVE and INFERENTIAL STATISTICS common in business application. The course is Excel and Calculator-based, Project-Based, and utilizes any available technology to ease out the long and tedious computations. The use of Statistical software which are readily available like Microsoft Excel Add-Ins [Analysis ToolPak & Analysis ToolPak VBA and PHStat], Vassar Stats (online computational website), or SPSS (if available), is required so that the focus is on interpretation and analysis rather than calculations. You will be exposed to giving findings, drawing conclusions and making inferences throughout the course.
The aim is to introduce you to a new way of thinking about data, and to help you gain an understanding of how to use, communicate, and interpret statistics. The knowledge and skills you acquire will help you in advanced business courses and in your future business career.
Business analytics and statistics by Business Statistics : communicating with numbers by 
Business statistics and analytics in practice by 
Essentials of Business Statistics by
The primary goal of Essentials of Business Statistics is to illustrate an accurate view of business statistics in a way that students can easily understand. This is achieved in the following ways: New statistical topics and tools are introduced by using continuing case studies. This approach helps to alleviate student anxiety in learning new concepts and enhances overall comprehension Streamlined and clarified coverage of graphical and numerical methods New graphically based procedures for finding confidence intervals and performing hypothesis tests Increased emphasis on Excel and MINITAB with improved and updated step-by-step instructions in the end of chapter material Connect Business Statistics homework management Connect is the only integrated learning system that empowers students by continuously adapting to deliver precisely what they need, when they need it, and how they need it, so that your class time is more engaging and effective.
Essentials of business statistics : using excel by
Essentials of Business Statistics: Communicating with Numbers is a core statistics textbook that sparks student interest and bridges the gap between how statistics is taught and how practitioners think about and apply statistical methods.
Throughout the text, the emphasis is on communicating with numbers rather than on number crunching. By incorporating the perspective of professional users, the subject matter is more relevant and the presentation of material more straightforward for students.
Connect is the only integrated learning system that empowers students by continuously adapting to deliver precisely what they need, when they need it, and how they need it, so that your class time is more engaging and effective [https://www.mheducation.com.sg/essentials-of-business-statistics-ise-9781266290046-asia-group#tab-label-product-description-title].
Essentials of Modern Business Statistics with Microsoft® Office Excel® by
Discover an accessible introduction to business statistics as ESSENTIALS OF MODERN BUSINESS STATISTICS, 7E balances a conceptual understanding of statistics with real-world applications of statistical methodology. The book integrates Microsoft Excel® 2016, providing step-by-step instructions and screen captures to help you master the latest Excel tools. Extremely reader-friendly, this edition includes numerous tools to maximize your course success, including Self-Test Exercises, margin annotations, insightful Notes and Comments, and real-world Methods and Applications exercises. Eleven new Case Problems, as well as new Statistics in Practice applications and real data examples and exercises, give you opportunities to put what you learn into practice. Additional learning resources, including MindTap and CengageNOW for online homework assistance and a complete support website, provide everything to acquire Excel® 2016 skills and an understanding of business statistics.
Front cover image for Modern business analytics : practical data science for decision making Modern business analytics : practical data science for decision making by
This higher-ed text takes a practical, modern approach to data science and business analytics for the graduate-level business analytics student or professional. It takes a learn-by-doing approach, with real data analysis examples that explain the why, rather than the what in the decision-making discussions. It uses R as the primary technology throughout the text and includes an end-of-chapter reference to the basic R recipes in each chapter.
A Guide to Business Statistics by
An accessible text that explains fundamental concepts in business statistics that are often obscured by formulae and mathematical notation A Guide to Business Statistics offers a practical approach to statistics that covers the fundamental concepts in business and economics. The book maintains the level of rigor of a more conventional textbook in business statistics but uses a more streamlined and intuitive approach. In short, A Guide to Business Statistics provides clarity to the typical statistics textbook cluttered with notation and formulae. The author--an expert in the field--offers concise and straightforward explanations to the core principles and techniques in business statistics. The concepts are introduced through examples, and the text is designed to be accessible to readers with a variety of backgrounds. To enhance learning, most of the mathematical formulae and notation appears in technical appendices at the end of each chapter. This important resource: Offers a comprehensive guide to understanding business statistics targeting business and economics students and professionals Introduces the concepts and techniques through concise and intuitive examples Focuses on understanding by moving distracting formulae and mathematical notation to appendices Offers intuition, insights, humor, and practical advice for students of business statistics Features coverage of sampling techniques, descriptive statistics, probability, sampling distributions, confidence intervals, hypothesis tests, and regression Written for undergraduate business students, business and economics majors, teachers, and practitioners, A Guide to Business Statistics offers an accessible guide to the key concepts and fundamental principles in statistics.
Modern Business Statistics with Microsoft® Office Excel® by
Gain a strong conceptual understanding of statistics as MODERN BUSINESS STATISTICS, 6E balances real-world applications with an integrated focus on Microsoft® Excel® 2016. This best-selling, comprehensive book clearly develops each statistical technique in an application setting. The integrated approach focuses on statistical methodology with an easy-to-follow presentation of a statistical procedure followed by a discussion of how to use Excel® to perform the procedure. Step-by-step instructions and screen captures ensure understanding.Business examples, proven methods, and application exercises show how statistical results provide insights into business decisions and help resolve business problems. A problem-scenario approach emphasizes how to apply statistical methods to practical business situations. New case problems and self-tests let you check personal understanding while MindTap and CengageNOW help you master both Excel® 2016 and an understanding of business statistics.
Statistics for Business by
Statistics for Business explains the fundamentals of statistical analysis in a lucid, pragmatic way. A thorough knowledge of statistics is essential for decision making in all corners of business and management. By collecting, organizing and analyzing statistical data you can express what you know, benchmark your current situation, and estimate future outcomes. Based entirely on Microsoft Excel, this book covers a spectrum of statistic fundamentals from basic principles, to probability, sampling, hypothesis testing, forecasting, statistical process control and six-sigma management. This second edition is packed with features to aid understanding and help ensure that every aspect of your knowledge of statistics is applicable to practice, including: Icebreakers introducing each chapter that relate statistics to the real world, drawn from management and hospitality situations Detailed worked examples in each chapter Over 140 case-exercises complete with objective, situation, requirements, and answers A complete glossary of key terminology and formulas, mathematical relationships, and Excel relationships and functions A brand new companion website containing slides, worked-out-solutions to the case-exercises, and a test bank [coming soon] With a clear and accessible style this book makes statistics easier to understand. It is ideal for business, management, tourism and hospitality students who want to learn how to apply statistics to the real world.
Statistics for Business and Economics by
Get more out of your statistics course than simply solving equations. Discover how statistical information enables strong decisions in today's business world with STATISTICS FOR BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS, REVISED 13E. Sound methodology combines with a proven problem-scenario approach, and meaningful applications for the most powerful approach to mastering critical business statistics. This edition's prestigious author team brings together more than 25 years of unmatched experience to this thoroughly updated text. More than 350 real business examples, timely cases, and memorable exercises present the latest statistical data and business information with unwavering accuracy. To ensure the most relevant coverage, this edition includes coverage of popular commercial statistical software Minitab 17 and Excel 2016. Optional chapter appendices, coordinating data sets, and online learning tools, such as CengageNOW, create a customizable, efficient solution.
A Step-By-Step Introduction to Statistics for Business by
A clear and concise introduction to statistics for business and management students, demonstrating how important statistics are in the business decision-making process and covering everything from conducting a survey and collecting data, to summarizing statistical data, and presenting findings. Each chapter features a real-world business situation and accompanying dataset, the reader is then encouraged to identify the correct statistical concept in the chapter and solve the problem outlined. Offering students a chance to use the newly learned theory in a practical way. New to the second edition: A "Review of Essential Mathematics" prologue, featuring tests and further links to help students refresh their knowledge of the core mathematical concepts used to calculate basic statistics. Updated screenshots on using IBM SPSS and Excel. A "Statistics in the Real World" feature included at the end of each chapter, demonstrating how statistics are applied in real-world business settings and research, accompanied by reflective questions. Updated case studies, examples and diagrams, illustrating key points and helping to reinforce learning. The book is accompanied by free online resources including step-by-step video tutorials on how to use Excel and IBM SPSS, datasets and worked solutions, an Instructors' Manual, Testbank, and PowerPoint presentation slides for lecturers.Essential reading for business students wanting to know how to use statistics in a business setting.
Elements of Business Statistics
This introductory course in applied statistics covers relevant concepts in DESCRIPTIVE and INFERENTIAL STATISTICS common in business application. The course is Excel and Calculator-based, Project-Based, and utilizes any available technology to ease out the long and tedious computations. The use of Statistical software which are readily available like Microsoft Excel Add-Ins [Analysis ToolPak & Analysis ToolPak VBA and PHStat], Vassar Stats (online computational website), or SPSS (if available), is required so that the focus is on interpretation and analysis rather than calculations. You will be exposed to giving findings, drawing conclusions and making inferences throughout the course.
The aim is to introduce you to a new way of thinking about data, and to help you gain an understanding of how to use, communicate, and interpret statistics. The knowledge and skills you acquire will help you in advanced business courses and in your future business career.
How to Measure Anything : finding the value of intangibles in business by
Now updated with new measurement methods and new examples, How to Measure Anything shows managers how to inform themselves in order to make less risky, more profitable business decisions This insightful and eloquent book will show you how to measure those things in your own business, government agency or other organization that, until now, you may have considered "immeasurable," including customer satisfaction, organizational flexibility, technology risk, and technology ROI. Adds new measurement methods, showing how they can be applied to a variety of areas such as risk management and customer satisfaction Simplifies overall content while still making the more technical applications available to those readers who want to dig deeper Continues to boldly assert that any perception of "immeasurability" is based on certain popular misconceptions about measurement and measurement methods Shows the common reasoning for calling something immeasurable, and sets out to correct those ideas Offers practical methods for measuring a variety of "intangibles" Provides an online database (www.howtomeasureanything.com) of downloadable, practical examples worked out in detailed spreadsheets Written by recognized expert Douglas Hubbard--creator of Applied Information Economics--How to Measure Anything, Third Edition illustrates how the author has used his approach across various industries and how any problem, no matter how difficult, ill defined, or uncertain can lend itself to measurement using proven methods.
Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business by
A well-balanced and accessible introduction to the elementary quantitative methods and Microsoft® Office Excel® applications used to guide business decision making Featuring quantitative techniques essential for modeling modern business situations, Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® provides guidance to assessing real-world data sets using Excel. The book presents a balanced approach to the mathematical tools and techniques with applications used in the areas of business, finance, economics, marketing, and operations. The authors begin by establishing a solid foundation of basic mathematics and statistics before moving on to more advanced concepts. The first part of the book starts by developing basic quantitative techniques such as arithmetic operations, functions and graphs, and elementary differentiations (rates of change), and integration. After a review of these techniques, the second part details both linear and nonlinear models of business activity. Extensively classroom-tested, Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® also includes: Numerous examples and practice problems that emphasize real-world business quantitative techniques and applications Excel-based computer software routines that explore calculations for an assortment of tasks, including graphing, formula usage, solving equations, and data analysis End-of-chapter sections detailing the Excel applications and techniques used to address data and solutions using large data sets A companion website that includes chapter summaries, Excel data sets, sample exams and quizzes, lecture slides, and an Instructors' Solutions Manual Introduction to Quantitative Methods in Business: With Applications Using Microsoft® Office Excel® is an excellent textbook for undergraduate-level courses on quantitative methods in business, economics, finance, marketing, operations, and statistics. The book is also an ideal reference for readers with little or no quantitative background who require a better understanding of basic mathematical and statistical concepts used in economics and business. Bharat Kolluri, Ph.D., is Professor of Economics in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. A member of the American Economics Association, his research interests include econometrics, business statistics, quantitative decision making, applied macroeconomics, applied microeconomics, and corporate finance. Michael J. Panik, Ph.D., is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. He has served as a consultant to the Connecticut Department of Motor Vehicles as well as to a variety of health care organizations. In addition, Dr. Panik is the author of numerous books, including Growth Curve Modeling: Theory and Applications and Statistical Inference: A Short Course, both published by Wiley. Rao N. Singamsetti, Ph.D., is Associate Professor in the Department of Economics, Finance, and Insurance at the University of Hartford. A member of the American Economics Association, his research interests include the status of war on poverty in the United States since the 1960s and forecasting foreign exchange rates using econometric methods.
Introductory Mathematics and Statistics for Islamic Finance by
A unique primer on quantitative methods as applied to Islamic finance Introductory Mathematics and Statistics for Islamic Finance + Website is a comprehensive guide to quantitative methods, specifically as applied within the realm of Islamic finance. With applications based on research, the book provides readers with the working knowledge of math and statistics required to understand Islamic finance theory and practice. The numerous worked examples give students with various backgrounds a uniform set of common tools for studying Islamic finance. The in-depth study of finance requires a strong foundation in quantitative methods. Without a good grasp of math, probability, and statistics, published theoretical and applied works in Islamic finance remain out of reach. Unlike a typical math text, this book guides students through only the methods that directly apply to Islamic finance, without wasting time on irrelevant techniques. Each chapter contains a detailed explanation of the topic at hand, followed by an example based on real situations encountered in Islamic finance. Topics include: Algebra and matrices Calculus and differential equations Probability theory Statistics Written by leading experts on the subject, the book serves as a useful primer on the analysis methods and techniques students will encounter in published research, as well as day-to-day operations in finance. Anyone aspiring to be successful in Islamic finance needs these skills, and Introductory Mathematics and Statistics for Islamic Finance + Website is a clear, concise, and highly relevant guide.
Introductory Statistics and Analytics : a resampling perspective by
Concise, thoroughly class-tested primer that features basic statistical concepts in the concepts in the context of analytics, resampling, and the bootstrap A uniquely developed presentation of key statistical topics, Introductory Statistics and Analytics: A Resampling Perspective provides an accessible approach to statistical analytics, resampling, and the bootstrap for readers with various levels of exposure to basic probability and statistics. Originally class-tested at one of the first online learning companies in the discipline, www.statistics.com, the book primarily focuses on applications of statistical concepts developed via resampling, with a background discussion of mathematical theory. This feature stresses statistical literacy and understanding, which demonstrates the fundamental basis for statistical inference and demystifies traditional formulas. The book begins with illustrations that have the essential statistical topics interwoven throughout before moving on to demonstrate the proper design of studies. Meeting all of the Guidelines for Assessment and Instruction in Statistics Education (GAISE) requirements for an introductory statistics course, Introductory Statistics and Analytics: A Resampling Perspective also includes: Over 300 "Try It Yourself" exercises and intermittent practice questions, which challenge readers at multiple levels to investigate and explore key statistical concepts Numerous interactive links designed to provide solutions to exercises and further information on crucial concepts Linkages that connect statistics to the rapidly growing field of data science Multiple discussions of various software systems, such as Microsoft Office Excel®, StatCrunch, and R, to develop and analyze data Areas of concern and/or contrasting points-of-view indicated through the use of "Caution" icons Introductory Statistics and Analytics: A Resampling Perspective is an excellent primary textbook for courses in preliminary statistics as well as a supplement for courses in upper-level statistics and related fields, such as biostatistics and econometrics. The book is also a general reference for readers interested in revisiting the value of statistics.
Practical Business Statistics by
Practical Business Statistics, Seventh Edition, provides a conceptual, realistic, and matter-of-fact approach to managerial statistics that carefully maintains, but does not overemphasize mathematical correctness. The book provides deep understanding of how to learn from data and how to deal with uncertainty while promoting the use of practical computer applications. This valuable, accessible approach teaches present and future managers how to use and understand statistics without an overdose of technical detail, enabling them to better understand the concepts at hand and to interpret results. The text uses excellent examples with real world data relating to business sector functional areas such as finance, accounting, and marketing. Written in an engaging style, this timely revision is class-tested and designed to help students gain a solid understanding of fundamental statistical principles without bogging them down with excess mathematical details. Provides users with a conceptual, realistic, and matter-of-fact approach to managerial statistics Offers an accessible approach to teach present and future managers how to use and understand statistics without an overdose of technical detail, enabling them to better understand concepts and to interpret results Features updated examples and graphics (200+ figures) to illustrate important applied uses and current business trends Includes robust ancillary instructional materials such as an instructor's manual, lecture slides, and data files to save you time when preparing for class
Style and Statistics : the art of retail analytics by
A non-technical guide to leveraging retail analytics for personal and competitive advantage Style & Statistics is a real-world guide to analytics in retail. Written specifically for the non-IT crowd, this book explains analytics in an approachable, understandable way, and provides examples of direct application to retail merchandise management, marketing, and operations. The discussion covers current industry trends and emerging-standard processes, and illustrates how analytics is providing new solutions to perennial retail problems. You'll learn how to leverage the benefits of analytics to boost your personal career, and how to interpret data in a way that's useful to the average end business user or shopper. Key concepts are detailed in easy-to-understand language, and numerous examples highlight the growing importance of understanding analytics in the retail environment. The power of analytics has become apparent across industries, but it's left an especially indelible mark on retail. It's a complex topic, but you don't need to be a data scientist to take advantage of the opportunities it brings. This book shows you what you need to know, and how to put analytics to work with retail-specific applications. Learn how analytics can help you be better at your job Dig deeper into the customer's needs, wants, and dreams Streamline merchandise management, pricing, marketing, and more Find solutions for inefficiencies and inaccuracies As the retail customer evolves, so must the retail industry. The retail landscape not only includes in-store but also website, mobile site, mobile apps, and social media. With more and more competition emerging on all sides, retailers need to use every tool at their disposal to create value and gain a competitive advantage. Analytics offers a number of ways to make your company stand out, whether it's through improved operations, customer experience, or any of the other myriad factors that build a great place to shop. Style & Statistics provides an analytics primer with a practical bent, specifically for the retail industry.
Trading Economics : a guide to economic statistics for practitioners and students by
A practical guide to understanding how key economic and market statistics drive financial market trends The recent global financial crisis stressed the need for economists who understand how key economic and market statistics drive financial market trends and how to mitigate the risks for businesses that those trends affect. Trading Economics provides guidance for navigating key market figures in a convenient and practical format. Emphasizing the link between economic data and market movements, this book analyzes surveys, economic growth statistics, inflation, labor markets, international trade, monetary and fiscal indicators, and their relevance in financial markets. It bypasses complex terminology to offer a hands-on, accessible introduction to financial statistics and how to profit from them. Offers clear illustrations and an easy-to-read layout to teach you how to trade profitably in financial markets and minimizes risk for your business Written Trevor Williams and Victoria Turton, authoritative public figures with experience working on the New York Stock Exchange Includes a website featuring a blog and new surveys as they develop accompanies the book Complete with worked examples and updated information, Trading Economics is an essential, comprehensive guide to understanding every aspect of financial market trends and how to navigate them to your advantage.
Using Statistics for Better Business Decisions by
More and more organizations around the globe are expecting that professionals will make data-driven decisions. Employees, team leaders, managers, and executives that can think quantitatively should be in high demand. The goal of this book is to increase ability to identify a problem, collect data, organize, and analyze data that will help aid in making more effective decisions. This book will provide you with a solid foundation for thinking quantitatively within your company. To help facilitate this objective, this book follows two fictitious companies that encounter a series of business problems, while demonstrating how managers would use the concepts in the book to solve these problems and determine the next course of action. This book is for beginners and does not require prior statistical training. All computations will be completed using Microsoft Excel.
This course serves as an introduction to a) law and the legal system b) obligations and contracts c) business entities/ forms, especially single proprietorships, corporations & partnerships. The selected relevant legal principles and rules to guide those entering into business dealings whether as a start-up entrepreneur or as part of the partnership/ corporate set-up. Each session is designed to cover both theoretical and practical applications for the learner to acquire working knowledge of the legal aspects for business enterprises, augment analytical skills for operations and decision-making using management and law concepts, consider preventive and remedial measures in business transactions and to consider legal and ethical implications in business matters. The course complements the other competencies being developed in the Business Administration curriculum.
Anderson's Business Law and the Legal Environment by
Prepare to ace your business law course as the #1 summarized case business law text on the market today helps you grasp key legal concepts and principles. ANDERSON'S BUSINESS LAW & THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT - COMPREHENSIVE EDITION, 23E reinforces your understanding through applications and examples of real-world dilemmas, issues, and problems. You'll also find invaluable information and resources to assist you in studying for the CPA exam. Current, comprehensive, easy-to-understand and fascinating to read, ANDERSON'S BUSINESS LAW & THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT helps you prepare you for class with all of the in-text and online resources you need to succeed in your business law course.
Beginning Business Law by
Whether you're new to higher education, coming to legal study for the first time or just wondering what Business Law is all about, Beginning Business Law is the ideal introduction to help you hit the ground running. Starting with the basics and an overview of each topic, it will help you come to terms with the structure, themes and issues of the subject so that you can begin your Business Law module with confidence. Adopting a clear and simple approach with legal vocabulary explained in a detailed glossary, Chris Monaghan breaks the subject of Business Law down using practical everyday examples to make it understandable for anyone, whatever their background. Diagrams and flowcharts simplify complex issues, important cases are identified and explained and on-the- spot questions help you recognise potential issues or debates within the law so that you can contribute in classes with confidence. Beginning Business Law is an ideal first introduction to the subject for LLB, GDL or ILEX and especially international students, those enrolled on distance learning courses or on other degree programmes.
Big Data : a business and legal guide by
Big Data: A Business and Legal Guide supplies a clear understanding of the interrelationships between Big Data, the new business insights it reveals, and the laws, regulations, and contracting practices that impact the use of the insights and the data. Providing business executives and lawyers (in-house and in private practice) with an accessible primer on Big Data and its business implications, this book will enable readers to quickly grasp the key issues and effectively implement the right solutions to collecting, licensing, handling, and using Big Data. The book brings together subject matter experts who examine a different area of law in each chapter and explain how these laws can affect the way your business or organization can use Big Data. These experts also supply recommendations as to the steps your organization can take to maximize Big Data opportunities without increasing risk and liability to your organization. Provides a new way of thinking about Big Data that will help readers address emerging issues Supplies real-world advice and practical ways to handle the issues Uses examples pulled from the news and cases to illustrate points Includes a non-technical Big Data primer that discusses the characteristics of Big Data and distinguishes it from traditional database models Taking a cross-disciplinary approach, the book will help executives, managers, and counsel better understand the interrelationships between Big Data, decisions based on Big Data, and the laws, regulations, and contracting practices that impact its use. After reading this book, you will be able to think more broadly about the best way to harness Big Data in your business and establish procedures to ensure that legal considerations are part of the decision.
Business : its legal, ethical, and global environment by
Discover how laws and ethical issues are critical to all business decisions as you review business situations from today's headlines and more with the comprehensive and realistic BUSINESS: ITS LEGAL, ETHICAL, AND GLOBAL ENVIRONMENT, 11E. Learning both the law and ethical standards in the context of business dilemmas provides you with the insight and analytical skills that today's employers want. More than 200 real-world scenarios help you understand the what, why, and how of legal issues as you explore the various areas of law. You will not only understand that copyright infringement violates the law, but you will also be able to list examples of similar businesses violations, such as Monster Energy using Beastie Boys music in an online video. Packed with active learning features, this edition illustrates just how law and ethics apply to issues in the business world today. MindTap online solution is also available to help you prepare for this course.
Business Law : text and cases. An accelerated course by
BUSINESS LAW: TEXT AND CASES--AN ACCELERATED COURSE delivers a concise, authoritative treatment of business law topics typically covered in a one-semester business law course. The text also provides an ideal blend of classic black-letter law and cutting-edge coverage of contemporary issues and cases. The text's strong student orientation makes the law accessible, interesting, and relevant, and the cases, content, and features represent the latest developments in business law.An excellent assortment of included cases ranges from precedent-setting landmarks to important recent decisions. In addition, numerous features and exercises help students master the material and apply what they have learned to real-world issues. Ethical, global, e-commerce, digital, and corporate themes are integrated throughout; for example, new Digital Update features affecting the law are included throughout this edition.Specific text features that students will find valuable include: NUMBERED EXAMPLES, CASE IN POINTS, SAMPLE ANSWERS, NEW STUDENT-FRIENDLY CONCEPT SUMMARY DESIGN, and EXHIBITS.
Dynamic Business Law : the essentials by 
Essentials of business law by 
International Business Law and Its Environment by
Today, no business is purely domestic. Even the smallest local firms are affected by global competition and world events. INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS LAW AND ITS ENVIRONMENT, 10E delivers complete, reader-friendly coverage of the legal implications and ramifications of doing business internationally. You examine the cultural, political, economic, and ethical issues today's global business managers face. With a focus on trade, the licensing of intellectual property, and foreign direct investment, you examine the three major forms of doing business in a foreign country. Real examples, precedent-setting cases, managerial implications, and ethical considerations show how to apply key principles. From the legal relationship between parties in an international business transaction to managing risk to the special challenges of conducting business in emerging economies, this edition helps you understand the most common practices and critical issues in global business law.
Law and Ethics in the Business Environment by
Climate change. Telematic surveillance. The gig economy. Transgender rights at work. Food security. Native advertising. Now you can take a closer look at the hot topics impacting business law and ethics today as you examine real applications in the thought-provoking LAW AND ETHICS IN THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT, 9E. This edition dives into current controversies and makes classroom discussion with your instructor and peers come alive. Content prompts you to carefully consider recent, important court cases, while readings challenge you to think critically about contemporary legal and ethical dilemmas. Interactive assignments, such as role play, mock trials, and negotiation exercises, sharpen your ability to tackle tough problems and communicate effectively.
Law for Business by
Overview: Law for Business has set the standard as an easy-to-read textbookthat provides students with the tools for understanding the legal environment of business.This, the 12th edition, has not strayed from that winning formula. The text goes wellbeyond merely identifying the current legal rules and regulations affecting business byoffering insights into new developments and trends that promise to greatly affect the futureof both domestic and international businesses. The result is a comprehensive, yet concise,treatment of the legal issues of fundamental importance to business students and the businessprofession.Feedback from faculty and students alike confirms that they particularly like the clearexposition, the careful selection and editing of high-interest cases, and the text’s attractiveand readable design.
The Legal Environment of Business by
Now you can examine the practical structure and function of the legal system from the perspective of the professional non-lawyer with the popular THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS, 13E. Readable cases summarize background facts and lower court holdings. Case decisions appear in the words of the court itself but are edited to include only key issues relevant to understanding the legal reasoning. In addition to reviewing the structure of today's legal system, the book places strong emphasis on the nuts and bolts of legal rules that directly impact business today. Clear, concise coverage of a wide range of topics introduces critical points of law using business-specific examples and realistic scenarios. The authors' readable style complements their extensive knowledge of domestic and international business to make this a favorite among students, like you. To complement this edition, MindTap online solution is available to help you prepare for this course.
Social Media Law for Business: a Practical Guide for Using Facebook, Twitter, Google +, and Blogs Without Stepping on Legal Land Mines by
How to Avoid Legal Pitfalls on Social Media Social media is where your customers are--so it's where your business has to be. Unfortunately, this space is packed with land mines that can obliterate your hard-earnedsuccess in the time it takes to click a mouse. Written in easy-to-understand, accessible language, Social Media Law for Business reveals your legal rights and responsibilities in the fast-moving and ever-changing social media landscape. Learn how to: Create a social media policy for your business * Recruit, hire, and fire through social media * Share content without getting sued * Blog and run contests * Draft disclosure requirements in digital advertising "Glen Gilmore stands alone as the authority on social media law. Social Media Law for Business should become a ready reference for business leaders and digital marketers." -- MARK SCHAEFER, bestselling author of Return on Influence "Required reading not only in the classroom, but also in the boardroom--and in any business where people care about getting social media marketing right." -- PETER METHOT, managing director of executive education at Rutgers Business School "A layperson's blueprint for minimizing the legal risks of social media marketing, while maximizing the opportunities for digital marketing success." -- AMY HOWELL, founder of Howell Marketing Strategies and coauthor of Women in High Gear
This course serves as an introduction to a) law and the legal system b) obligations and contracts c) business entities/ forms, especially single proprietorships, corporations & partnerships. The selected relevant legal principles and rules to guide those entering into business dealings whether as a start-up entrepreneur or as part of the partnership/ corporate set-up. Each session is designed to cover both theoretical and practical applications for the learner to acquire working knowledge of the legal aspects for business enterprises, augment analytical skills for operations and decision-making using management and law concepts, consider preventive and remedial measures in business transactions and to consider legal and ethical implications in business matters. The course complements the other competencies being developed in the Business Administration curriculum.
Betting the Company : complex negotiation strategies for law and business by
Where the fate of a company is on the line in a negotiation, legal and business teams must work seamlessly to reach a successful conclusion. Unfortunately, there's often a gap between lawyers, who are typically untrained in business strategy, and business executives, who lack basic knowledge of contract law and regulations.In Betting the Company: Complex Negotiation Strategies for Law and Business, Andrew Trask and Andrew DeGuire offer a thorough introduction to enable lawyers and business people to understand the theoretical concepts and to apply practical tools to conduct a successful, multi-faceted negotiation. The authors, both of whom have extensive experience conducting high-stakes negotiation, explain the different strategic considerations negotiators face, from the pressures on individuals representing a larger group to the difficulties that arise from clashes of corporate culture. They also discuss the specific challenges raised by negotiations that involve multiple parties, multiple issues, and take place over longer periods of time. Throughout this illuminating book, Trask and DeGuire provide concrete, practical advice on how best to guide companies through the most difficult negotiations.
Legal Data for Banking : business optimisation and regulatory compliance by
A practical, informative guide to banks' major weakness Legal Data for Banking defines the legal data domain in the context of financial institutions, and describes how banks can leverage these assets to optimise business lines and effectively manage risk. Legal data is at the heart of post-2009 regulatory reform, and practitioners need to deepen their grasp of legal data management in order to remain compliant with new rules focusing on transparency in trade and risk reporting. This book provides essential information for IT, project management and data governance leaders, with detailed discussion of current and best practices. Many banks are experiencing recurrent pain points related to legal data management issues, so clear explanations of the required processes, systems and strategic governance provide immediately-relevant relief. The recent financial crisis following the collapse of major banks had roots in poor risk data management, and the regulators' unawareness of accumulated systemic risk stemming from contractual obligations between firms. To avoid repeating history, today's banks must be proactive in legal data management; this book provides the critical knowledge practitioners need to put the necessary systems and practices in place. Learn how current legal data management practices are hurting banks Understand the systems, structures and strategies required to manage risk and optimise business lines Delve into the regulations surrounding risk aggregation, netting, collateral enforceability and more Gain practical insight on legal data technology, systems and migration The legal contracts between firms contain significant obligations that underpin the financial markets; failing to recognise these terms as valuable data assets means increased risk exposure and untapped business lines. Legal Data for Banking provides critical information for the banking industry, with actionable guidance for implementation.
The Manager's Guide to Cybersecurity Law : essentials for today's business by
In today's litigious business world, cyber-related matters could land you in court. As a computer security professional, you are protecting your data, but are you protecting your company? While you know industry standards and regulations, you may not be a legal expert. Fortunately, in a few hours of reading, rather than months of classroom study, Tari Schreider's The Manager's Guide to Cybersecurity Law: Essentials for Today's Business, lets you integrate legal issues into your security program. Tari Schreider, a board-certified information security practitioner with a criminal justice administration background, has written a much-needed book that bridges the gap between cybersecurity programs and cybersecurity law. He says, "My nearly 40 years in the fields of cybersecurity, risk management, and disaster recovery have taught me some immutable truths. One of these truths is that failure to consider the law when developing a cybersecurity program results in a protective façade or false sense of security." In a friendly style, offering real-world business examples from his own experience supported by a wealth of court cases, Schreider covers the range of practical information you will need as you explore - and prepare to apply - cybersecurity law. His practical, easy-to-understand explanations help you to: Understand your legal duty to act reasonably and responsibly to protect assets and information. Identify which cybersecurity laws have the potential to impact your cybersecurity program. Upgrade cybersecurity policies to comply with state, federal, and regulatory statutes. Communicate effectively about cybersecurity law with corporate legal department and counsel. Understand the implications of emerging legislation for your cybersecurity program. Know how to avoid losing a cybersecurity court case on procedure - and develop strategies to handle a dispute out of court. Develop an international view of cybersecurity and data privacy - and international legal frameworks. Schreider takes you beyond security standards and regulatory controls to ensure that your current or future cybersecurity program complies with all laws and legal jurisdictions. Hundreds of citations and references allow you to dig deeper as you explore specific topics relevant to your organization or your studies. This book needs to be required reading before your next discussion with your corporate legal department.
Towards Sustainability : major challenges for corporate law, corporate governance and regulation by
Towards Sustainability covers the presentations held at the launching event of the Institute for Corporate Law, Governance, and Innovation Policies (ICGI) at Maastricht University. The thought-provoking presentations were given by the following distinguished speakers: Willem Lageweg (Director of MVO Nederland and a member of the ICGI Advisory Board), Prof. Dr. Jacqueline Cramer (Director of the Utrecht Sustainability Institute and Professor in Sustainable Innovation at Utrecht University), Dr. Andre Veneman (Corporate Director Sustainability/Health Safety and Environment at AkzoNobel), Prof. Jan Eijsbouts and Prof. Sybren De Hoo (both members of the Maastricht University based Institute for Corporate Law, Governance and Innovation Policies). In addition to these presentations, the inaugural lectures of Professor Eijsbouts and Professor De Hoo have been updated and are included in the book. Towards Sustainability will be of interest, not only to legal scholars and practitioners with an interest in the legal challenges brought about by the corporate social responsibility debate, but also for managers of stock-quoted companies, as well as small- and medium-sized companies. Contents include: Corporate Social Responsibility: The Standard for 21st Century Business * Towards Sustainability: From Government to Governance * Sustainable Business Development: There Is No Alternative! * Cracking the Impermeable Ceiling of Corporate Sustainability Performance Levels * Corporate Responsibility, beyond Voluntarism: Regulatory Options to Reinforce the License to Operate. (Series: Dovenschmidt Monographs - Vol. 2)
Virtuosity in Business : invisible law guiding the invisible hand by
The recent global financial crisis raises pressing issues that are not exclusively economic. The health of the economy, Kevin T. Jackson contends, reflects the moral health of the wider culture: ethics must be considered along with economics to understand world markets, especially now that globalization and other forces have increasingly complicated the regulation of transnational corporate conduct. Virtuosity in Business calls on businesspeople and ethicists to expand their thinking by stressing the profound relevance of philosophy to business and economics. Virtuosity in Business shows that ethics has been the overriding problem for business and that it is the only enduring solution. Drawing on a variety of philosophical sources, including Aristotle, Thomas Aquinas, and Jean-Paul Sartre, Jackson applies the concept of virtue to the competitive realm of the marketplace. Virtuosity, in all realms of human endeavor, is not merely a display of technical skill or adherence to conventional norms. The invisible law of virtuosity, which discourages misconduct and rewards good corporate citizenship, guides ethical firms and wise entrepreneurs toward greater success by playing a constructive part in the human enterprise. A pioneering work in the contemporary philosophy of business, Virtuosity in Business revivifies business ethics to address concerns arising from the global financial crisis, such as restoration of faith in the market, respect for human rights, and environmental sustainability.
Women, Business and the Law 2019 : a Decade of Reform. by For the student to be effective and successful in any organization, especially in business, knowledge of the basic concepts of Business Finance is needed. In this course, the student learns and develops understanding of the concepts, principles, policies, and programs on money, credit and banking, and their relevance to the existing social and economic conditions. It also teaches the students the study of the finance functions, distinction between partnership and corporate financial management, cash budgets and the uses of basic business finance in formulating financial strategies. With a focus on different tools and techniques used in financial planning are the core concepts that you will learn and apply in this course. The concepts of capital budgeting are extensively discussed for you to develop analytical skills in project evaluation, the concepts of time value of money, and the development of projections for capital budgeting.
Advanced Introduction to Entrepreneurial Finance by
Elgar Advanced Introductions are stimulating and thoughtful introductions to major fields in the social sciences and law, expertly written by the world's leading scholars. Designed to be accessible yet rigorous, they offer concise and lucid surveys of the substantive and policy issues associated with discrete subject areas.Hans Landström's book provides a comprehensive understanding of entrepreneurial finance from the entrepreneur and investor's perspectives. With a unique research-based focus, he synthesizes contemporary knowledge and presents diverse theoretical approaches to explain financial decision-making in entrepreneurial ventures. This Advanced Introduction analyses the financial problems facing the diverse range of entrepreneurial projects taking into consideration the changing nature of entrepreneurial ventures today. In particular, this work focuses on the demand for finance and financial decisions taken by entrepreneurs in new and growing ventures. In addition, it includes a detailed discussion of the supply of capital from debt-capital providers, like banks and microfinance organizations, and equity-capital providers, such as crowd investors, business angels and venture capitalists. It concludes by considering the characteristics of financial markets for entrepreneurial finance, examining both financial gaps and public interventions.Key features include: * a strong focus on the entrepreneur's perspective in entrepreneurial finance, yet also a discussion on the supply of capital for ventures from different capital providers such as governments, banks, crowd investors, business angels and venture capitalists * synthesized contemporary knowledge on entrepreneurial finance to provide a comprehensive, accessible understanding* a starting point for entrepreneurship studies, with a focus on young and growing ventures.This is ideal for advanced students and scholars in entrepreneurship, innovation, finance and business. Policy-makers interested in financial issues in young and growing ventures will also find this Advanced Introduction a useful tool for exploring financial decision-making from an entrepreneur's perspective.
Basic Finance : an introduction to financial institutions, investments, and management by
Combing up-to-the-minute coverage with best practices from the field, BASIC FINANCE: AN INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, INVESTMENTS, AND MANAGEMENT, 12Eillustrates how all three primary aspects of finance -- investments, financial institutions, and corporate finance -- are interrelated to give you a solid foundation in the essentials of finance. Extremely reader friendly, each chapter offers a concise, self-contained treatment of specific concepts or institutions. Comprehensive coverage of time value of money uses equations, interest tables, and financial calculator keystrokes to ensure your understanding of this key topic that permeates finance. In addition, numerous hands-on problems, financial calculation illustrations, an Excel appendix, and the MindTap digital solution help you put what you learn into practice and maximize your success.
Behavioral Corporate Finance : concepts and cases for teaching behavioral finance by
Behavioral Corporate Finance provides instructors with a comprehensive pedagogical approach for teaching students how behavioral concepts apply to corporate finance. The primary goal is to identify the key psychological obstacles to value maximizing behavior, along with steps that managers can take to mitigate the effects of these obstacles.
Digital banking by
Subjects:
Banks and banking—India
Entrepreneurial Finance by
Walking you step by step through a complete "life cycle" of a firm, ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE, 6e, vividly explains the theories, knowledge, and corporate finance tools and techniques you need to start, build, and eventually harvest a successful entrepreneurial venture. Extremely reader friendly, the text includes a strong emphasis on sound financial management practices as it explores how to secure financing, use business cash flow models, and strategically positioning your early-stage company. It also teaches you how to effectively interact with financial institutions and regulatory agencies that can affect venture growth and enable liquidity for investors. Based on real-life entrepreneurial ventures and common financial scenarios, numerous examples, mini-cases and even in-depth capstone cases bring to life such key concepts as venture capital funds, institutional investors, strategic alliances, the role of business angels, licensing agreements, exit strategies, and more.
Entrepreneurial Finance : concepts and cases by
Entrepreneurial Finance: Concepts and Cases addresses issues that are often overlooked in traditional finance textbooks, namely, how to handle the unique financial challenges faced by start-ups and small businesses. The book is structured around seven modules or building blocks designed to be taught across a full semester with natural break points built into each chapter within the modules. The building blocks present macro-concepts which are explored in greater detail in each of the chapters. A starting chapter provides guidance about the use of cases for students and a concluding chapter delivers information about how to win business plan competitions. Each concept is illustrated by a short case, and followed by thoughtful questions to enhance learning. The cases, previously unpublished, are written by an international group of experienced case writers from the field of finance, and deal with real companies, real problems, and currently unfolding issues. A case teaching manual geared to finance in general, and short cases in particular, is provided for the instructor and includes specific tips, techniques, and activities for each case in the text. Written for upper level undergraduate students of entrepreneurship, this highly accessible book breaks down complex concepts, and includes hands-on cases and exercises, making learning a breeze!
Figuring it out : sixty years of answering investors' most important questions by
An indispensable collection of essays from one of the investment world's leading lights In Figuring It Out: Answers to the Most Difficult Investment Questions, world-renowned investing and finance guru Charles D. Ellis delivers a robust collection of incisive essays on an array of perennial and contemporary investing issues, from the rise and fall of performance investing to a compilation of essential investing guidelines. In the book, you'll also find eye-opening discussions of: Whether bonds are an appropriate investment vehicle for long-term investors The costs of excessive liquidity in the typical portfolio The characteristics of successful investment firms, and how to spot them A can't-miss resource for the everyday retail investor, author Charles Ellis draws on a lifetime of distinguished client service in the financial markets to reward readers with common-sense and accessible advice that deserves to be followed by anyone with an interest in maximizing their investment returns over the long haul.
Finance: the Basics by
Now in its third edition, Finance: The Basics is a clear and practical introduction to the world of finance. It thoroughly explains essential financial statements, tools and concepts; fundamental financial instruments and transactions; and global financial participants, markets and systems. This fully revised third edition captures the most important aspects of a changing financial landscape, including: * Updates on key areas of the financial system, including default experience, corporate finance trends, growth in dark pools, hedge funds, foreign exchange and derivatives, and changes to the international regulatory and central banking framework. * Further real-world examples/studies that introduce, or expand upon, a range of practical topics; 12 updated studies are supplemented by new cases related to reinsurance, central bank quantitative easing and digital currency and payments. * A comprehensive glossary containing key terms discussed in the book. Each chapter is accompanied by an overview and summary, illustrations and tables, real life case studies, and recommended readings. Finance: The Basics is essential reading for anyone interested in the fascinating world of finance.
Introduction to finance : markets, investments, and financial management by 
Principles of corporate finance by 
Stop, think, invest : a behavioral finance framework for optimizing investment portfolios by
Use the power of behavioral finance to make smarter, better-informed decisions through every step of the investing process In an economy where markets are more unpredictable than ever, emotions can derail the efforts of even the most experienced investors and wreak havoc on portfolio returns. Applying powerful behavioral finance concepts, Stop. Think. Invest. provides a framework for identifying personal biases and avoiding mistakes that can cost big profits. Based on the author's extensive research and 100 key behavioral finance concepts, this guide provides a winning 12-step process you can use to successfully manage your trading and investing for long-term success, including: Begin the initial research into a new stock Create an investment thesis--why are you buying the stock? Trade timing and size--when are you buying and how much? Make the initial purchase Review the trade--round up or round down Test your original investment thesis Stop. Think. Invest. reveals critical information about behavioral finance flaws, such as anchoring, confirmation bias, recency bias, and loss aversion. Unlike other behavioral investing guides, Stop. Think. Invest. offers a fully organized and practical approach to applying behavioral finance to everyday investing.
Unbiased investor : reduce financial stress and keep more of your money by
Make better financial choices, reduce money anxiety, and grow your wealth In Unbiased Investor: Reduce Financial Stress and Keep More of Your Money, Portfolio Manager at CIBC World Markets, Coreen Sol, delivers an inspiring and illuminating roadmap to investing success. In the book, you'll explore the behavioral and psychological roadblocks to achieving optimal results from your portfolio and the strategies you can use to overcome them. You'll learn to focus on basic economic principles--rather than harmful psychological biases--to reduce financial stress and reliably grow wealth. The book also shows you how to: Recognize the decision-making shortcuts (heuristics) we use to navigate and understand the world around us Avoid counter-productive and ineffective risk-management strategies that decrease returns without mitigating risk Consider your own financial goals, personal preferences, and skills in the creation of a strategy to make good financial choices, consistently A powerful and easy-to-follow handbook for everyday investors, Unbiased Investor shows readers from all kinds of background the foundational, straightforward behaviors and habits we need to embrace to realize financial security.
For the student to be effective and successful in any organization, especially in business, knowledge of the basic concepts of Business Finance is needed. In this course, the student learns and develops understanding of the concepts, principles, policies, and programs on money, credit and banking, and their relevance to the existing social and economic conditions. It also teaches the students the study of the finance functions, distinction between partnership and corporate financial management, cash budgets and the uses of basic business finance in formulating financial strategies. With a focus on different tools and techniques used in financial planning are the core concepts that you will learn and apply in this course. The concepts of capital budgeting are extensively discussed for you to develop analytical skills in project evaluation, the concepts of time value of money, and the development of projections for capital budgeting.
Common Sense Finance : Finance for Individuals and Entrepreneurs by
This book addresses, from a conversational and hands-on perspective, the implications of finance, financial literacy, and the importance of understanding finance for both individuals and entrepreneurs. Finance and understanding financial matters are the ones that drive the decision-making process for businesses, large and small; but it is especially important for small business owners as they attempt to build, expand, and develop their businesses. As a CPA, member of the AICPA Financial Literacy Commission, and a weekly columnist for Inc, personal finance and financial literacy is something that drives decisions and plans for both individuals and organizations. Better informed people make better decisions. This book addresses the multitude of financial issues faced by individuals, entrepreneurs, and small business owners. Incorporating technology trends into this text, resources, links, and additional information is integrated throughout this text.
Contemporary Topics in Finance by
The literature surveys presented in this edited volume provide readers with up-to-date reviews on eleven contemporary topics in finance. Topics include unconventional monetary policy, implicit bank guarantees, and financial fraud - all linked to the exceptional event of the Global Financial Crisis Explores how recent studies on inflation risk premia and finance and productivity have benefitted from new empirical methods and the availability of relevant data Demonstrates how angel investing, venture capital, relationship lending and microfinance have benefitted from increased research as they have become more seasoned Investigates crowdfunding and crypto-currencies which have both arisen from recent technological developments
Corporate Finance : theory and practice by
The essential corporate finance text, updated with new data Corporate Finance has long been a favourite among both students and professionals in the field for its unique blend of theory and practice with a truly global perspective. The fact that the authors are well-known academics and professionals in the world of mergers and acquisitions (M&A) and investment explains this popularity. This new Fifth Edition continues the tradition, offering a comprehensive tour of the field through scenario-based instruction that places concept and application in parallel. A new chapter has been added, devoted to the financial management of operating buildings that aims to answer questions such as, "to own or to rent?" "variable or fixed rents?" etc. The book's companion website features regularly updated statistics, graphs and charts, along with study aids including quizzes, case studies, articles, lecture notes and computer models, reflecting the author team's deep commitment to facilitating well-rounded knowledge of corporate finance topics. In addition, a monthly free newsletter keeps the readers updated on the latest developments in corporate finance as well as the book's Facebook page, which publishes a post daily. Financial concepts can be quite complex, but a familiar setting eases understanding while immediate application promotes retention over simple memorisation. As comprehensive, relevant skills are the goal, this book blends academic and industry perspective with the latest regulatory and practical developments to provide a complete corporate finance education with real-world applicability. Blend theory and practice to gain a more relevant understanding of corporate finance concepts Explore the field from a truly European perspective for a more global knowledge base Learn essential concepts, tools and techniques by delving into real-world applications Access up-to-date data, plus quizzes, case studies, lecture notes and more A good financial manager must be able to analyse a company's economic, financial and strategic situation, and then value it, all while mastering the conceptual underpinnings of all decisions involved. By emphasising the ways in which concepts impact and relate to real-world situations, Corporate Finance provides exceptional preparation for working productively and effectively in the field.
Disrupting Finance : FinTech and Strategy in the 21st Century by 
Extreme Events in Finance : a handbook of extreme value theory and its applications by
A guide to the growing importance of extreme value risk theory, methods, and applications in the financial sector Presenting a uniquely accessible guide, Extreme Events in Finance: A Handbook of Extreme Value Theory and Its Applications features a combination of the theory, methods, and applications of extreme value theory (EVT) in finance and a practical understanding of market behavior including both ordinary and extraordinary conditions. Beginning with a fascinating history of EVTs and financial modeling, the handbook introduces the historical implications that resulted in the applications and then clearly examines the fundamental results of EVT in finance. After dealing with these theoretical results, the handbook focuses on the EVT methods critical for data analysis. Finally, the handbook features the practical applications and techniques and how these can be implemented in financial markets. Extreme Events in Finance: A Handbook of Extreme Value Theory and Its Applications includes: Over 40 contributions from international experts in the areas of finance, statistics, economics, business, insurance, and risk management Topical discussions on univariate and multivariate case extremes as well as regulation in financial markets Extensive references in order to provide readers with resources for further study Discussions on using R packages to compute the value of risk and related quantities The book is a valuable reference for practitioners in financial markets such as financial institutions, investment funds, and corporate treasuries, financial engineers, quantitative analysts, regulators, risk managers, large-scale consultancy groups, and insurers. Extreme Events in Finance: A Handbook of Extreme Value Theory and Its Applications is also a useful textbook for postgraduate courses on the methodology of EVTs in finance.
Finance, Economics, and Mathematics by
The compiled works of the man behind the evolution of quantitative finance Finance, Economics, and Mathematics is the complete Vasicek reference work, including published and unpublished work and interviews with the man himself. The name Oldrich A. Vasicek is synonymous with cutting-edge research in the finance fields, and this book comes straight from the source to bring you the undiluted mother lode of quant wisdom from one of the founders of the field. From his early work in yield curve dynamics, to the mean-reverting short-rate model, to his thoughts on derivatives pricing, to his work on credit risk, to his most recent research on the economics of interest rates, this book represents the life's work of an industry leader. Going beyond the papers, you'll also find the more personal side inspirational as Vasicek talks about the academics and professionals who made lasting impressions and collaborated, debated, and ultimately helped spawn some of his greatest thinking. Oldrich Vasicek has won virtually every important award and prize for his groundbreaking research in quantitative finance. You've followed his work for years; this book puts it all in a single volume to give you the definitive reference you'll turn to again and again. Explore Vasicek's insights on topics he helped create Discover his research and ideas that have gone unpublished--until now Understand yield curves and the Vasicek model from the source himself Gain a reference collection of some of the most influential work in quantitative finance Vasicek's research is the foundation of one of the most important innovations in finance. Quants around the world have been influenced by his ideas, and his status as thought leader is cemented in the annals of finance history. Finance, Economics, and Mathematics is the definitive Vasicek reference every finance professional needs.
The Moorad Choudhry Anthology : past, present and future principles of banking and finance by
The definitive and timeless guide to the principles of banking and finance, addressing and meeting the challenges of competition, strategy, regulation and the digital age. Moorad Choudhry Anthology compiles the best of renowned author Professor Moorad Choudhry's incisive writings on financial markets and bank risk management, together with new material that reflects the legislative changes in the post-crisis world of finance and the impact of digitization and global competition. Covering the developments and principles of banking from the 1950s to today, this unique book outlines the author's recommended best practices in all aspects of bank strategy, governance and risk management, including asset-liability management, liquidity risk management, capital planning, Treasury risk, and corporate framework, and describes a "vision of the future" with respect to a sustainable bank business model. You will gain the insight of a global authority on topics essential to retail, corporate, and investment/wholesale banking, including strategy, risk appetite, funding policies, regulatory requirements, valuation, and much more. The companion website is a goldmine for senior practitioners that provides templates that can applied in virtually any bank, including policy documents, pricing models, committee terms of reference, teaching aids and learning tools including PowerPoint slides and spreadsheet models. These facilitate a deeper understanding of the subject and the requirements of the senior executive, making this book an ideal companion for practitioners, graduate students and professional students alike. The intense demand for knowledge and expertise in asset-liability management, liquidity, and capital management has been driven by the regulatory challenges of Basel III, the European Union's CRDIV, the Volcker Rule, Dodd-Frank Act, and a myriad of other new regulations. This book meets that need by providing you with a complete background and modern insight on every aspect of bank risk management. Re-engage with timeless principles of finance that apply in every market and which are the drivers of principles of risk management Learn strategic asset liability management practices that suit today's economic environment Adopt new best practices for liquidity models and choosing the appropriate liquidity risk management framework Examine optimum capital and funding model recommendations for corporate, retail, and investment/wholesale banks Dig deeper into derivatives risk management, balance sheet capital management, funding policy, and more Apply best-practice corporate governance frameworks that ensure a perpetual and viable robust balance sheet Adopt strategy formulation principles that reflect the long-term imperative of the banking business In the 21st century more than ever banks need to "re-learn" traditional risk management principles and apply them every day. Every bank in the world needs to be up to speed on these issues, and Anthology from Professor Moorad Choudhry is the answer to this new global policy response.
Multinational Finance : evaluating opportunities, costs, and risks of multinational operations by
Deep coverage and rigorous examination of international corporate finance Multinational Finance offers an advanced exploration of international corporate finance concepts and operations. Despite its status as one of the most rigorous texts on the topic, this book remains accessible and readable without sacrificing depth of coverage. Sidebars, key terms, essays, conceptual questions, and problems with solutions help aid in the learning process, while suggested readings and PowerPoint handouts reinforce the material and offer avenues for further exploration. This new sixth edition includes Excel templates that allow students to use real-world tools in a learning environment, and the modular structure facilitates course customization to individual objectives, interests, and preparatory level. The emphasis is on the basics of financial management, but coverage includes unique chapters on treasury management, asset pricing, hedging, options, and portfolio management in addition to traditional finance topics. International finance is a diverse field with myriad specialties and a vast array of possible interests. This book allows students to view the field through the lens of a financial manager with investment or financial options in more than one country to give them a practical feel for real-world application. Understand the nature and operations of international corporate finance Evaluate opportunities, costs, and risks of multinational operations See beyond the numbers and terminology to the general principles at work Learn the markets, currencies, taxation, capital structure, governance, and more Comprehensive, adaptable, and rigorously focused, this book gives students a solid foundation in international corporate finance, as well as a sound understanding of the tools and mechanics of the field. Designed for MBA and advanced undergraduate courses, Multinational Finance provides the deep coverage so essential to a solid education in finance.
Environmental Management System
This course will expose you to the scientific principles of environmental issues and environmental management practices, with attention to the health of both humans and the ecosystem. You will learn the fundamental and emerging topics related to air and water pollution, water use and management, aquatic ecosystems, energy and climate change, biodiversity, toxic substances in the environment, solid waste management, and regulatory strategies for risk assessment and environmental management are examined.
Cambridge IGCSE(tm) Environmental Management Student's Book (Collins Cambridge IGCSE(tm)) by
Cambridge IGCSE® Environmental Management Student Book provides in-depth coverage of every aspect of the latest Cambridge IGCSE® Environmental Management 0680 and O Level 5014 syllabuses for examination from 2019 onwards. Exam Board: Cambridge Assessment International Education First teaching: 2017 First examination: 2019 * Full coverage of the Cambridge IGCSE® Environmental Management syllabus 0680 (for first examination in 2019) * Written by experienced authors who are specialists in their field * Clear focus on the integrated approach to the subject as outlined in the new syllabus * Packed with questions throughout to check understanding and confirm knowledge * Brings engagement and excitement to environmental management through real-life practical applications and links to other subjects * Encourages students to think for themselves and experiment - with a major focus on problem solving and investigations * 'Case studies' help students to engage with the subject and deepen their understanding * Further carefully developed features including learning objectives, end of topic terms, concepts and knowledge check all of which provide to provide a clear, engaging resource for students. This title is endorsed by Cambridge Assessment International Education. IGCSE® is the registered trademark of Cambridge Assessment International Education.
Cambridge IGCSE(tm) Environmental Management Teacher Guide (Collins Cambridge IGCSE(tm)) by
The Teacher Guide includes lesson plans, extended and more detailed case studies, decision making exercises, mini projects and problems for discussion and group work, and more to enable you to deliver a successful and effective course. Exam Board: Cambridge Assessment International Education First teaching: 2017 First examination: 2019 * Full coverage of the Cambridge IGCSE® Environmental Management syllabus 0680 and O Level 5014 (for first examination in 2019) * Written by experienced authors who are specialists in their field * Clear focus on the integrated approach to the subject as outlined in the new syllabus * Supplementary 'Case studies' help students to engage with the subject and deepen their understanding * Extension content and activities * Clear instructions for students and teachers * Overviews of each topic and links to other topics highlighted to assist with medium- and long-term planning * Detailed scheme of work matching lessons to the specification learning outcomes This title is endorsed by Cambridge Assessment International Education. IGCSE® is the registered trademark of Cambridge Assessment International Education.
Companion to Environmental Studies by
Companion to Environmental Studies presents a comprehensive and interdisciplinary overview of the key issues, debates, concepts, approaches and questions that together define environmental studies today. The intellectually wide-ranging volume covers approaches in environmental science all the way through to humanistic and post-natural perspectives on the biophysical world. Though many academic disciplines have incorporated studying the environment as part of their curriculum, only in recent years has it become central to the social sciences and humanities rather than mainly the geosciences. 'The environment' is now a keyword in everything from fisheries science to international relations to philosophical ethics to cultural studies. The Companion brings these subject areas, and their distinctive perspectives and contributions, together in one accessible volume. Over 150 short chapters written by leading international experts provide concise, authoritative and easy-to-use summaries of all the major and emerging topics dominating the field, while the seven part introductions situate and provide context for section entries. A gateway to deeper understanding is provided via further reading and links to online resources. Companion to Environmental Studies offers an essential one-stop reference to university students, academics, policy makers and others keenly interested in 'the environmental question', the answer to which will define the coming century.
Environmental Conflict Management by
A step-by-step guide connecting theory to practice Environmental Conflict Management introduces students to the research and practice of environmental conflict and provides a step-by-step process for engaging stakeholders and other interested parties in the management of environmental disputes. In each chapter, authors Dr. Tracylee Clarke and Dr. Tarla Rai Peterson first introduce a specific concept or process step and then provide exercises, worksheets, role-plays, and brief case studies so students can directly apply what they are learning. The appendix includes six additional extended case studies for further analysis. In addition to providing practical steps for understanding and managing conflict, the text identifies the most relevant laws and policies to help students make more informed decisions. Students will develop techniques for public involvement and community outreach, strategies for effective meeting management, approaches to negotiating options and methodologies for communicating concerns and working through differences, and outlines for implementing and evaluating strategies for sustaining positive community relations.
Environmental Innovation and Ecodesign : certainties and controversies by
The end of the post-war economic boom was marked by the recognition of the environmental problem with the oil crises of the 1970s and, in 1972, the first major UN conference devoted to the human environment. Successive international meetings have resulted in a context where technical change, innovation and industry have assumed a central place in the creation of a new model of society. Against this consensus, the author demonstrates from economic analysis and wide-ranging examples that the environmental innovation doctrine and ecodesign methods remain fragile and can lead to paradoxical results.
Handbook of Environmental Engineering by
A comprehensive guide for both fundamentals and real-world applications of environmental engineering Written by noted experts, Handbook of Environmental Engineering offers a comprehensive guide to environmental engineers who desire to contribute to mitigating problems, such as flooding, caused by extreme weather events, protecting populations in coastal areas threatened by rising sea levels, reducing illnesses caused by polluted air, soil, and water from improperly regulated industrial and transportation activities, promoting the safety of the food supply. Contributors not only cover such timely environmental topics related to soils, water, and air, minimizing pollution created by industrial plants and processes, and managing wastewater, hazardous, solid, and other industrial wastes, but also treat such vital topics as porous pavement design, aerosol measurements, noise pollution control, and industrial waste auditing. This important handbook: Enables environmental engineers to treat problems in systematic ways Discusses climate issues in ways useful for environmental engineers Covers up-to-date measurement techniques important in environmental engineering Reviews current developments in environmental law for environmental engineers Includes information on water quality and wastewater engineering Informs environmental engineers about methods of dealing with industrial and municipal waste, including hazardous waste Designed for use by practitioners, students, and researchers, Handbook of Environmental Engineering contains the most recent information to enable a clear understanding of major environmental issues.
Innovation in Environmental Leadership : critical perspectives by
Innovation in Environmental Leadership offers innovative approaches to leadership from a post-industrial and ecological vantage point. Chapters in this collection are written by leading scholars and practitioners of environmental leadership from around the globe, and are informed by a variety of critical perspectives, including post-heroic approaches, systems thinking, and the emerging insights of Critical Leadership Studies (CLS). By taking the natural environment seriously as a foundational context for leadership, Innovation in Environmental Leadership offers fresh insights and compelling visions of leadership pertinent to 21st century environmental and social challenges. Concepts and understandings of leadership emerged as part of an extractive industrial system; this work asks its readers to re-think what leadership looks like in an ecologically sustainable biological system. This book provides fresh insights and critical perspectives on the vibrant and growing field of environmental leadership. It shows the latest state of knowledge on the topic and will be of interest both to students at an advanced level, academics and reflective practitioners. It addresses the topics with regard to leadership theory and environmental leadership and will be of interest to researchers, academics, and students in the fields of sustainability, environmental ethics, natural resource management, environmental studies, business management, public policy, and environmental management.
Rethinking the Environmental Impacts of Renewable Energy : mitigation and management by
Renewable energy is important as a substitute for finite fossil fuels and inflexible nuclear power and could conceivably power the world. However, this is challenging as the world is currently 80% dependent on fossil fuels, and renewable sources produce only about 15% of total energy. Conversion technologies for use with many of the eight different primary sources of renewable energy are only just emerging as viable technologies. While renewable energy sources will not run out, and their use involves little or no release of carbon dioxide or ionising wastes, they do have local environmental impacts of their own. This book analyses the nature of environmental impacts from renewable sources. A novel method of assessing impacts is explored based on a set of parameters centred on how diffuse or concentrated the energy flow is. The approach that is developed will inform engineers, designers, policy makers and planners as well as researchers in the area.
The Routledge Companion to the Environmental Humanities by
The Routledge Companion to the Environmental Humanities provides a comprehensive, transnational, and interdisciplinary map to the field, offering a broad overview of its founding principles while providing insight into exciting new directions for future scholarship. Articulating the significance of humanistic perspectives for our collective social engagement with ecological crises, the volume explores the potential of the environmental humanities for organizing humanistic research, opening up new forms of interdisciplinarity, and shaping public debate and policies on environmental issues. Sections cover: The Anthropocene and the Domestication of Earth Posthumanism and Multispecies Communities Inequality and Environmental Justice　 Decline and Resilience: Environmental Narratives, History, and Memory Environmental Arts, Media, and Technologies The State of the Environmental Humanities The first of its kind, this companion covers essential issues and themes, necessarily crossing disciplines within the humanities and with the social and natural sciences. Exploring how the environmental humanities contribute to policy and action concerning some of the key intellectual, social, and environmental challenges of our times, the chapters offer an ideal guide to this rapidly developing field.
Environmental Management System
This course will expose you to the scientific principles of environmental issues and environmental management practices, with attention to the health of both humans and the ecosystem. You will learn the fundamental and emerging topics related to air and water pollution, water use and management, aquatic ecosystems, energy and climate change, biodiversity, toxic substances in the environment, solid waste management, and regulatory strategies for risk assessment and environmental management are examined.
Environmental and Management Factor Contributions to Maize Yield by
Agricultural production must increase substantially to meet the increasing per capita demand for food, feed, fuel, and fiber of a rising human census. The amount of arable land is limited due to soil type, weather, and ecosystem considerations; therefore, it is necessary to increase yields on current fields. To obtain the greatest maize (Zea mays L.) yield, a farmer needs to nurture the crop as much as possible. Weather and nitrogen availability are well- known as two factors that normally have the greatest influence on maize yields and grain quality. Some management factors a producer may need to consider while growing a maize crop are mineral fertilization, genotype, plant population, and protection from insects and diseases. Additionally, there are numerous biological and chemical compounds that can stimulate plant growth, such as in-furrow mixes and foliar fungicides. Field management also plays a role in final grain yield, including crop rotation, tillage, soil pH and nutrient levels, weed control, and drainage. This Special Issue Book focuses on weather, soil, and other maize crop management factors and their relative independent and/or interactive influence on maize growth and yield.]
Environmental Economics and Sustainability by
Environmental Economics and Sustainability presents a collection of peer-reviewed research articles contributed by international experts that reveal the current state of our knowledge in the field of environmental economics. Presents the latest research results on a plethora of issues relating to environmental economics and sustainability Features original contributions from top experts in the field from around the world Addresses several of the contemporary challenges of sustainability while infusing new energy into the field of environmental economics Covers myriad topics relating to environmental economics and sustainability including climate change, air pollution, CO2 emissions, recycling, and the international environmental agreement
Environmental Hazards Methodologies for Risk Assessment and Management by
From the beginning of 21st century, there has been an awareness of risk in the environment along with a growing concern for the continuing potential damage caused by hazards. In order to ensure environmental sustainability, a better understanding of natural disasters and their impacts is essential. It has been recognized that a holistic and integrated approach to environmental hazards needs to be attempted using common methodologies, such as risk analysis, which involves risk management and risk assessment. Indeed, risk management means reducing the threats posed by known hazards, whereas at the same time accepting unmanageable risks and maximizing any related benefits. The risk management framework involves evaluating the importance of a risk, either quantitatively or qualitatively. Risk assessment comprises three steps, namely risk identification (data base, event monitoring, statistical inference), risk estimation (magnitude, frequency, economic costs) and risk evaluation (cost-benefit analysis). Nevertheless, the risk management framework also includes a fourth step, risk governance, i.e. the need for a feedback of all the risk assessment undertakings. There is currently a lack of such feedback which constitutes a serious deficiency in the reduction of environmental hazards. This book emphasises methodological approaches and procedures of the three main components in the study of environmental hazards, namely forecasting - nowcasting (before), monitoring (during) and assessment (after), based on geoinformatic technologies and data and simulation through examples and case studies. These are considered within the risk management framework and, in particular, within the three components of risk assessment, namely risk identification, risk estimation and risk evaluation. This approach is a contemporary and innovative procedure and constitutes current research in the field of environmental hazards. Environmental Hazards Methodologies for Risk Assessment and Management covers hydrological hazards (floods, droughts, storms, hail, desertification), biophysical hazards (frost, heat waves, epidemics, forest fires), geological hazards (landslides, snow avalanches), tectonic hazards (earthquakes, volcanoes), and technological hazards. This book provides a text and a resource on environmental hazards for senior undergraduate students, graduate students on all courses related to environmental hazards and risk assessment and management. It is a valuable handbook for researchers and professionals of environmental science, environmental economics and management, and engineering. Editor: Nicolas R. Dalezios, University of Thessaly, Greece
Freshwater microplastics : emerging environmental contaminants? by Going Green: Implementing Sustainable Strategies in Libraries Around the World by
This publication examines aspects of reducing the ecological footprint in libraries' workaday operations as well as the social role and responsibility of libraries as leaders in environmental sustainability. The theoretical background and practical applications of contributions made by worldwide libraries to the United Nations 2030 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are discussed. General articles and research studies from Finland, Germany, Portugal, and Brazil illuminate libraries' contributions to the SDGs. Case studies from Sweden, Kenya, Germany, Ukraine, China, and Serbia highlight challenges and opportunities in implementing sustainable approaches in public libraries. Examples of best practice from academic libraries in Hong Kong, Cameroon, Germany, Uganda, USA and Kenya, are presented. All papers published in this book are selected from the best papers of the ENSULIB Satellite Meeting 2017 in Berlin, the ENSULIB/Public Libraries Section's Open Session at the IFLA Conference 2017 in Poland, and from the IFLA Green Library Award 2017. All articles are written in English.
Health, Safety, and Environmental Management in Offshore and Petroleum Engineering by
This book shares the technical knowhow in the field of health, safety and environmental management, as applied to oil and gas industries and explains concepts through a simple and straightforward approach Provides an overview of health, safety and environmental (HSE) management as applied to offshore and petroleum engineering Covers the fundamentals of HSE and demonstrates its practical application Includes industry case studies and examples based on the author's experiences in both academia and oil and gas industries Presents recent research results Includes tutorials and exercises
NIMBY Politics in Japan : Energy Siting and the Management of Environmental Conflict. by
LesbirelHayden: S. Hayden Lesbirel is Associate Professor of Political Science at James Cook University in Australia and coeditor of Managing Conflict in Facility Siting: An International Comparison.
Organic waste recycling : technology, management and sustainability by 
Water resource systems planning and management : an introduction to methods, models, and applications by Enterprise Resource Management 1
This basic entrepreneurship course provides a space and platform for self-discovery and opportunity discovery. The learners are expected to uncover their strengths in terms of an entrepreneurial founding team and learn the basics, such as opportunity discovery, value proposition, prototyping, competition analysis, and early customer insights. By the end of this course, the learners should be able to convert ideas into a Minimum Viable Product (MVP) and embrace an entrepreneurial skills and characteristics.
Concepts in enterprise resource planning by 
Enterprise Analytics : optimize performance, process, and decisions through big data by
The Definitive Guide to Enterprise-Level Analytics Strategy, Technology, Implementation, and Management Organizations are capturing exponentially larger amounts of data than ever, and now they have to figure out what to do with it. Using analytics, you can harness this data, discover hidden patterns, and use this knowledge to act meaningfully for competitive advantage. Suddenly, you can go beyond understanding "how, when, and where" events have occurred, to understand why - and use this knowledge to reshape the future. Now, analytics pioneer Tom Davenport and the world-renowned experts at the International Institute for Analytics (IIA) have brought together the latest techniques, best practices, and research on analytics in a single primer for maximizing the value of enterprise data. Enterprise Analytics is today's definitive guide to analytics strategy, planning, organization, implementation, and usage. It covers everything from building better analytics organizations to gathering data; implementing predictive analytics to linking analysis with organizational performance. The authors offer specific insights for optimizing supply chains, online services, marketing, fraud detection, and many other business functions. They support their powerful techniques with many real-world examples, including chapter-length case studies from healthcare, retail, and financial services. Enterprise Analytics will be an invaluable resource for every business and technical professional who wants to make better data-driven decisions: operations, supply chain, and product managers; product, financial, and marketing analysts; CIOs and other IT leaders; data, web, and data warehouse specialists, and many others.
Enterprise resource management by Enterprise resource planning by 
Enterprise Resource Planning and Supply Chain Management by
This book is about running modern industrial enterprises with the help of information systems. Enterprise resource planning (ERP) is the core of business information processing. An ERP system is the backbone of most companies' information systems landscape. All major business processes are handled with the help of this system. Supply chain management (SCM) looks beyond the individual company, taking into account that enterprises are increasingly concentrating on their core competencies, leaving other activities to suppliers. With the growing dependency on the partners, effective supply chains have become as important for a company's success as efficient in-house processes. This book covers typical business processes and shows how these processes are implemented. Examples are presented using the leading systems on the market - SAP ERP and SAP SCM. In this way, the reader can understand how business processes are actually carried out "in the real world".
Your small business boom : explosive ideas to grow your business, make more money, and thrive in a volatile world by
Learn how to thrive in even the most volatile economic climate with smart strategies from USA TODAY's top small-business columnist Owning a small business can be challenging enough even in the best of times. And when times get tough--whether the challenges are brought about by pandemics, recessions or any other volatility, you need every tool sharpened and ready to go. You'll find them all in Your Small Business Boom, with the latest in entrepreneurial thinking from USA TODAY small-business columnist Steve Strauss. Packed with strategies, ideas, savvy tips and noteworthy trends, it's an indispensable guide to rebuilding in a post-pandemic world--and thriving when the next crisis hits. You'll discover better ways to take risks in reimagining your business, from going after bigger clients to creating multiple profit centers, and how to reach 2.0 level with the internet, with chapters on modern e-comm strategy, websites versus funnels, and rethinking your tech. There's updated advice on using social media, managing remote teams (or getting it done solo), finding new sources of capital, and so much more. With smart, practical tips and a healthy dose of upbeat, can-do optimism, Your Small Business Boom is good news you can use right now.
Enterprise Resource Management 1
This basic entrepreneurship course provides a space and platform for self-discovery and opportunity discovery. The learners are expected to uncover their strengths in terms of an entrepreneurial founding team and learn the basics, such as opportunity discovery, value proposition, prototyping, competition analysis, and early customer insights. By the end of this course, the learners should be able to convert ideas into a Minimum Viable Product (MVP) and embrace an entrepreneurial skills and characteristics.
Architecting the Future Enterprise by
Two experts in enterprise architecting lay out a holistic approach to creating a blueprint for future enterprise transformation. Every enterprise evolves continuously, driven by changing needs or new opportunities. Most often this happens gradually, with small adjustments to strategy, organization, processes, or infrastructure. But sometimes enterprises need to go beyond minor fixes and transform themselves, in response to a disruptive event or dramatically changing circumstances--a merger, for example, or a new competitor. In this book, enterprise architecting experts Deborah Nightingale and Donna Rhodes offer a framework for enterprise transformation. Successful transformation, they believe, starts with a holistic approach, taking into consideration all facets of the enterprise and its environment rather than focusing solely on one factor--information technology, for example, or organizational structure. This is architecting the future enterprise: creating a blueprint for what the enterprise will look like after the transformation. Nightingale and Rhodes introduce the ARIES (Architecting Innovative Enterprise Strategy) framework, including a ten enterprise element model and an architecting process model, and show how to apply it, from start to finish. They explain how to create a holistic vision for the future enterprise and how to generate concepts and alternative architectures; they describe techniques for evaluating possible architectures, tools for implementation planning, and strategies for communicating with stakeholders. Nightingale and Rhodes offer real-world examples throughout, drawing on their work at MIT, with an extensive case study of enterprise transformation at a medical device manufacturer. An appendix offers two additional architecting projects. Seven Architecting Imperatives * Make architecting the initial activity in transformation. * Develop a comprehensive understanding of the enterprise landscape. * Understand what stakeholders value and how that may change in the future. * Use multiple perspectives to see the whole enterprise. * Create an architecting team suited to the transformation challenges. * Engage all levels of leadership in transformation. * Architect for the enterprise's changing world.
Enterprise Interoperability: Smart Services and Business Impact of Enterprise Interoperability by
The ability of future industry to create interactive, flexible and always-on connections between design, manufacturing and supply is an ongoing challenge, affecting competitiveness, efficiency and resourcing. The goal of enterprise interoperability (EI) research is therefore to address the effectiveness of solutions that will successfully prepare organizations for the advent and uptake of new technologies. This volume outlines results and practical concepts from recent and ongoing European research studies in EI, and examines the results of research and discussions cultivated at the I-ESA 2018 conference, "Smart services and business impact of enterprise interoperability". The conference, designed to encourage collaboration between academic inquiry and real-world industry applications, addressed a number of advanced multidisciplinary topics including Industry 4.0, Big Data, the Internet of Things, Cloud computing, ontology, artificial intelligence, virtual reality and enterprise modelling for future "smart" manufacturing. Readers will find this book to be a source of invaluable knowledge for enterprise architects in a range of industries and organizations.
Enterprise Knowledge Capital by
Thoroughly grounded in an extensive body of international research and analysis, this book investigates the concepts surrounding a firm's knowledge capital. These concepts play an integral part in the evolution of economic and managerial thinking, particularly in relation to the themes of firm, knowledge and innovation. The author advocates a greater socialization of the production of knowledge capital that stands in contradiction to the strong appropriation strategies that are predominant today. This book presents a historical analysis of the facts with a strong basis in the recent literature in economics and innovation management as well as in case studies of CAC 40 companies that have been conducted over the course of the past few years.
Enterprise Risk Management : a common framework for the entire organization by
Enterprise Risk Management: A Common Framework for the Entire Organization discusses the many types of risks all businesses face. It reviews various categories of risk, including financial, cyber, health, safety and environmental, brand, supply chain, political, and strategic risks and many others. It provides a common framework and terminology for managing these risks to build an effective enterprise risk management system. This enables companies to prevent major risk events, detect them when they happen, and to respond quickly, appropriately, and resiliently. The book solves the problem of differing strategies, techniques, and terminology within an organization and between different risk specialties by presenting the core principles common to managing all types of risks, while also showing how these principles apply to physical, financial, brand, and global strategy risks. Enterprise Risk Management is ideal for executives and managers across the entire organization, providing the comprehensive understanding they need, in everyday language, to successfully navigate, manage, and mitigate the complex risks they face in today's global market. Provides a framework on which to build an enterprise-wide system to manage risk and potential losses in business settings Solves the problem of differing strategies, techniques, and terminology within an organization by presenting the core principles common to managing all types of risks Offers principles which apply to physical, financial, brand, and global strategy risks Presents useful, building block information in everyday language for both managers and risk practitioners across the entire organization
Enterprise Risk Management : from incentives to controls by
A fully revised second edition focused on the best practices of enterprise risk management Since the first edition of Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls was published a decade ago, much has changed in the worlds of business and finance. That's why James Lam has returned with a new edition of this essential guide. Written to reflect today's dynamic market conditions, the Second Edition of Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls clearly puts this discipline in perspective. Engaging and informative, it skillfully examines both the art as well as the science of effective enterprise risk management practices. Along the way, it addresses the key concepts, processes, and tools underlying risk management, and lays out clear strategies to manage what is often a highly complex issue. Offers in-depth insights, practical advice, and real-world case studies that explore the various aspects of ERM Based on risk management expert James Lam's thirty years of experience in this field Discusses how a company should strive for balance between risk and return Failure to properly manage risk continues to plague corporations around the world. Don't let it hurt your organization. Pick up the Second Edition of Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls and learn how to meet the enterprise-wide risk management challenge head on, and succeed.
Flourishing Enterprise by
The notion of responsible business has infiltrated our markets, and "going green" is now a part of our mindset. But, sustainability as we know it is not enough. Flourishing--the aspiration that humans and life in general will thrive on the planet forever--should be a key goal for every business today. This is a bold concept, like sustainability was a decade ago. Just as sustainability has become a matter of course, so too will flourishing become a cornerstone of business tomorrow. How are companies to attain this big-picture goal? Drawing together decades of research along with in-depth interviews, Flourishing Enterprise argues that many strategic, organizational, and operational efforts to be sustainable reach the potential of flourishing when they incorporate one additional ingredient: reflective practices. Offering more than a dozen such practices, this book leads readers down a path to greater business success, personal well-being, and a healthier planet. Readers will find that adding reflective practices to existing business efforts does not require more work; it simply changes the way we do our work and, more importantly, the results we achieve. Cultivating emotional and spiritual health is the next frontier; this future-oriented guide develops these core competencies while stretching the ongoing conversation about profitable, sustainable business.
Implementing Enterprise Risk Management : From Methods to Applications by
A practical, real-world guide for implementing enterprise risk management (ERM) programs into your organization Enterprise risk management (ERM) is a complex yet critical issue that all companies must deal with in the twenty-first century. Failure to properly manage risk continues to plague corporations around the world. ERM empowers risk professionals to balance risks with rewards and balance people with processes. But to master the numerous aspects of enterprise risk management, you must integrate it into the culture and operations of the business. No one knows this better than risk management expert James Lam, and now, with Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications, he distills more than thirty years' worth of experience in the field to give risk professionals a clear understanding of how to implement an enterprise risk management program for every business. Offers valuable insights on solving real-world business problems using ERM Effectively addresses how to develop specific ERM tools Contains a significant number of case studies to help with practical implementation of an ERM program While Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls, Second Edition focuses on the "what" of ERM, Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications will help you focus on the "how." Together, these two resources can help you meet the enterprise-wide risk management challenge head on--and succeed.
Your small business boom : explosive ideas to grow your business, make more money, and thrive in a volatile world by
"Learn how to thrive in even the most volatile economic climate with smart strategies from USA TODAY's top small-business columnist Owning a small business can be challenging enough even in the best of times. And when times get tough-whether the challenges are brought about by pandemics, recessions or any other volatility, you need every tool sharpened and ready to go. You'll find them all in Your Small Business Boom, with the latest in entrepreneurial thinking from USA TODAY small-business columnist Steve Strauss. Packed with strategies, ideas, savvy tips and noteworthy trends, it's an indispensable guide to rebuilding in a post-pandemic world-and thriving when the next crisis hits. You'll discover better ways to take risks in reimagining your business, from going after bigger clients to creating multiple profit centers, and how to reach 2.0 level with the internet, with chapters on modern e-comm strategy, websites versus funnels, and rethinking your tech. There's updated advice on using social media, managing remote teams (or getting it done solo), finding new sources of capital, and so much more. With smart, practical tips and a healthy dose of upbeat, can-do optimism, Your Small Business Boom is good news you can use right now"-- Provided by publisher.
Enterprise Resource Management 2
This advanced entrepreneurship course will take the learners from the Minimum Viable Product (MVP) stage to the Business Model stage, The learners will acquire the skills required to transform their MVP into a business model. In this course, they will transform their business idea into the Business Model Canvas and will use it to further refine their MVP. They will also set up a digital presence and learn to use promotional channels and distribution channels to engage and serve their customers. Additionally, they will get started with various legal and operational aspects as well as initial funding concepts such as bootstrapping. At the end of the program, they can use their respective Business Model Canvasses as their Capstone project and be able to enhance their entrepreneurial mind and spirit.
Concepts in enterprise resource planning by Enterprise Analytics : optimize performance, process, and decisions through big data by
The Definitive Guide to Enterprise-Level Analytics Strategy, Technology, Implementation, and Management Organizations are capturing exponentially larger amounts of data than ever, and now they have to figure out what to do with it. Using analytics, you can harness this data, discover hidden patterns, and use this knowledge to act meaningfully for competitive advantage. Suddenly, you can go beyond understanding "how, when, and where" events have occurred, to understand why - and use this knowledge to reshape the future. Now, analytics pioneer Tom Davenport and the world-renowned experts at the International Institute for Analytics (IIA) have brought together the latest techniques, best practices, and research on analytics in a single primer for maximizing the value of enterprise data. Enterprise Analytics is today's definitive guide to analytics strategy, planning, organization, implementation, and usage. It covers everything from building better analytics organizations to gathering data; implementing predictive analytics to linking analysis with organizational performance. The authors offer specific insights for optimizing supply chains, online services, marketing, fraud detection, and many other business functions. They support their powerful techniques with many real-world examples, including chapter-length case studies from healthcare, retail, and financial services. Enterprise Analytics will be an invaluable resource for every business and technical professional who wants to make better data-driven decisions: operations, supply chain, and product managers; product, financial, and marketing analysts; CIOs and other IT leaders; data, web, and data warehouse specialists, and many others.
Enterprise resource management by Enterprise resource planning by Enterprise Resource Planning and Supply Chain Management by
This book is about running modern industrial enterprises with the help of information systems. Enterprise resource planning (ERP) is the core of business information processing. An ERP system is the backbone of most companies' information systems landscape. All major business processes are handled with the help of this system. Supply chain management (SCM) looks beyond the individual company, taking into account that enterprises are increasingly concentrating on their core competencies, leaving other activities to suppliers. With the growing dependency on the partners, effective supply chains have become as important for a company's success as efficient in-house processes. This book covers typical business processes and shows how these processes are implemented. Examples are presented using the leading systems on the market - SAP ERP and SAP SCM. In this way, the reader can understand how business processes are actually carried out "in the real world".
The Lean Enterprise : how corporations can innovate like startups by
#1 Amazon Bestseller in Lean Management Discover the methods of lean startups that can revolutionize large organizations and their products Even in a tough economic climate, the startup business community has found a way to create innovative, game-changing products in shockingly short timeframes. So why should larger, more established companies take notice? Because they have everything to gain when they examine and adopt the strategies, tools, and attitudes of these smaller competitors. The Lean Enterprise presents a groundbreaking design for revolutionizing larger organizations, one that draws on the ingenious tenets and practices espoused by the startup community. The guidelines in this book will help companies shake the lethargy, bureaucracy, and power struggles that plague large organizations and hold them back from true innovation. At the heart of this resource is a comprehensive, practical approach based on methods, timetables, compensation, financial investment, and case studies that reveal the startup mentality. Respected thought leaders in lean startup methodologies, the authors cover successful enterprise development, development innovation labs, corporate venture arms, and acquisition and integration of startups. Essential reading for entrepreneurs, product managers, executives and directors in Forbes 2000 organizations, and board members Presents the tools and methodologies large businesses need to compete with a new generation of highly-empowered entrepreneurs Covers lean startup culture and principles and identifies the behaviors that arestunting growth at large enterprises Offers a comprehensive, practical approach for developing exciting products and services and opening vast new markets Don't be mystified by the success of startups. Master the methods of this new generation of entrepreneurs and compete on a level playing field.
Technology Ventures: from Idea to Enterprise by
'Technology Ventures' provides an action-oriented approach through the use of examples, exercises, cases, sample business plans, and recommended sources for more information.
Enterprise Resource Management 2
This advanced entrepreneurship course will take the learners from the Minimum Viable Product (MVP) stage to the Business Model stage, The learners will acquire the skills required to transform their MVP into a business model. In this course, they will transform their business idea into the Business Model Canvas and will use it to further refine their MVP. They will also set up a digital presence and learn to use promotional channels and distribution channels to engage and serve their customers. Additionally, they will get started with various legal and operational aspects as well as initial funding concepts such as bootstrapping. At the end of the program, they can use their respective Business Model Canvasses as their Capstone project and be able to enhance their entrepreneurial mind and spirit.
Architecting the Future Enterprise by
Two experts in enterprise architecting lay out a holistic approach to creating a blueprint for future enterprise transformation. Every enterprise evolves continuously, driven by changing needs or new opportunities. Most often this happens gradually, with small adjustments to strategy, organization, processes, or infrastructure. But sometimes enterprises need to go beyond minor fixes and transform themselves, in response to a disruptive event or dramatically changing circumstances--a merger, for example, or a new competitor. In this book, enterprise architecting experts Deborah Nightingale and Donna Rhodes offer a framework for enterprise transformation. Successful transformation, they believe, starts with a holistic approach, taking into consideration all facets of the enterprise and its environment rather than focusing solely on one factor--information technology, for example, or organizational structure. This is architecting the future enterprise: creating a blueprint for what the enterprise will look like after the transformation. Nightingale and Rhodes introduce the ARIES (Architecting Innovative Enterprise Strategy) framework, including a ten enterprise element model and an architecting process model, and show how to apply it, from start to finish. They explain how to create a holistic vision for the future enterprise and how to generate concepts and alternative architectures; they describe techniques for evaluating possible architectures, tools for implementation planning, and strategies for communicating with stakeholders. Nightingale and Rhodes offer real-world examples throughout, drawing on their work at MIT, with an extensive case study of enterprise transformation at a medical device manufacturer. An appendix offers two additional architecting projects. Seven Architecting Imperatives * Make architecting the initial activity in transformation. * Develop a comprehensive understanding of the enterprise landscape. * Understand what stakeholders value and how that may change in the future. * Use multiple perspectives to see the whole enterprise. * Create an architecting team suited to the transformation challenges. * Engage all levels of leadership in transformation. * Architect for the enterprise's changing world.
Enterprise Interoperability: Smart Services and Business Impact of Enterprise Interoperability by
The ability of future industry to create interactive, flexible and always-on connections between design, manufacturing and supply is an ongoing challenge, affecting competitiveness, efficiency and resourcing. The goal of enterprise interoperability (EI) research is therefore to address the effectiveness of solutions that will successfully prepare organizations for the advent and uptake of new technologies. This volume outlines results and practical concepts from recent and ongoing European research studies in EI, and examines the results of research and discussions cultivated at the I-ESA 2018 conference, "Smart services and business impact of enterprise interoperability". The conference, designed to encourage collaboration between academic inquiry and real-world industry applications, addressed a number of advanced multidisciplinary topics including Industry 4.0, Big Data, the Internet of Things, Cloud computing, ontology, artificial intelligence, virtual reality and enterprise modelling for future "smart" manufacturing. Readers will find this book to be a source of invaluable knowledge for enterprise architects in a range of industries and organizations.
Enterprise Knowledge Capital by
Thoroughly grounded in an extensive body of international research and analysis, this book investigates the concepts surrounding a firm's knowledge capital. These concepts play an integral part in the evolution of economic and managerial thinking, particularly in relation to the themes of firm, knowledge and innovation. The author advocates a greater socialization of the production of knowledge capital that stands in contradiction to the strong appropriation strategies that are predominant today. This book presents a historical analysis of the facts with a strong basis in the recent literature in economics and innovation management as well as in case studies of CAC 40 companies that have been conducted over the course of the past few years.
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) : a Managerial & Technical Perspective by
Management is becoming a more and more exacting job today. Competition is the spirit of the enterprise now. Accuracy and speed are the most important requirements in this. And it now involves the integration and comprehension of details and information from many segments of the business. The daunting task is, however, made possible by the revolutions in Information Technology. Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) is primarily an enterprise wide system that can accommodate corporate mission, objectives, attitudes, beliefs, values, operating style and people who make the organization. The inadequacy of the old system is the mother of this invention. Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP): A Managerial and Technical Perspective is designed as a textbook that bridges the unaddressed gap between managerial issues and technical issues, providing also some case studies.
Enterprise Resource Planning and Management Information Systems by Enterprise Risk Management : a common framework for the entire organization by
Enterprise Risk Management: A Common Framework for the Entire Organization discusses the many types of risks all businesses face. It reviews various categories of risk, including financial, cyber, health, safety and environmental, brand, supply chain, political, and strategic risks and many others. It provides a common framework and terminology for managing these risks to build an effective enterprise risk management system. This enables companies to prevent major risk events, detect them when they happen, and to respond quickly, appropriately, and resiliently. The book solves the problem of differing strategies, techniques, and terminology within an organization and between different risk specialties by presenting the core principles common to managing all types of risks, while also showing how these principles apply to physical, financial, brand, and global strategy risks. Enterprise Risk Management is ideal for executives and managers across the entire organization, providing the comprehensive understanding they need, in everyday language, to successfully navigate, manage, and mitigate the complex risks they face in today's global market. Provides a framework on which to build an enterprise-wide system to manage risk and potential losses in business settings Solves the problem of differing strategies, techniques, and terminology within an organization by presenting the core principles common to managing all types of risks Offers principles which apply to physical, financial, brand, and global strategy risks Presents useful, building block information in everyday language for both managers and risk practitioners across the entire organization
Enterprise Risk Management : from incentives to controls by
A fully revised second edition focused on the best practices of enterprise risk management Since the first edition of Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls was published a decade ago, much has changed in the worlds of business and finance. That's why James Lam has returned with a new edition of this essential guide. Written to reflect today's dynamic market conditions, the Second Edition of Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls clearly puts this discipline in perspective. Engaging and informative, it skillfully examines both the art as well as the science of effective enterprise risk management practices. Along the way, it addresses the key concepts, processes, and tools underlying risk management, and lays out clear strategies to manage what is often a highly complex issue. Offers in-depth insights, practical advice, and real-world case studies that explore the various aspects of ERM Based on risk management expert James Lam's thirty years of experience in this field Discusses how a company should strive for balance between risk and return Failure to properly manage risk continues to plague corporations around the world. Don't let it hurt your organization. Pick up the Second Edition of Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls and learn how to meet the enterprise-wide risk management challenge head on, and succeed.
Flourishing Enterprise by
The notion of responsible business has infiltrated our markets, and "going green" is now a part of our mindset. But, sustainability as we know it is not enough. Flourishing--the aspiration that humans and life in general will thrive on the planet forever--should be a key goal for every business today. This is a bold concept, like sustainability was a decade ago. Just as sustainability has become a matter of course, so too will flourishing become a cornerstone of business tomorrow. How are companies to attain this big-picture goal? Drawing together decades of research along with in-depth interviews, Flourishing Enterprise argues that many strategic, organizational, and operational efforts to be sustainable reach the potential of flourishing when they incorporate one additional ingredient: reflective practices. Offering more than a dozen such practices, this book leads readers down a path to greater business success, personal well-being, and a healthier planet. Readers will find that adding reflective practices to existing business efforts does not require more work; it simply changes the way we do our work and, more importantly, the results we achieve. Cultivating emotional and spiritual health is the next frontier; this future-oriented guide develops these core competencies while stretching the ongoing conversation about profitable, sustainable business.
Implementing Enterprise Risk Management : From Methods to Applications by
A practical, real-world guide for implementing enterprise risk management (ERM) programs into your organization Enterprise risk management (ERM) is a complex yet critical issue that all companies must deal with in the twenty-first century. Failure to properly manage risk continues to plague corporations around the world. ERM empowers risk professionals to balance risks with rewards and balance people with processes. But to master the numerous aspects of enterprise risk management, you must integrate it into the culture and operations of the business. No one knows this better than risk management expert James Lam, and now, with Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications, he distills more than thirty years' worth of experience in the field to give risk professionals a clear understanding of how to implement an enterprise risk management program for every business. Offers valuable insights on solving real-world business problems using ERM Effectively addresses how to develop specific ERM tools Contains a significant number of case studies to help with practical implementation of an ERM program While Enterprise Risk Management: From Incentives to Controls, Second Edition focuses on the "what" of ERM, Implementing Enterprise Risk Management: From Methods to Applications will help you focus on the "how." Together, these two resources can help you meet the enterprise-wide risk management challenge head on--and succeed.
This course is your first step in your four-term thesis roadmap. It introduces you to the discipline of research, particularly its application to strategic management. It provides you with the opportunity to establish your understanding of the language of research, its ethical principles and challenges, and the elements of the research process within quantitative and qualitative approaches. You will use the theoretical underpinnings of research to critically review literature relevant to the industry situation and company condition of your chosen business enterprise, duly approved by the CDP Office. You will subsequently determine how your research findings are useful in forming your understanding of the various strategic issues and scenarios being faced by the firm.
Management : leading & collaborating in a competitive world by
Bateman/Snell/Konopaske Management: Leading and Collaborating in a Competitive World remains on the cutting edge of topical coverage and draws from a wide variety of subject matter, sources, and personal experience with a special emphasis on themes throughout the product such as real results, ethics, cultural considerations, and leadership and collaboration. The mission of the product is to inform, instruct and inspire. It informs by providing descriptions of the important concepts and practices of modern management. It instructs by describing how you can take action on the ideas discussed. And it inspires not only by writing in an interesting and optimistic way, but also by providing a real sense of the opportunities ahead of you. Bateman/Snell/Konopaske's results-oriented and student-friendly approach are unique hallmarks of this textbook. In this ever more competitive environment there are five essential types of performance, on which the organization beats, equals, or loses to the competition which are cost, quality, speed, innovation, service and sustainability. These six performance dimensions, when done well, deliver value to the customer and competitive advantage to you and your organization. Bateman/Snell/Konopaske remind students of these five dimensions and their impact on the "bottom line" with marginal icons contributing to the leadership and collaboration theme, which is the key to successful management. People working with one another, rather than against, is essential to competitive advantage.
Strategic management : awareness & change by 
Strategic Management: competitiveness & globalization : concepts & cases by
Examine strategic management with the market-leading text that sets the standard for the most intellectually rich, yet thoroughly practical, analysis of strategic management today. Written by highly respected experts Hitt, Ireland, and Hoskisson, STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: COMPETITIVENESS AND GLOBALIZATION, CONCEPTS AND CASES, Eleventh Edition, combines the latest cutting-edge research and strategic management trends with ideas from some of today's most prominent scholars. This is the only text that integrates the classic industrial organization model with a resource-based view of the firm to give you a complete understanding of how today's businesses use strategic management to establish a sustained competitive advantage.A strong global focus and examples from more than 600 emerging and leading companies place ideas into context within an inviting, practical presentation. A wealth of learning features and more than 30 all-new compelling cases examine a broad range of critical issues confronting managers today. Engaging video cases, CengageNOW online learning tools, and a complete electronic business library help keep your study current and relevant. STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: COMPETITIVENESS AND GLOBALIZATION provides the solid understanding you need to effectively apply strategic management tools and techniques for increased performance and tomorrow's competitive advantage.
Strategic Management : Competitiveness & globalization Concepts Front cover image for Strategic management : Competitiveness & globalization Concepts by
Examine strategic management with the market-leading text that sets the standard for the most intellectually rich, practical analysis of strategic management. Written by respected experts Hitt, Ireland, and Hoskisson, the 12th edition of STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT is steeped in cutting-edge research featuring more than 500 emerging and leading companies, and reveals trends that you can implement immediately to succeed in your field. You'll discover how to integrate the classic industrial organization model with a resource-based view of the firm to give you a complete understanding of how today's businesses use strategic management to establish competitive advantages and create value for stakeholders in the global marketplace. The freshly reimagined MindTap learning solution provides you with real-world activities that will prepare you to excel as a leader and outperform rivals.
Strategic Planning for Nonprofit Organizations : a practical guide for dynamic times by
The bestselling guide to nonprofit planning, with proven, practical advice Strategic Planning for Nonprofit Organizations describes a proven method for creating an effective, organized, actionable strategy, tailored to the unique needs of the nonprofit organization. Now in its third edition, this bestselling manual contains new information about the value of plans, specific guidance toward business planning, and additional information about the strategic plan document itself. Real-world case studies illustrate different planning and implementation scenarios and techniques, and the companion website offers templates, tools, and worksheets that streamline the process. The book provides expert insight, describing common misperceptions and pitfalls to avoid, helping readers craft a strategic plan that adheres to the core values of the organization. A well-honed strategic plan helps nonprofit managers set priorities, and acquire and allocate the resources necessary to achieve their goals. It also provides a framework for handling challenges, and keeps the focus on the organization's priorities. Strategic Planning for Nonprofit Organizations is an excellent source of guidance for managers at nonprofits of every size and budget, helping readers to: Identify the reasons for planning, and gather information from internal and external stakeholders Assess the current situation accurately, and agree on priorities, mission, values, and vision Prioritize goals and objectives for the plan, and develop a detailed implementation strategy Evaluate and monitor a changing environment, updating roles, goals, and parameters as needed Different organizations have different needs, processes, resources, and priorities. The one thing they have in common is the need for a no-nonsense approach to planning with practical guidance and a customizable framework. Strategic Planning for Nonprofit Organizations takes the fear out of planning, with expert guidance on the nonprofit's most vital management activity.
This course is your first step in your four-term thesis roadmap. It introduces you to the discipline of research, particularly its application to strategic management. It provides you with the opportunity to establish your understanding of the language of research, its ethical principles and challenges, and the elements of the research process within quantitative and qualitative approaches. You will use the theoretical underpinnings of research to critically review literature relevant to the industry situation and company condition of your chosen business enterprise, duly approved by the CDP Office. You will subsequently determine how your research findings are useful in forming your understanding of the various strategic issues and scenarios being faced by the firm.
The Art of Strategic Leadership : how leaders at all levels prepare themselves, their teams, and organizations for the future by
Develop the qualities of strategic leadership and become an active contributor to the short- and long-term success of your organization Today's organizations face two daunting challenges: 1. How to create new sources of competitive advantage to sustain long-term growth, and 2. How to engage leaders at every level of the organization so that they are more proactive and forward-looking in their area of responsibility. The Art of Strategic Leadership uses a unique approach to examine what it means to be a strategic leader. Instead of focusing on the skills, behaviors, and tools found in typical books on strategic leadership, the authors shed light on the attributes and qualities necessary to lead strategic change and help transform a business. Strategic leadership is what modern leadership is all about. Organizations expect leaders to anticipate and be proactive more than ever before. In this book, the authors draw on their vast experience working directly with leaders at all levels and use an intriguing narrative to explain this inside-out approach to understanding strategic leadership. The narrative follows the journey of how one manager discovered these critically important qualities. You will experience first-hand how these values and attributes manifest in the lives of realistic leaders; how they orchestrate long-term strategic change needed for the organization to compete and survive and actively shape the future while delivering short-term results. The Art of Strategic Leadership provides the content that will help you informally assess and reflect on your own strategic leadership qualities--those that are strengths and those that indicate areas you need to develop. It will guide you as you incorporate these values and qualities into your own leadership style and become a more effective catalyst for change. This book will help you in the following ways: Develop a more proactive, forward-thinking approach to leadership Approach strategy from both short- and long-term perspectives Adopt the core values and principles of a strategic leader Model the qualities exhibited by powerful leaders Strategic leaders serve as powerful examples to others in the organization. Their qualities and traits spread rapidly to those around them, empowering people at every level to take a more active role in meeting the demands of the future. The Art of Strategic Leadership will help you deepen and broaden your understanding of the core qualities of strategic leadership, leaving you better equipped to lead yourself and your team to a better place and create greater value for customers, owners, and employees.
Environmental Contexts and Disability by
Physical structure, economic expectation or social relationship norms developed within various cultures can either restrict or support the participation of individuals with disabilities in society. The influence of environmental factors can vary significantly according to context, characteristics or by action difficulty. The objective of this volume is to identify and address environmental issues that support or restrict the participation of persons with functional limitations in society, either at the micro, meso or macro levels. The papers address both individual, societal, national and international levels of environment and shed new light on the processes involved with creating or modifying these environmental supports or barriers. Several papers approach the societal and intra-societal levels. The volume is separated into four parts; part one focuses on the larger disability environment from an international, national and community perspective, the second includes important theoretical and methodological approaches; section three highlights reviews of the environmental literature and the final section addresses personal experience with environmental barriers.
Environmental Scanning and Sustainable Development by
This work is an initial exploration of the relationship between scanning and sustainable development. In ten chapters, the authors examine the application, characteristics and implementation of scanning oriented toward sustainable development. Thus the work offers some answers to the questions "what is sustainable scanning?", "what new issues does it raise for management practice and management science?", "what forms can it take?" and "how...?"
Knowledge Services : a strategic framework for the 21st century organization by
Knowledge services converges information management, knowledge management (KM), and strategic learning into a single enterprise-wide discipline for the benefit of the business or organization in which it is practiced. As the acknowledged framework for strategic knowledge management, knowledge services--the responsibility of the knowledge strategist--leads to excellence in knowledge sharing and ultimately to shaping the organization as a knowledge culture. Knowledge Services: A Strategic Framework for the 21st Century Organization provides guidance for the knowledge strategist and is designed specifically to serve as a reference for that management employee, and for those seeking to become knowledge strategists.
Managing risk and information security : protect to enable by 
Methods of Measuring Environmental Parameters by
Provides a systematic review of modern methods and instruments for measuring environmental parameters *nbsp;Profiles the most modern methods and instruments for environment control and monitoring *nbsp;Gives an assessment of biotic and abiotic factors and their effect on quality of atmosphere and indoor air, soil, water *nbsp;Provides a brief description of the main climatic (pressure, wind, temperature, humidity, precipitation, solar radiation), atmospheric, hydrographic, and edaphic factors *nbsp;Covers a wide range environmental methods and instrumentation including those used in the fields of meteorology, air pollution, water quality, soil science and more *nbsp;Supplied with practical exercises, problems, and tests that will help the reader to learn more deeply contents of the book
Stochastic Risk Analysis and Management by
The author investigates the Cramer -Lundberg model, collecting the most interesting theorems and methods, which estimate probability of default for a company of insurance business. These offer different kinds of approximate values for probability of default on the base of normal and diffusion approach and some special asymptotic.
Strategic Analytics : Integrating Management Science to Strategy. by
Defines common ground at the interface of strategy and management science and unites the topics with an original approach vital for strategy students, researchers and managers Strategic Analytics: Integrating Management Science and Strategy combines strategy content with strategy process through the lenses of management science, masterfully defining the common ground that unites both fields. Each chapter starts with the perspective of a certain strategy problem, such as competition, but continues with an explanation of the strategy process using management science tools such as simulation. Facilitating the process of strategic decision making through the lens of management science, the author integrates topics that are usually in conflict for MBAs: strategy and quantitative methods. Strategic Analytics features multiple international real-life case studies and examples, business issues for further research and theory review questions and exercises at the end of each chapter. Strategic Analytics starts by introducing readers to strategic management. It then goes on to cover: managerial capabilities for a complex world; politics, economy, society, technology, and environment; external environments known as exogenous factors (PESTE) and endogenous factors (industry); industry dynamics; industry evolution; competitive advanta≥ dynamic resource management; organisational design; performance measurement system; the life cycle of organisations from start-ups; maturity for maintaining profitability and growth; and finally, regeneration. Developed from the author's own Strategy Analytics course at Warwick Business School, personal experience as consultant, and in consultation with other leading scholars Uses management science to facilitate the process of strategic decision making Chapters structured with chapter objectives, summaries, short case studies, tables, student exercises, references and management science models Accompanied by a supporting website Aimed at both academics and practitioners, Strategic Analytics is an ideal text for postgraduates and advanced undergraduate students of business and management.
This course will increase your understanding of Facilities Management with an overview of the principle duties of a facility manager. You will learn the practical applications that will help you understand the business aspects of facilities management. You will gain understanding of the diverse responsibilities and decision-making processes from building infrastructure to fleet services. In addition, you will acquire the insights needed to meet budget restraints while improving productivity, efficiency, and employee quality of life issues.
Construction Technology for Tall Buildings (Fifth Edition) by
This 5th edition covers the latest practices and processes of various alternative methods for the construction of tall buildings from foundation to roof. The text progresses through the stages of site investigation, excavation and earthmoving, foundation construction, basement construction, structural systems for the superstructure, site and material handling, wall and floor construction, external wall and roof construction. The planning, safety and environmental considerations, methods, materials, equipment, and construction sequence of the various proprietary systems for each of these respectively stages are discussed.The target readers are practitioners and students in building and construction professions including architecture, engineering, project and facilities management, building and construction management, real estate, quantity and land surveying.
Facility Integrity Management : Effective principles and practices for the oil, gas and petrochemical industries by
Facility Integrity Management: Effective Principles and Practices for the Oil, Gas and Petrochemical Industries presents the information needed to completely understand common failures in the facility integrity management process. By understanding this more comprehensive approach, companies will be able to better identify shortcomings within their respective system that they did not realize existed. To introduce this method, the book provides managers and engineers with a model that ensures major process incidents are avoided, aging facilities are kept in a safe and reliable state and are operating at maximum levels, and any gaps within the integrity management system are identified and addressed, such as the all too common fragmented reliability programs. The book approaches oil and gas facility management from a universal perspective, effectively charting out existing oil and gas facilities and their associated work processes, including maintenance, operations, and reliability, and then reconstructs them in order to optimize the way integrity is managed, creating a synergy across the various elements. Easy to read, packed with practical applications applied to real process plant scenarios such as key concepts, process flow charts, handy checklists, real-world case studies and a dictionary, provides a high quality guide for a breakdown free facility, maximizing productivity and return to shareholders.
Healthcare architecture as infrastructure : open building in practice by Hospitality Facilities Management and Design by 
Maintainability of Facilities : green FM for building professionals by
This book focuses on spearheading the integration of maintainability and green facility management right from the design stage. The text introduces the concept of green maintainability, and discusses considerations to maximize the performance by achieving resource and energy efficiency, while minimizing the total life cycle cost in embodied energy; environmental impact and consumption of matter/energy throughout the life cycle of a facility, by 'doing it right the first time'.In this edition, existing chapters have been brought up to date, to include contemporary sustainability concerns, such as: sustainability design, construction and materials, and maintainability of green features.Maintainability of Facilities is written for practitioners and students in architecture, engineering, building, real estate, construction, project management, facilities management, quantity and building surveying.
Service management : operations, strategy, information technology by 
Total Facility Management by
The importance of effective facility management in enabling organizations to function efficiently is widely recognized. The fourth edition of Total Facility Management offers a comprehensive treatment of what facility management means to owners, operators, tenants, facility managers and professional advisors, as well as containing advice on how facilities can be better managed from a number of perspectives. It consolidates current best practice, defines and develops emergent areas and offers a pathway for the future development of facility management. The facility management body of knowledge now benefits from the publication of several national and international standards, none of which were available when earlier editions of the book were published. The opportunity has been taken to modify the structure and content of this new edition to align it with these standards to provide readers and their organizations with a comprehensive treatment of the subject. Greater emphasis has been given to facility planning, especially the briefing stage in the design of a new or refurbished facility; design for operability; stakeholder management; outsourcing; procurement; transition; performance management; environmental management; sustainability; maintenance management; information management and building information modelling (BIM). Throughout the book, the links between facility management practice and the organisation's business objectives are emphasised. Readers worldwide will find this fourth edition a valuable and thought-provoking blend of the principles and practice of facility management.
Urban Logistics : management, policy and innovation in a rapidly changing environment by
Approximately 80 per cent of European and American citizens live in an urban environment. Due to their large populations and extensive commercial establishments, urban areas require large quantities of goods and services for commercial and domestic use. This results in increasing levels of demand for freight transport services. Freight transport in towns and cities is a major contributor to environmental impacts, particularly to local air pollution and noise. Urban Logistics addresses public policy makers, freight transport companies and receivers of supplies, providing them with the information and guidance to affect change in the logistics of the city. Urban Logistics is written by an outstanding team of international editors combining their expertise and using their research from leading business schools in Sweden and the US. There are also valuable contributions from academics and industry experts from companies and universities from all over the world. The book includes clear examples of initiatives that work and business case developments, as well as toolkits for policymakers and managers who are devising new initiatives. There is an in-depth examination of different aspects of urban logistics, such as retail logistics for cities, urban food supply chains, services and the special logistics requirements involved, construction, waste management and e-commerce and home delivery. There is also a focus on networks and partnerships and an analysis of innovation as a new constant. Online supporting resources include PowerPoint lecture slides.
This course will increase your understanding of Facilities Management with an overview of the principle duties of a facility manager. You will learn the practical applications that will help you understand the business aspects of facilities management. You will gain understanding of the diverse responsibilities and decision-making processes from building infrastructure to fleet services. In addition, you will acquire the insights needed to meet budget restraints while improving productivity, efficiency, and employee quality of life issues.
BIM for Facility Managers by
A practical look at extending the value of Building Information Modeling (BIM) into facility management--from the world's largest international association for professional facility managers Building owners and facility managers are discovering that Building Information Modeling (BIM) models of buildings are deep reservoirs of information that can provide valuable spatial and mechanical details on every aspect of a property. When used appropriately, this data can improve performance and save time, effort, and money in running and maintaining the building during its life cycle. It can also provide information for future modifications. For instance, a BIM could reveal everything from the manufacturer of a light fixture to its energy usage to maintenance instructions. BIM for Facility Managers explains how BIM can be linked to facility management (FM) systems to achieve very significant life-cycle advantages. It presents guidelines for using BIM in FM that have been developed by public and private owners such as the GSA. There is an extensive discussion of the legal and contractual issues involved in BIM/FM integration. It describes how COBie can be used to name, capture, and communicate FM-related data to downstream systems. There is also extensive discussion of commercial software tools that can be used to facilitate this integration. This book features six in-depth case studies that illustrate how BIM has been successfully integrated with facility management in real-life projects at: Texas A&M Health Science Center USC School of Cinematic Arts MathWork's new campus Xavier University State of Wisconsin Facilities University of Chicago Library renovation BIM for Facility Managers is an indispensable resource for facility managers, building owners, and developers alike.
Facilities Manager's Desk Reference by
An invaluable source of highly relevant, practical information on the all the principal FM services, written for the practicing facilities manager in an easily readable, concise format. To help the facilities manager meet the needs of their organisation, the Facilities Manager's Desk Reference provides the facilities manager with an invaluable source of highly relevant, practical information on the all the principal FM services, as well as information on legal compliance issues, the development of strategic policies and tactical best practice information. Fully updated over the first edition, and presented in an easily readable, concise format with a clear practitioner perspective, the book covers both hard and soft facilities management issues. It will be a first point of reference for all busy facilities managers, saving them time by providing access to the information needed to ensure the safe, effective and efficient running of any facilities function. Fully updated over the 1st edition, it contains all the essential data covering the principal FM services Highly practical, aimed at the busy FM practitioner Saves time by bringing together essential, useful and practical information Benefits students whose courses do not prepare them for the practicalities of professional practice
The Facility Management Handbook by
Loaded with procedures, checklists, guidelines, samples, and templates, The Facilitator's Fieldbook covers all the key areas of successful team management, including establishing ground rules, planning meetings and agendas, brainstorming, resolving conflict, making decisions, and helping groups optimize their time. The completely revised third edition of this longtime go-to resource for novice and experienced facilitators provides new team-building exercises as well as updated information on virtual meetings, mediation, strategic planning, and much more. You'll also gain tips on maintaining the tone and flow of meetings, and will learn to determine when to delegate projects to individuals rather than assembling a group. Collaborative projects have become an increasingly prevalent feature of modern business strategies and workplace dynamics. But intentional, strategic facilitation is essential to making sure these groups and teams are effective. The Facilitator's Fieldbook provides readers the comprehensive tools and knowledge they need to help their teams--and, ultimately, their organizations--succeed.
Guidelines for Siting and Layout of Facilities by
This book has been written to address many of the developments since the 1st Edition which have improved how companies survey and select new sites, evaluate acquisitions, or expand their existing facilities. This book updates the appendices containing both the recommended separation distances and the checklists to help the teams obtain the information they need when locating the facility within a community, when arranging the processes within the facility, and when arranging the equipment within the process units.
International Facility Management by
This up-to-date compilation of topics on the maturity and changes occurring within facility management worldwide offers insights into the growth and development of FM and its impact on today's business organisations. International Facility Management presents a comprehensive and diverse collection of topics that provides current, cutting edge research in the evolving field of FM. The editors here offer a holistic approach to both the study and the practice of facility management, incorporating the perspective of scholars and practitioners from across the globe. Topics covered deal with the changes occurring in the field today and include key research areas for both academics and practitioners. The focus is on actual practice of FM organizations - rather than on what FM should be - and the authors examine the latest techniques, models and case studies to provide a unique exploration of the new global world of facility management. Chapters here cover the changing spectrum of topics including sustainability and energy conservation, and workplace transitions for greater collaboration. The international scope and emphasis on maturity and professionalism of the field further sets this book apart from its competitors.
Sustainable Construction Processes : a resource text by
This book explores the concepts and practicalities that lead to sustainable construction. It breaks new ground by providing the reader with the underlying principles of how to build sustainably and then assesses many of the tools required for the task. From energy to materials and from procurement to operation, all aspects play their part in turning a theoretically sustainable building project into a reality. There are many guidelines for the designer on how to maximise the sustainability of buildings but this resource text supplements these by focusing on the construction and operational aspects of sustainable buildings, as well as some of the more fundamental design-related considerations. * Offers an excellent text for those learning to construct, design and operate sustainable buildings. * Covers the drivers for sustainable construction, definitions, historical impacts, climate change and global, regional and individual responses. * enables the construction professional to achieve optimum solutions, both in design, process and the aftercare of buildings. * evaluates the effectiveness of different renewable technologies and provides guidance on the practicalities of their use. * Alerts the reader to future trends in this field.
Sustainable Retrofit and Facilities Management by
Governments across the globe are setting targets for reducing their carbon emissions. For example, the UK Government has committed to an eighty per cent reduction by 2050, whennbsp;twenty-eight million buildings that currently exist will still be standing; this represents a challenge to improve the energy efficiency of more than one building per minute between now and 2050! This is a problem that needs tackling worldwide and is a challengenbsp;to both thenbsp;refurbishment sector of the global construction industry and to those who own and operate existing buildings. Sustainable Retrofit and Facilities Management provides comprehensive guidance to those involved in the refurbishment and management of existing buildings on minimizing carbon emissions, water consumption and waste to landfill, along with enhancing the long term sustainability of a building. Practical guidance is provided on measures that can be used to improve the efficiency and sustainability of existing buildings, through both good management and refurbishment. Also explored is the relationship between the refurbishment of existing buildings, facility management and the wider community infrastructure. The book looks at management tools such as post occupancy evaluation, building health checks, energy management software, green building management toolkits and green leases. Illustrated throughout with case studies and examples of best practice, this is a must-have handbook for engineers, architects, developers, contractors and facility managers.
Total Facility Management by
The importance of effective facility management in enabling organizations to function efficiently is widely recognized. The fourth edition of Total Facility Management offers a comprehensive treatment of what facility management means to owners, operators, tenants, facility managers and professional advisors, as well as containing advice on how facilities can be better managed from a number of perspectives. It consolidates current best practice, defines and develops emergent areas and offers a pathway for the future development of facility management. The facility management body of knowledge now benefits from the publication of several national and international standards, none of which were available when earlier editions of the book were published. The opportunity has been taken to modify the structure and content of this new edition to align it with these standards to provide readers and their organizations with a comprehensive treatment of the subject. Greater emphasis has been given to facility planning, especially the briefing stage in the design of a new or refurbished facility; design for operability; stakeholder management; outsourcing; procurement; transition; performance management; environmental management; sustainability; maintenance management; information management and building information modelling (BIM). Throughout the book, the links between facility management practice and the organisation's business objectives are emphasised. Readers worldwide will find this fourth edition a valuable and thought-provoking blend of the principles and practice of facility management.
In the past four decades, there has been a great amount of fundamental shift from local business to global business. Gone were the days when economies are limited to its local market and production facilities, isolated from each other by distance, time zones, language, religion, and culture. With the help of the Internet, much has been accomplished by business organizations around the world by making them part of an interdependent and integrated global economic system. In this course, we will take a close look at the theories and their basic issues. We will explore the dynamic changes in international trade, investment, and political systems that prod Globalization and how it is altering the competitive playing field.
The Development of International Business : a narrative of theory and practice by
The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century.By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole.Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future.
Dynamics of International Business : comparative perspectives of firms, markets and entrepreneurship by
The Dynamics of International Business offers a comparative, chronological overview of the strategic and structural evolution of international firms. Organized around eras of global economic development, the text synthesizes research on the internationalization of firms, highlighting crucial turning points in the evolution of the international economy. A particular emphasis is placed on the relationship between historical evidence and the theoretical frameworks available for its interpretation. Each period is illustrated by a selection of short case studies from a variety of industry sectors, including the Levant Company, Nestlé, Singer, Saint Gobain and NEC. An essential textbook for courses in business and economic history, this book will also be a valuable resource for scholars and students of international business more generally.
Global 3 : global business by
Learn Global Business YOUR Way with GLOBAL3! GLOBAL3's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, GLOBAL Online allows easy exploration of GLOBAL3 anywhere, anytime - including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits� from interactive content as you go to remember what's important. Then, either use preset study resources, or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker, all in one place and at an affordable price!
Global Business by
Discover success in global business today with the most strategic approach to international business topics and unique coverage not found in other texts. GLOBAL BUSINESS, 4th Edition, is the first global business book that answers the big question, "What determines the success and failure of firms around the globe?" Globally renowned scholar and author Mike Peng integrates both an institution-based view and resource-based view in every chapter, bringing an unparalleled continuity and strategic approach to the learning process. The book combines an inviting, conversational style with the latest research and examples that reflect the most recent global developments. A wealth of business cases from Mike Peng and other respected international experts delve into how companies throughout the world have expanded globally. All-new video cases that cover each chapter's opening case and closing case, world maps that connect geography and culture to business decisions, and unique global debate sections that draw you into cutting-edge international discussions help you learn to think independently and view business challenges from a truly global perspective. With GLOBAL BUSINESS, 4th Edition, you view business through the eyes of a true world citizen and gain the understanding you need to become an effective manager within today's global business landscape.
The global business environment : sustainability in the balance by
"This text challenges students to think critically about global issues that affect the business environment and provides them with a wealth of pedagogical features that help cement learning. Its coverage includes the economic, political, social, legal, cultural, technological and financial environments. The book is truly global in coverage, with case studies and examples from all over the world, including Afghanistan, China, Sweden and Thailand. It also has a strong focus on ethics, responsibilities and sustainability and what this means for business organizations. Janet Morrison's writing style makes difficult concepts easy to understand and its clarity makes it suitable for students with English as a second language. New to this edition: - The theme of uncertainty in global contexts, examining how best to assess and confront the challenges of uncertainties and risks in the differing dimensions of the business environment - A chapter on the worldwide pandemic and the global business environment - Increased coverage of FDI, industrial policy and global communication - New coverage relating to race relations and decolonising the curriculum - 10 new cases, making a total of 52 cases, with all other cases fully updated - A brand new decision-making feature linked to some of the cases studies"-- Provided by publisher.
Global Business Intelligence by
Global Business Intelligence refers to an organization's ability to gather, process and analyze pertinent international information in order to make optimal business decisions in a timely manner. With a challenging economic and geopolitical environment, companies and executives need to be adept at information gathering in order to manage emerging challenges and gain competitive advantages. This book Global Business Intelligence assembles a cast of international experts and thought leaders and explores the implications of business intelligence on contemporary management. Global Business Intelligence will be a key resource for researchers, academics, students and policy makers alike in the fields of International Business & Management, Business Strategy, and Geopolitics as well as related disciplines like Political Science, Economics, and Geography.
International Business : competing in the global marketplace by 
International business : environments & operations by 
International Business : perspectives from developed and emerging markets by
This book provides students with a balanced perspective on business in a global environment, exploring implications for multinational companies in developed and emerging markets. This is the first text of its kind to emphasize strategic decision making as the cornerstone of its approach while focusing on emerging markets. Traditional topics, like foreign exchange markets and global competition, are contrasted with emerging operations, like Chinese market intervention and Islamic finance, to provide students with an understanding of successful business strategy. Readers learn to develop and implement these strategies across cultures, and across economic, legal, and religious institutions, in order to cope with competitive players in the global landscape. Application-based chapters open with reading goals and conclude with case studies and discussion questions to encourage a practical understanding of strategy. With in-depth analyses and recommended strategies, this edition provides students of international business with the skills they need for success on the global stage. A companion website features an instructor's manual, test bank, PowerPoint slides, and useful links for instructors as well as practice quizzes, flashcards, and web resources for students.
Introduction to global business : understanding the international environment and global business functions by
Understanding today's rapidly changing global business environment can be challenging, particularly with conflicting news about how business actions in the European Union or emerging economies of Asia, or migrations from Mexico and Central America are impacting the U.S. and world economies. INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS: UNDERSTANDING THE INTERNATIONAL ENVIRONMENT & GLOBAL BUSINESS, 3E provides a clear, comprehensive analysis of today's global business environment, supported by current examples and mini-cases. Written by authoritative professionals, this edition introduces globalization using unparalleled scholarship and the fundamentals of the global business environment -- culture, ethics, economics and information technology. You see how shifts in the global geopolitical balance of power and changing regional strategic alliances can impact job opportunities and future living standards, as the text flows from concept to application. MindTap digital resources help you apply principles to personal and professional situations.
Introduction to Global Business : understanding the international environment and global business functions by
The global business environment is rapidly changing due to shifts in geopolitical alliances, active support of global international institutions in promoting market-oriented economic reforms, and advances in the development and use of information technology. INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS, 2e addresses these challenges by providing a comprehensive analysis of the global business environment and lays the foundation for the functional tools used to better prepare you to manage the global business landscape. The text flows smoothly and clearly from concept to application, asking you to apply those learning skills into real-world personal and professional applications. The specialized author team introduces globalization through unparalleled scholarship and a world-view presentation of the fundamental pillars of the global business environment -- culture, ethics, economics, and information technology. Ensure that you understand the procedures and concepts you need to know with MindTap for INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL BUSINESS. MindTap, an online course management and learning system, combines the best of current technology to save time in planning and managing your course and assignments.
Navigating Global Business : a cultural compass by
Navigating Global Business integrates and synthesizes all available country cluster studies into a nested meta-structure accompanied by eco-cultural correlates that distinguish amongst clusters. The broad range of analyses will appeal to researchers and practitioners, seasoned multi-firm executives, those in small firms seeking internationalization, and anyone intrigued by the greater question of human diversity. The book covers key work-related cultural dimensions for much of the world, and includes examples of applications in most business areas. Also exhibited are the correlates of culture, some of which, such as language and religion, speak to the origin of cultural variations in addition to illustrating key variants of the global terrain. Finally, the authors examine how patterns might have changed over time, providing a rigorous and realistic assessment of the fruits of globalization.
Sustainable future : trends, strategies and development : proceedings of the 3rd Conference on Managing Digital Industry, Technology and Entrepreneurship, (CoMDITE 2022), Bandung, Indonesia, 24 May 2022 by
The book contains a selection of papers that were presented at the 3rd Conference in Managing Digital Industry, Technology and Entrepreneurship (3rd CoMDITE) with the theme: Sustainable Future: Trends, Strategies and Development. The Millennium Development Goals, continued as Sustainability Development Goals (SDGs), are effective instruments and have, in recent years, brought many positive changes in numerous countries around the world. Most notably, it has fundamentally changed our way of approaching the tangled set of challenges: States today undertake to achieve concrete development goals; transparency and accountability to citizens and the global public has become a matter of course; and cooperation between the political, economic and societal spheres is no longer questioned. However, in addition to the global pandemic situation it has challenged the business world to develop an outstanding strategy to face extreme uncertainty. Using digital technology and its advancement is believed to be one of the main keys for taking up this challenge. The 3rd Conference in Managing Digital Industry, Technology and Entrepreneurship (the 3rd CoMDITE) has brought forward discussions on implementation of digital technology in strategic, operation, finance, marketing, human resources management, and entrepreneurship around sustainable future issues. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC-BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license. Funded by Telkom University, Indonesia.
A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book about International Business by
The Second Edition of International Business includes recent impacts on international business such as the financial crisis, Brexit and the changing political landscape, Chinese steel prices and the Panama Papers revelations. It includes two new chapters on understanding people and organizations in International Business as well as coverage of recent international reports from Amnesty, Oxfam and the World Bank. Conceived by Chris Grey as an antidote to conventional textbooks, each book in the 'Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap' series takes a core area of the curriculum and turns it on its head by providing a critical and sophisticated overview of the key issues and debates in an informal, conversational and often humorous way. Suitable for students of International Business, professionals working in global organizations and anyone curious about the workings of the international business world.
In the past four decades, there has been a great amount of fundamental shift from local business to global business. Gone were the days when economies are limited to its local market and production facilities, isolated from each other by distance, time zones, language, religion, and culture. With the help of the Internet, much has been accomplished by business organizations around the world by making them part of an interdependent and integrated global economic system. In this course, we will take a close look at the theories and their basic issues. We will explore the dynamic changes in international trade, investment, and political systems that prod Globalization and how it is altering the competitive playing field.
Business, Innovation and Responsibility by
Responsible Innovation. For some, this expression is only an oxymoron or, worse, a means of masking with a sheet of virtue economic practices that would otherwise appear selfish and self-interested. For others, theorists and actors of innovation, this expression represents a formidable lever of action and a rich conceptual source from which to draw new ways of innovating. The articulation between different levels of norms - economic and ethical, to which we can add the legal dimension - is not new, and is the subject of an in-depth reflection, decades old, around the idea of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). By taking up some debates on CSR, most of which are foreign to the current authors of responsible innovation, this book examines the various justifications that CSR brings in order to convince economic players, subject to powerful market forces, of their responsible commitment. But these are not enough. The book also explores the specific contribution of the concept of responsible innovation to coping with the technological, social and political breakthroughs generated by innovation, and is based on philosophical resources such as the ethics of virtue and the ethics of "care".
Business in Contemporary China by
Business in Contemporary China offers a compilation of the best and most relevant articles on Chinese business for use in the classroom or the boardroom. Covering political, economic, and environmental factors, as well as the impact of technological advancements on Asian business, the book provides a well-rounded picture of Chinese enterprise. Philips and Kim select only the most recent relevant articles, arranged topically with an introduction to each chapter to contextualize and position the content. To further enhance its teaching value, each chapter also includes: A "perspectives" opener offering the opinion of a top academic on the topic at h∧ Practical application exercises and review questions to test the reader's knowledge and understanding; Discussion questions to stimulate further analysis; Suggested topics for classroom debate; and Bibliographic suggestions for future research. Covering both private and public sector topics, this will be a valuable resource for any student of international business, cross-cultural management, or strategy, especially for those interested in business in Asia or China.
Business Report Guides : research reports and business plans by
This book offers tactics for creating business plans as well as research reports. Readers will find guides for planning research projects; writing proposals; identifying major findings; drawing conclusions; and using them to recommend appropriate actions--along with citing sources, numbering pages, and displaying visuals. The book examines business plans--why entrepreneurs need them, the objectives and contents of business plans, and how-to guides for each part. Business Report Guides can be your go-to source for years to come. Reading through it in a couple of hours, you can gain information for immediate use. Keep it handy and refer to it often when reporting research or when planning a new business or altering an existing one.
Business Sustainability in Asia : compliance, performance and integrated reporting and assurance by
Get familiar with business sustainability in Asia Business Sustainability in Asia offers 12 chapters that cover different aspects of business sustainability with a keen focus on its implications in Asia. Anyone who is involved with business sustainability and corporate governance, the financial reporting process, investment decisions, legal and financial advising, assurance functions, and corporate governance education will be interested in this book. It examines business sustainability performance, reporting and assurance and their integration into strategy, governance, risk assessment, performance management, and the reporting process of disclosing governance, ethics, social, environmental, and economic sustainable performance. The book also highlights how people, businesses, and resources collaborate in a business sustainability and accountability model. * Develop an awareness and understanding of the main themes, perspectives, frameworks, and issues pertaining to corporate governance and business sustainability in Asia * Covers a variety of issues relevant to business sustainability in Asia * Authored by an expert who has written extensively on the subject * Understand why organizations worldwide recognize the importance of sustainability performance If you're a business leader, executive, auditor, or student looking to familiarize yourself with this emerging subject, Business Sustainability in Asia has you covered.
Doing Business in America : a Jewish history by
American and Jewish historians have long shied away from the topic of Jews and business. Avoidance patterns grew in part from old, often negative stereotypes that linked Jews with money, and the perceived ease and regularity with which they found success with money, condemning Jews for their desires for wealth and their proclivities for turning a profit. A new, dauntless generation of historians, however, realizes that Jewish business has had and continues to have a profound impact on American culture and development, and patterns of immigrant Jewish exploration of business opportunities reflect internal, communal, Jewish-cultural structures and their relationship to the larger non-Jewish world. As such, they see the subject rightly as a vital and underexplored area of study. Doing Business in America:A Jewish History, edited by Hasia R. Diner, rises to the challenge of taking on the long-unspoken taboo subject, comprising leading scholars and exploring an array of key topics in this important and growing area of research.
Shapeholders : business success in the age of activism by
Today, all it takes is one organizational misstep to sink a company's reputation. Social media can be a strict ethical enforcer, with the power to convince thousands to boycott products and services. Executives are stuck on appeasing stakeholders-shareholders, employees, and consumers-but they ignore shapeholders, regulators, the media, and social and political activists who have no stake in a company but will work hard to curb what they see as bad business practices. And they do so at their own peril. In Shapeholders: Business Success in the Age of Activism, former congressman, Fortune 500 executive, and university president Mark Kennedy argues that shapeholders, as much as stakeholders, have significant power to determine a company's risks and opportunities, if not its survival. Many international, multi-billion-dollar corporations fail to anticipate activism, and they flounder on first contact. Kennedy zeroes in on the different languages that shapeholders and companies speak and their contrasting metrics for what constitutes acceptable business practice. Executives, he argues, must be visionaries who find profitable-and probable-collaborations to diffuse political tensions. Kennedy's decision matrix helps corporations align their business practices with shapeholder interests, anticipate their demands, and assess changing moral standards so that together they can plan a profitable route forward.
Inventory Management and Control
This course covers the fundamental principles of inventory control. You will be exposed to Inventory management measurements and techniques. You will learn the financial importance of inventory management and control and its relationship to company financial statements. You will understand the importance of the role of inventory control management in supporting the supply chain process.
Demand-Driven Inventory Optimization and Replenishment : creating a more efficient supply chain by
Remove built-in supply chain weak points to more effectively balance supply and demand Demand-Driven Inventory Optimization and Replenishment shows how companies can support supply chain metrics and business initiatives by removing the weak points built into their inventory systems. Beginning with a thorough examination of Just in Time, Efficient Consumer Response, and Collaborative Forecasting, Planning, and Replenishment, this book walks you through the mathematical shortcuts set up in your management system that prevent you from attaining supply chain excellence. This expanded second edition includes new coverage of inventory performance, business verticals, business initiatives, and metrics, alongside case studies that illustrate how optimized inventory and replenishment delivers results across retail, high-tech, men's clothing, and food sectors. Inventory optimization allows you to avoid out-of-stock situations without impacting the bottom line with excessive inventory maintenance. By keeping just the right amount of inventory on hand, your company is better able to meet demand without sacrificing the cost-effectiveness of other supply chain strategies. The trick, however, is determining "just the right amount"--and this book provides the background and practical guidance you need to do just that. Examine the major supply chain strategies of the last 30 years Remove the shortcuts that prohibit supply chain excellence Optimize your supply/demand balance in any vertical Overcome systemic weaknesses to strengthen the bottom line Inventory optimization is benefitting companies around the world, as exemplified here by case studies involving Matas, PWT, Wistron, and Amway. When inefficiencies are built into the system, it's only smart business to identify and remove them--and implement a new streamlined process that runs like a well-oiled machine. Demand-Driven Inventory Optimization and Replenishment is an essential resource for exceptional supply chain management.
Inventory and Production Management in Supply Chains, Fourth Edition by
Authored by a team of experts, the new edition of this bestseller presents practical techniques for managing inventory and production throughout supply chains. It covers the current context of inventory and production management, replenishment systems for managing individual inventories within a firm, managing inventory in multiple locations and firms, and production management. The book presents sophisticated concepts and solutions with an eye towards today's economy of global demand, cost-saving, and rapid cycles. It explains how to decrease working capital andnbsp;how to deal with coordinating chains across boundaries.
Matching Supply with Demand : an introduction to operations management by 
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT in the SUPPLY CHAIN: DECISIONS & CASES by
Operations Management in the Supply Chain: Decisions and Cases is an ideal book for the instructor seeking a short text with cases. This book employs a cross-functional perspective that emphasizes strategy and critical thinking, appealing to non-majors and practical for use in an MBA level or undergraduate course in operations management. The size and focus of the book also make the text attractive for the cross-functional curriculum where students are required to purchase more than one text. The eighteen cases offer variety in length and rig∨ and several are from Ivey, Stanford, and Darden. This mix makes the book appropriate for both undergraduates and MBA students.
The Relationship Inventory : a complete resource and guide by
Written by a pioneer in person-centered therapy, this is theonly resource to provide full access to the Barrett-LennardRelationship Inventory (BLRI) ? along with information on theinstrument?s history and development and supporting materialsfor counseling practitioners, researchers, and students. Provides a complete instrument for measuring empathy inrelationships, a critical component for success across a wide rangeof therapeutic interventions Charts the development and refinement of the BLRI over morethan 50 years, with particular attention to the influence of CarlRogers? theories, and outlines the future potential of theinstrument Contains all the materials necessary for critical understandingand application of the BRLI, including the full range offorms and adaptations, and guidelines for successfulimplementation Also presents the author?s Contextual Selves Inventory(CSI), which permits direct study of the self as distinctivelyexperienced in different relationship contexts
Service management : operations, strategy, information technology by Inventory Management and Control
This course covers the fundamental principles of inventory control. You will be exposed to Inventory management measurements and techniques. You will learn the financial importance of inventory management and control and its relationship to company financial statements. You will understand the importance of the role of inventory control management in supporting the supply chain process.
Dynamic Programming and Inventory Control by
This book presents a unified theory of dynamic programming and Markov decision processes and its application to a major field of operations research and operations management: inventory control. Models are developed in discrete time as well as in continuous time. For continuous time, this book concentrates only on models of interest to inventory control. For discrete time, the focus is mainly on infinite horizon models. The book also covers the difference between impulse control and continuous control. Ergodic control is considered in the context of impulse control, and some simple rules currently used in practice are justified. Chapter 2 introduces some of the classical static problems which are preliminary to the dynamic models of interest in inventory control. This book is not a general text on control theory and dynamic programming, in that the systems dynamics are mostly limited to inventory models. For these models, however, it seeks to be as comprehensive as possible, although finite horizon models in discrete time are not developed, since they are largely described in existing literature.On the other hand, the ergodic control problem is considered in detail, and probabilistic proofs as well as analytical proofs are provided. The techniques developed in this work can be extended to more complex models, covering additional aspects of inventory control.
Improving inventory management of organizational and individual equipment at central issue facilities by Inventory Systems: Modeling and Research Methods by
Most organizations use, transform, distribute or sell materials of one or several kinds. The management of materials has serious implication on the financial, production, and marketing functions of an organization. As the level of complexity of a product increases, so does the importance of managing materials. To fulfill their role in providing products and services, enterprises must satisfy the needs of production, as well as services through the use of all resources such as labor, capital, equipment and materials. All these managerial activities are called materials management. This new book covers the topic of inventory systems.
Joint Pricing and Inventory Control under Reference Price Effects by
In this work, we address the problem of simultaneously determining a pricing and inventory replenishment strategy under reference price effects. This reference price effect models the fact that consumers not only react sensitively to the current price, but also to deviations from a reference price formed on the basis of past purchases. Immediate effects of price reductions on profits have to be weighted against the resulting losses in future periods. By providing an analytical analysis and numerical simulations we study how the additional dynamics of the consumers' willingness to pay affect an optimal pricing and inventory control model and whether a simple policy such as a base-stock-list-price policy holds in such a setting.
The Relationship Inventory : a complete resource and guide by
Written by a pioneer in person-centered therapy, this is the only resource to provide full access to the Barrett-Lennard Relationship Inventory (BLRI) - along with information on the instrument's history and development and supporting materials for counseling practitioners, researchers, and students. Provides a complete instrument for measuring empathy in relationships, a critical component for success across a wide range of therapeutic interventions Charts the development and refinement of the BLRI over more than 50 years, with particular attention to the influence of Carl Rogers' theories, and outlines the future potential of the instrument Contains all the materials necessary for critical understanding and application of the BRLI, including the full range of forms and adaptations, and guidelines for successful implementation Also presents the author's Contextual Selves Inventory (CSI), which permits direct study of the self as distinctively experienced in different relationship contexts
The Single-Period Inventory Model with Spectral Risk Measures by
DE
To be effective and successful in any organization, especially in business, knowledge of the basic concepts of management is needed. In this course, you will learn the importance of how to use resources in achieving organizational goals. With a focus on the individual as the basic unit of interaction, you will have a mastery of how the individual thinks and works, enabling him/her to grasp more advanced concepts of behavior involving groups and organizations which will be taken in succeeding courses. In LEADMGT, the different functions of management will be examined, and how each can affect the organization and then link it to each other so the organization can effectively and efficiently function as a whole. You will also concentrate on leadership, the four functions of management, the different types of leadership, ways on how to motivate, and the ethics of a leader. The different factors that influence a person’s way of thinking and influencing others to perform will also be discussed.
The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management by
The go-to nonprofit handbook, updated and expanded for today's leader The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is the bestselling professional reference and leading text on the functions, processes, and strategies that are integral to the effective leadership and management of nonprofit and nongovernmental organizations. Now in its fourth edition, this handbook presents the most current research, theory, and practice in the field of nonprofit leadership and management. This practical, relevant guide is invaluable to the effective practice of nonprofit leadership and management, with expanded attention to accountability, transparency, and organizational effectiveness. It also extensively covers the practice of social entrepreneurship, presented via an integrative perspective that helps the reader make practical sense of how to bring it all together. Nonprofit organizations present unique opportunities and challenges for meeting the needs of societies and their communities, yet nonprofit management is more complex and challenging than ever. This Handbook provides a framework to help you lead and manage efficiently and effectively in this new environment. Building on solid current scholarship, the handbook provides candid, practical guidance from nationally-recognized leaders who share their insights on: The relationship between board performance and organizational effectiveness Managing internal and external stakeholder relationships Financial viability and sustainability and how to enhance both for the long term Strategies to successfully attract, retain, and mobilize the very best of staff and volunteers The fourth edition of the handbook also includes content relevant to associations and membership organizations. The content of the handbook is supplemented and enriched by an extensive set of online supplements and tools, including reading lists, web references, checklists, PowerPoint slides, discussion guides, and sample exams. Running your nonprofit or nongovernmental organization effectively in today's complex and challenging environment demands more knowledge and skill than ever, deployed in a thoughtful and pragmatic way. Grounded in the most useful modern scholarship and theory, and explained from the perspective of effective practice, The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is a pivotal resource for successful nonprofit leaders in these turbulent times.
Leadership & management : theory & practice by 
Leadership : learning, teaching, and practice by
A volume in Leaders, Schools, and Change The purpose of this book is to examine the tensions, gaps, and intersections between the practices of leadership in educational systems, school leadership preparation programs, and the often different worlds of academia and k12 schools. Voices from both academia and k12 schools are used to illustrate the tensions that cluster around capacity, politics, and the everyday practice of inspiring, engaging, and preparing school leaders.
Leadership : practice and perspectives by
This accessible and comprehensive textbook is designed specifically to develop students' understanding of leadership in a variety of contexts. Assuming no prior experience of leadership in the business world, this book is a must-read for students embarking on their study of leadership, whilethinking ahead to their own future employment.The book is divided into two clear parts, to logically guide the reader through the key theoretical models of leadership, as well as the issues and themes that surround the subject. Part 1 clearly examines the main theories in the field, including situational and contingency theories, behaviouralmodels, and trait theory, while Part 2 draws on a number of different themes to add depth to the theoretical ideas discussed, such as diversity, power, and ethics. This structure ensures a fundamental understanding of the basics of the subject, as well as a comprehensive grasp of relevantcontemporary issues.To help to interpret the key theories, the book also illustrates leadership in action using a wealth of diverse case studies. Examples have been carefully selected to highlight the practical application of leadership theory, both in a formal business context and in everyday life, and dispel thecommon misconception for students new to leadership that it is only for the "great and good". Case studies are from the world of politics, entertainment, and sport; from Jeremy Corbyn, Quentin Taratino, and Oscar Pistorius, to the NHS, Queen Elizabeth I, and Caitlyn Jenner. These case studiesexplore leadership across a variety of contexts and cultures, giving students the broad perspective they need to consider the subject critically.Pause for thought boxes, self-test questionnaires, and assignment questions encourage students to reflect on the theories and practices they've learned about and how such concepts and issues might apply in their own approach to leadership. Together with the lively writing style, stimulating casestudies, and further learning features, this allows students to fully engage with the subject and use the book as an essential tool in their leadership studies.This book is accompanied by an Online Resource Centre featuring:* For students:* Multiple choice questions* Flashcard glossaries* Web linksFor lecturers:* PowerPoint slides* Lecturer guide* Video links
Leadership : theory and practice by
Now with an all-new chapter on Followership! Adopted at more than 1600 institutions in 89 countries and translated into 13 different languages, this market-leading text successfully combines an academically robust account of the major theories and models of leadership with an accessible style and special emphasis on how leadership theory can inform leadership practice. Peter G. Northouse uses a consistent structure for each chapter, allowing students to easily compare and contrast the various theories. Case studies and questionnaires provide students with practical examples and opportunities to deepen their personal understanding of their own leadership style. Leadership: Theory and Practice, Eighth Edition provides readers with a user-friendly account of a wide range of leadership research in a clear, concise, and interesting manner. Free Poster: 6 Emerging Leadership Approaches A Complete Teaching & Learning Package Interactive eBook with Interactive Leadership Assessments Includes access to Interactive Leadership Assessments, SAGE Premium Video, multimedia tools, and much more! Save when you bundle the Interactive eBook with the new edition. Order using bundle ISBN: 978-1-5443-2644-3. Learn more. SAGE Premium Video featuring Peter Northouse Included in the Interactive eBook! SAGE Premium Video tools and resources boost comprehension and bolster analysis. Learn more. SAGE coursepacks FREE! Easily import our quality instructor and student resource content into your school's learning management system (LMS) and save time. Learn more. SAGE edge FREE online resources for students that make learning easier. See how your students benefit. Bundle with Introduction to Leadership: Concepts and Practice, Fourth Edition and save! Bundle ISBN: 978-1-5443-3017-4
Leadership and Change Management : a cross-cultural perspective by
A leader's role in the management of change is a critical issue for successful outcomes of strategic initiatives. Globalization and economic instability have prompted an increase in organizational changes related to downsizing and restructuring in order to improve financial performance and organizational competitiveness. Researchers agree that a leader's inability to fully understand what is needed in order to guide their organization through successful change can be a reason for failure. Proper planning and management of change can reduce the likelihood of failure, promote change effectiveness, and increase employee engagement. Yet, change in organizations must be viewed as a continuous activity that affects both organizational and individual outcomes. If change management can be considered as an event induced by socio-cultural factors, the cultural variable gains greater significance when applied to the quality of the relationship between a leader and their team. Many organizations today are on the verge of internationalization. It is here that the cultural context can affect behaviors and, in the same way, leadership style. The research presented in this book by an eminent group of scholars explores the influence of culture - ethnic, regional, religious - on how leaders manage change within organizations.
Leadership and Cultural Change : managing future well-being by
Contemporary confluences of leadership decision-making and citizenship behavior often unintentionally contribute to the depletion of the world's resources - escalating health, education, and social crises, as well as community, societal, and cultural struggles - to adapt to emerging global shifts. Leadership and management practices in this context affect the wellbeing of organizational members (e.g., their safety, health, financial security, etc.) but also entail positive or negative impacts on consumer practices and collective community well-being (e.g., education, obesity, cancer, safe or green driving, energy conservation, diversity based health care, etc.). Decision-making in most businesses and organizations is largely responsive to demands for short-term profit or cost minimization. On the consumer side, both cultural values and the corporate marketing practices that sustain them encourage high levels of consumption necessary to sustain corporate practices. In exploring the emerging applications of behavior science to these challenges, this book showcases emerging work by internationally recognized scholars on leadership and cultural change. The book will aid organizations and leaders in creating new models of stewardship, and will open opportunities for innovation while adapting and responding to growing social upheaval, technological advances, and environmental concerns, as well as crises in the global economy, health, education, and environment. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management.
The Leadership Challenge : how to make extraordinary things happen in organizations by
The most trusted source of leadership wisdom, updated to address today's realities The Leadership Challenge is the gold-standard manual for effective leadership, grounded in research and written by the premier authorities in the field. With deep insight into the complex interpersonal dynamics of the workplace, this book positions leadership both as a skill to be learned, and as a relationship that must be nurtured to reach its full potential. This new sixth edition has been revised to address current challenges, and includes more international examples and a laser focus on business issues; you'll learn how extraordinary leaders accomplish extraordinary things, and how to develop your leadership skills and style to deliver quality results every time. Engaging stories delve into the fundamental roles that great leaders fulfill, and simple frameworks provide a primer for those who seek continuous improvement; by internalizing key insights and putting concepts into action, you'll become a more effective, more impactful leader. A good leader gets things done; a great leader aspires, inspires, and achieves more. This book highlights the differences between good and great, and shows you how to bridge the chasm between getting things done and making things happen. Gain deep insight into leadership's critical role in organizational health Navigate the shift toward team-oriented work relationships Motivate and inspire to break through the pervasive new cynicism Leverage the electronic global village to deliver better results Business is evolving at an increasingly rapid rate, and leaders must keep pace with the changes or risk stagnation. People work differently, are motivated differently, and have different expectations today--business as usual is quickly losing its effectiveness. The Leadership Challenge helps you stay current, relevant, and effective in the modern workplace.
The Leadership Skills Handbook : 90 essential skills you need to be a leader by
Winner of the CMI Management Book of the Year Awards in the 2012/2013 New Manager category, The Leadership Skills Handbook from best-selling author Jo Owen reveals the essential skills you need to be an effective leader. It shows you what works in practice, not in theory, in crucial areas such as people skills, career skills, mindset skills, organization skills, personal values and behaviours. Each skill is presented in a concise, easy to follow format, with an accompanying framework to help you deploy it in your own life. The skills are about the real challenges real leaders have to master, and as you observe and record real-life examples of skills in action, you will be developing your own unique formula for success in the context that matters to you. Based on research from over a thousand leaders throughout the world at all levels in the public, private and voluntary sectors, it identifies the practical skills to make you even more successful, and offers guidance on all key topics. This completely revised fourth edition of The Leadership Skills Handbook includes brand new content on some of the most challenging skills that successful leaders need to master through three new sections on financial skills (including budgeting, costs, pricing and creating an investment case), political skills (including influencing, negotiating, networking and partnering) and the art of strategy (including strategic models, understanding the customer, marketing, pricing and advertising). This indispensable guidance will boost your confidence, technical abilities and give you the edge on your peers.
Making it : what today's kids need for tomorrow's world by
Discover how to help young people "make it" in a rapidly changing world Author Stephanie Malia Krauss gets it. Every day she works with leaders across the country as they upgrade learning experiences to better equip young people for a changing world. A mother, former teacher and school leader, Stephanie knows firsthand how hard it is to balance school and program requirements with young people's needs. In Making It: What Today's Kids Need for Tomorrow's World, she lays out what adults can do to get young people ready for the future. What you learn may surprise you. With so much changing so fast--accelerated by the impacts of COVID-19--the most in-demand jobs and skills of today may be obsolete by the time our youngest become adults. For kids to be ready for this new reality, they must acquire four critical "currencies" that will serve them well, whatever their future holds: credentials, competencies, connections, and cash. This book focuses on how to prioritize these four key outcomes whenever and wherever learning happens. The author shares research and experience to help you understand and apply a human-centered and future-focused lens directly to your classroom, school, program, or at home. Learn about how the world and workforce is changing, and what that means for the education and preparation young people need Understand how these changes are impacting young people, reshaping their childhoods and transitions into adulthood Glean practical information and ideas you can use to help young people--at every age and stage--to gain readiness "currencies" in the form of credentials, competencies, connections, and cash Challenge your beliefs about what knowledge, experiences and resources are most important for kids to have, and what a college- and career-ready education really requires Discover community-wide strategies that prioritize equity, learning and readiness for the future This book will benefit teachers, counselors, youth workers, parents, school board members, and state education leaders alike. Whether you work in K-12, youth development, or you just want to know how to best support the kids in your life, you will find a timely and useful resource putting young people first and modernizing their learning experiences for the better.
Mgmt5 by
Annotation. MGMT5 is a highly visual and engaging resource that takes an innovative approach to learning. Its student-friendly approach gives you concise, complete coverage of the subject and helps you learn the principles of management with timely, interesting examples.
The Oxford Handbook of Management by
Management - the pursuit of objectives through the organization and co-ordination of people - has been and is a core feature, and function, of modern society. Some "classic" forms of corporate and bureaucratic management may come to be seen as a prevalent form of organization and organizing inthe 20th century, and in the post-Fordist, global, knowledge driven contemporary world we are seeing different patterns, principles, and styles of management as old models are questioned.The functions, ideologies, practices, and theories of management have changed over time, as recorded by many scholars; and may vary according to different models of organization; and between different cultures and societies. Whilst the administrative, corporate, or factory manager may be a figure onthe wane, management as an ethos, organizing principle, culture, and field of academic teaching and research has increased dramatically in the last half century, and spread throughout the world.The purpose of this Handbook is to analyse and explore the evolution of management; the core functions and how they may have changed; its position in the culture/zeitgeist of modern society; the institutions and ideologies that support it; and likely challenges and changes in the future.This book looks at what management is, and how this may change over time. It provides an overview of management - its history, development, context, changing function in organization and society, key elements and functions, and contemporary and future challenges.
The Power of Positive Leadership : how and why positive leaders transform teams and organizations and change the world by
We are not positive because life is easy. We are positive because life can be hard. As a leader, you will face numerous obstacles, negativity, and tests. There will be times when it seems as if everything in the world is conspiring against you and your vision seems more like a fantasy than a reality. That's why positive leadership is essential! Positive leadership is not about fake positivity. It is the real stuff that makes great leaders great. The research is clear. Being a positive leader is not just a nice way to lead. It's the way to lead if you want to build a great culture, unite your organization in the face of adversity, develop a connected and committed team and achieve excellence and superior results. Since writing the mega best seller The Energy Bus, Jon Gordon has worked and consulted with leaders who have transformed their companies, organizations and schools, won national championships and are currently changing the world. He has also interviewed some of the greatest leaders of our time and researched many positive leaders throughout history and discovered their paths to success. In this pioneering book Jon Gordon shares what he has learned and provides a comprehensive framework on positive leadership filled with proven principles, compelling stories, practical ideas and practices that will help anyone become a positive leader. There is a power associated with positive leadership and you can start benefiting yourself and your team with it today.
Quickvalue : discover your value and empower your business in three easy steps by
Gain the competitive edge by conducting a valuation of your company every year―quickly, accurately, and inexpensively Business leaders who know their company's value at any given moment are more likely to seize the competitive edge―especially these days, when adding digital capabilities can dramatically affect value. But most businesses drop the ball because traditional valuation is complex, time-consuming, and expensive. Not anymore. Reed Phillips, Chairman of Oaklins International, one of the world's largest mid-market M&A firms, lays out a straightforward method for gaining a clear understanding of your company's current value in a fraction of the time and at a fraction of the cost of traditional methods. He walks you through three easy steps: Identify the key value drivers behind the company's value and rate them to develop a Value Driver Score. Perform a careful examination of comparable businesses, including their market-rate multiples for revenue and EBITDA. Put the results together to determine the value of the business. QuickValue provides a clear, reliable way to determine your business's value in real time―transforming valuation from a reactive, defensive burden into an active, indispensable part of daily operations. Whether you're an entrepreneur, owner, executive, consultant, accountant, or M&A advisor, QuickValue provides the method you need to know the value of any company at any time.
Recognising and dealing with business distress : building resilient companies by
Businesses fail - some spectacularly and suddenly, others more gradually over time. In some companies business decline can be turned around or at least delayed. In many others there is no option other than business closure. Over the past twenty years the rate of business failure has accelerated. Insolvency rates are high not just for small businesses but also for large well known public companies. Identifying possible causes of business distress is now recognised as an important agenda item. Creating the capacity to bounce back from such distress - business resilience - has become a priority. The authors blend their own practical experience, academic research and a systematic analysis of recent high profile cases including Flybe Group Plc, Arcadia Group Ltd, Carillion Plc, NMC Health Plc and Thomas Cook Group Plc in a review of potential causes of business distress and key resilience drivers. This is presented in detail in separate chapters covering business purpose, board effectiveness, the quality of strategic planning, financial stewardship, risk management, business turnaround strategies and director duties in times of business distress. The book sets out a practical benchmarking framework in the form of a toolkit with a series of detailed evidences - performance indicators - that companies can use to assess potential business distress and build a resilient company.
Responsible leadership : essential to the achievement of the UN sustainable development goals by
With a range of well-respected voices from across the business, political, third sector and research spectrum, this important book provides an accessible insight into responsible leadership. It represents the most comprehensive and informed work on responsible leadership linked to the United Nations (UN) Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) produced to date. This carefully edited volume, based on a collaborative partnership between the Institute for Responsible Leadership (IRL) and the United Nations Institute for Training and Research (UNITAR), contains twenty chapters in seven parts which address the relationship between responsible leadership and the UN Sustainable Development Goals. These original and accessible contributions discuss progress in a variety of areas relevant to the goals, including climate change and biodiversity, global health, cybercrime, human trafficking, corporate social responsibility, gender, education and social cohesion. The world-leading expert contributors are drawn from a wide range of societies and continents and cover key aspects of responsible leadership in a lively and impactful fashion. This book is for leaders at every level in the public, private and third sectors, students concerned with responsible leadership, academics and researchers studying leadership in different disciplinary fields, and all those committed to sustainable development and progressing the UN SDGs.
To be effective and successful in any organization, especially in business, knowledge of the basic concepts of management is needed. In this course, you will learn the importance of how to use resources in achieving organizational goals. With a focus on the individual as the basic unit of interaction, you will have a mastery of how the individual thinks and works, enabling him/her to grasp more advanced concepts of behavior involving groups and organizations which will be taken in succeeding courses. In LEADMGT, the different functions of management will be examined, and how each can affect the organization and then link it to each other so the organization can effectively and efficiently function as a whole. You will also concentrate on leadership, the four functions of management, the different types of leadership, ways on how to motivate, and the ethics of a leader. The different factors that influence a person’s way of thinking and influencing others to perform will also be discussed.
21st Century Skills for Non-Profit Managers : a practical guide on leadership and management by
Over the last 30 years nonprofit organizations have grown massively in capacity, scope, and authority across the world. With growing demand for services, there are numerous opportunities for nonprofits to respond innovatively and sustainably. Any experienced nonprofit manager knows the role is sometimes frustrating but always exhilarating, working with people and empowering them. Severe funding cuts make this more testing, but new prospects are appearing. If you are new to management or the sector, you need a book describing good practice to inform and guide you. Managing a small nonprofit, requires you to multitask, manage your time and prioritize tasks, while taking on extra responsibilities, you need new skills such as fundraising, all covered in this book. This book covers essential aspects (staffing, communications, charity governance, donations, corporate social responsibility, crowdfunding). With useful case studies, resources and links, it avoids jargon and intellectualizing. Topics include effective business planning, empowering staff and clients, writing successful fundraising applications and preparing government tenders for the U.S. and UK. Don used his experience as a nonprofit manager, volunteer, staffer, fundraiser, community fund overseer, trustee and consultant to make the book relevant, topical and helpful.
Applying Leadership Standards, Achieving Business Results : Developing Leaders Today and Tomorrow by
The 10 essential skills to transform the way you lead The Leadership Habit provides the framework for patterns of behavior that will transform the way you lead. By articulating a clear, well-defined standard of what it means to be a leader, this book condenses volumes of advice and opinion into 10 key areas and teaches leaders how they can create daily habits surrounding these centers of excellence. Leaders who can commit to creating change will develop more productive teams and will build long-term growth for their organization. This book is your invaluable guide to being one of the greats, with proven advice and a concrete framework for leading well. Through expert discussion and deep dissection of these critical areas, you'll discover how to drive for results, build the best team, execute on vision, foster innovation, and more. Learn how to: Transform your habits across 30 specific skill areas Model personal growth, focus, and positivity Accelerate productivity and maintain your organization's competitive advantage As a leader, your team's performance and your organization's outlook are direct reflections of you. Discover how to become a catalyst for driving performance and results by transforming your actions every day.
Cross-Cultural Leadership Studies by
Leadership is a universal phenomenon that has been consistently identified as playing a critical role in the success or failure of organizations. This book begins with an overview of the history and evolution of leadership studies and traces some of the major "schools" of leadership studies that have attracted the interest of researchers since the 19th century. Also discussed are the various theories and models of leadership that have emerged over that period. The author introduces cross-cultural leadership studies and then discusses cross-cultural competencies of global leaders, which are the practical applications of the information available from the researchers to the day-to-day activities of leaders in business organizations around the world. Finally, the book assesses the research on cross-cultural leadership, culture, and leadership in developing countries.
The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management by
The go-to nonprofit handbook, updated and expanded for today's leader The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is the bestselling professional reference and leading text on the functions, processes, and strategies that are integral to the effective leadership and management of nonprofit and nongovernmental organizations. Now in its fourth edition, this handbook presents the most current research, theory, and practice in the field of nonprofit leadership and management. This practical, relevant guide is invaluable to the effective practice of nonprofit leadership and management, with expanded attention to accountability, transparency, and organizational effectiveness. It also extensively covers the practice of social entrepreneurship, presented via an integrative perspective that helps the reader make practical sense of how to bring it all together. Nonprofit organizations present unique opportunities and challenges for meeting the needs of societies and their communities, yet nonprofit management is more complex and challenging than ever. This Handbook provides a framework to help you lead and manage efficiently and effectively in this new environment. Building on solid current scholarship, the handbook provides candid, practical guidance from nationally-recognized leaders who share their insights on: The relationship between board performance and organizational effectiveness Managing internal and external stakeholder relationships Financial viability and sustainability and how to enhance both for the long term Strategies to successfully attract, retain, and mobilize the very best of staff and volunteers The fourth edition of the handbook also includes content relevant to associations and membership organizations. The content of the handbook is supplemented and enriched by an extensive set of online supplements and tools, including reading lists, web references, checklists, PowerPoint slides, discussion guides, and sample exams. Running your nonprofit or nongovernmental organization effectively in today's complex and challenging environment demands more knowledge and skill than ever, deployed in a thoughtful and pragmatic way. Grounded in the most useful modern scholarship and theory, and explained from the perspective of effective practice, The Jossey-Bass Handbook of Nonprofit Leadership and Management is a pivotal resource for successful nonprofit leaders in these turbulent times.
The Leadership Challenge : how to make extraordinary things happen in organizations. by
The most trusted source of leadership wisdom, updated to address today's realities The Leadership Challenge is the gold-standard manual for effective leadership, grounded in research and written by the premier authorities in the field. With deep insight into the complex interpersonal dynamics of the workplace, this book positions leadership both as a skill to be learned, and as a relationship that must be nurtured to reach its full potential. This new sixth edition has been revised to address current challenges, and includes more international examples and a laser focus on business issues; you'll learn how extraordinary leaders accomplish extraordinary things, and how to develop your leadership skills and style to deliver quality results every time. Engaging stories delve into the fundamental roles that great leaders fulfill, and simple frameworks provide a primer for those who seek continuous improvement; by internalizing key insights and putting concepts into action, you'll become a more effective, more impactful leader. A good leader gets things done; a great leader aspires, inspires, and achieves more. This book highlights the differences between good and great, and shows you how to bridge the chasm between getting things done and making things happen. Gain deep insight into leadership's critical role in organizational health Navigate the shift toward team-oriented work relationships Motivate and inspire to break through the pervasive new cynicism Leverage the electronic global village to deliver better results Business is evolving at an increasingly rapid rate, and leaders must keep pace with the changes or risk stagnation. People work differently, are motivated differently, and have different expectations today--business as usual is quickly losing its effectiveness. The Leadership Challenge helps you stay current, relevant, and effective in the modern workplace.
Management and Leadership Innovations by
Management and Leadership Innovations, vol. 38 of Advances in Librarianship presents techniques, cases and theoretical papers on how libraries and other non-profit organizations can achieve sustainability through application of the UN's Agenda 21, how to interview candidates through non-traditional and interactive processes to assess 'soft skills' needed to join a team, how a model was developed to ensure successful school libraries, and how academic libraries can provide leadership in sustaining and preserving their surrounding communities' history and culture. It also offers chapters on the utility of gossip in management, how to provide mindful leadership within an organization, and how to identify and manage levels of stress and burnout. The volume presents a case study of how a library altered the skill sets of subject librarians to function in teams using a matrix approach in order to better serve clients. Another innovation is represented by a chapter on staff development and service through participation in a community of practice. Also included is a chapter on service design a relatively new concept of service design which is critical in improving user/customer satisfaction and patronage.
The Mindful Leader 7 practices for transforming your leadership, your organisation and your life by
The ultimate guide to becoming an extraordinary leader - while finding happiness, gaining authenticity, and banishing stress Integrating proven mindfulness practices and world-class leadership theory, The Mindful Leader is the essential guide for self-aware leadership. The book simplifies mindfulness principles and links them solidly to business benefits. It provides a practically-grounded template for leaders to develop unprecedented levels of self awareness, wellbeing and effectiveness. Research findings throughout the book detail the positive impact of mindfulness from the perspectives of brain science, psychology and leadership. International case studies from a variety of industries illustrate the everyday implementation of mindful leadership. You'll learn easy mindfulness practices that you can implement today and a practical framework for everyday mindful leadership. You'll also be given access to online resources for vision reflections, values clarification, mindfulness practices and more. Mindful leadership is a hot topic - but it's not as simple as "when you become mindful, great leadership will spontaneously happen." This book serves as both mindfulness training and leadership training, clarifying the parallel while guiding you through the many points of intersection. Improve your leadership skills via context-specific mindfulness practices Learn mindfulness from a practical perspective, with real workplace skills Discover how leaders from around the world practice mindful leadership every day Understand the neuroscience link between mindfulness and great leadership Learn practices that deliver a deeper sense of integrity, authenticity, fulfillment and bottom-line results improvement Mindfulness provides real, practical tools for self-awareness, mental wellbeing, stress reduction and more. When practiced through a leadership lens, it becomes much more than just another leadership guide. Mindfulness transforms leadership as a whole, delivering real, lasting change that transcends typical leadership training. For a clear, concise framework of mindfulness at work, The Mindful Leader is the ideal guide for those serious about effective, sustainable leadership.
Purpose-driven organizations : management ideas for a better world by This course is designed to give you the knowledge and experience of logistics management. Attention is given to issues such as: transportation management, warehouse and facility location management, inventory management, and customer service strategies. These courses encompass both the qualitative and quantitative aspects of logistics management. You will perform computations to some numerical problems, simulations. Results of computations will serve as basis for applying logistics management decisions.
Consumer Logistics : surfing the digital wave by
Digital technology has changed the way we work, socialize, shop, play and learn. This book offers a stimulating exploration of how digitization has begun transforming the prevailing global logistics system into a self-service and sharing economy, and ultimately provides a vision of the monumental changes likely to overflow into the business landscape.Consumer Logistics thoughtfully assesses the challenges posed to businesses as the Internet of Things, 3D printing and other yet-to-come technologies start to connect humans and physical objects in forms that will further transform lifestyles. Through a review of the evolutionary journey of logistics management, this book argues that the fourth wave of global logistics is fast giving way to the fifth wave of consumer logistics, which will see consumers adapt to the seamless offline-online purchasing experience brought by Omnichannel Retailing. By considering how logistics and digital technologies will interact to redefine consumer logistics, Peter J. Rimmer and Booi Hon Kam argue that this outcome is likely to reflect the character of the sixth great logistics wave: personal logistics.Thought-provoking, and contemporary in topic, this book will be of great value to business people interested in future trends, logistics professionals and operators, as well as academics and students worldwide working on logistics, supply chains and digital transformations.
E-Logistics : managing your digital supply chains for competitive advantage by
E-logistics serves as the nerve system for the whole supply chain and enables smooth information flow within and between organizations. This contributed book focuses on the strategic role of e-logistics in today's dynamic global environment. In E-Logistics international experts from both academia and industry examine how competitiveness and productivity in transport, logistics and supply chain management can be improved using e-logistics systems and technologies. A variety of successful e-logistics business approaches are discussed covering a range of commercial sectors and transport modes. Separate chapters consider e-logistics developments for air freight; rail freight; road freight; sea transport and port systems. Subsequent chapters address in depth support systems for B2C and B2B e-commerce and e-fulfilment, warehouse management, RFID, electronic marketplaces, global supply network visibility, and service chain automation. Industry case studies are used to support the discussion. The book also investigates emerging technologies in e-logistics and considers what the future might hold in this rapidly changing and developing field.
Global Logistics and Supply Chain Management by
Think of the many different products and services that are purchased and consumed each day - how do they reach the end-user? What does this cost? What happens when something goes wrong? Logistics and Supply Chain Management (SCM) are the areas of study which help us to explore and answer these questions. Today they play a very important role in underpinning the success of many organisations across the public and private sectors and impact how we live our lives. While the origins of logistics and SCM are firmly embedded in the manufacturing domain, the successful applications of logistics and SCM principles and practices are becoming increasingly relevant in the services area also - see for example, the many changes that have recently been driven into healthcare systems and airlines. Global Logistics and Supply Chain Management, now in its third edition, provides essential reading for anybody studying SCM and logistics. Encompassing both practical and strategic perspectives, it takes a truly global perspective, recognising the transnational nature of logistics activities in today's world. Key features of this new and extended third edition include: 18 up-to-date chapters on all aspects of logistics and SCM, including coverage of emerging and important topics such as security, technology and automation in logistics, supply chain data flows, logistics and the internet of everything, sustainability, supply chain vulnerability and trade facilitation. New chapters include one on management science applications, which provides an easy and clear introduction to key quantitative techniques that can be applied to logistics and SCM. 12 updated case studies, including new case studies on air cargo, port-city logistics, automobile manufacturing logistics and logistics infrastructure appraisal.
Logistics by
As a first destination for Bac + 4 and above students, but also for teachers and researchers, this book presents in 42 sheets - from 4 to 5 pages each - the fundamental elements to the setting up of a logistics. Indeed, many books exist in logistics, but they usually focus on the development of a particular theme. In this case, the logistics in 42 sheets offers an overview of the key elements to consider for the implementation of a logistics. And to go further, each sheet offers a bibliography "development" themes and subtopics.
Supply chain logistics management by 
Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management : principles and practices for sustainable operations and management by
Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management is the essential guide to the principles and practices of sustainable logistics operations. Based on extensive research, this book covers the whole scope of sustainable logistics. The case studies, with particular attention for use in a teaching context, relate the theoretical concepts to practice and what is happening 'on the ground'. Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management examines all the key areas in sustainable logistics and supply chain management, including: sustainable product design and packaging; sustainable purchasing and procurement; environmental impact of freight transport; sustainable warehousing and storage; and much more. Sustainable Logistics and Supply Chain Management is a highly accessible guide to sustainable supply chain management. It provides an excellent insight into the topic that will help managers, students, and scholars grasp the fundamentals of green supply and logistics management. A vital teaching resource for courses on sustainable logistics, this revised edition includes valuable supporting online materials.
Urban Logistics : management, policy and innovation in a rapidly changing environment by
Approximately 80 per cent of European and American citizens live in an urban environment. Due to their large populations and extensive commercial establishments, urban areas require large quantities of goods and services for commercial and domestic use. This results in increasing levels of demand for freight transport services. Freight transport in towns and cities is a major contributor to environmental impacts, particularly to local air pollution and noise. Urban Logistics addresses public policy makers, freight transport companies and receivers of supplies, providing them with the information and guidance to affect change in the logistics of the city. Urban Logistics is written by an outstanding team of international editors combining their expertise and using their research from leading business schools in Sweden and the US. There are also valuable contributions from academics and industry experts from companies and universities from all over the world. The book includes clear examples of initiatives that work and business case developments, as well as toolkits for policymakers and managers who are devising new initiatives. There is an in-depth examination of different aspects of urban logistics, such as retail logistics for cities, urban food supply chains, services and the special logistics requirements involved, construction, waste management and e-commerce and home delivery. There is also a focus on networks and partnerships and an analysis of innovation as a new constant. Online supporting resources include PowerPoint lecture slides.
This course is designed to give you the knowledge and experience of logistics management. Attention is given to issues such as: transportation management, warehouse and facility location management, inventory management, and customer service strategies. These courses encompass both the qualitative and quantitative aspects of logistics management. You will perform computations to some numerical problems, simulations. Results of computations will serve as basis for applying logistics management decisions.
Contemporary Issues in Supply Chain Management and Logistics by
This book is a collection of chapters on issues we face today in the world of supply chain management. While there are a number of college textbooks related to specific areas within logistics and supply chain issues, there are very few general supply chain management "trends" books. Contemporary Issues in Supply Chain Management and Logistics consists of seven dynamic, current and informative chapters that cover a variety of cutting-edge supply chain topics of use to both graduate students, and professionals working in the field. The book contains new, original research papers written by academics from the fields of engineering, transportation, marketing, and supply chain management and logistics.
Logistics competencies, skills, and training : a global overview by Logistics Development in ASEAN : complex challenges ahead by
Growing urbanization, increasing trade and investment due to integration, and emerging new business models like e-commerce are accelerating the demand for efficient logistics in each ASEAN country.The logistics sector is inherently complex due to its scope, ranging from physical infrastructure covering four modes of transport, customs, and services. Each of these sub-sectors is regulated by different government agencies, leading to complex challenges in each country's logistics sector.Policymaking has a tendency to be done piecemeal rather than integratively, while a more or less fragmented governance structure impedes implementation. ASEAN liberalization commitments focusses on raising the cap on foreign equity, while regulatory reform remains untouched. Also, flexibility offered in these commitments allows for non-compliance.Going forward, developing seamless logistics requires ASEAN countries to first overcome their domestic challenges. Each country needs to develop comprehensive plans, and effective implementation of these is essential. Liberalization commitments should complement domestic reforms in each country.
Modeling and Simulation of Logistics Flows 2 : dashboards, traffic planning and management by
Volume 2 begins with an introduction and 4 chapters implementing software tools on cases of practical applications and it ends with a conclusion: The various tools used in this volume Operational research with a spreadsheet Dashboards with spreadsheets and pivot tables Scheduling and planning with a project manager The traffic simulation The conclusion shows the new features that are expected to emerge on spreadsheets as well as project managers, developments and convergences between traffic simulators and new infrastructure that are emerging on road networks. Annex 1 focuses on the installation Solver in Microsoft Excel and Annex 2 focuses on the installation of the Java Development Kit.
Modeling and Simulation of Logistics Flows 3 : Discrete and Continuous Flows In 2D/3D. by
Volume 3 begins with an introduction to which are added four chapters focused on modeling and flow simulation in an environment in 2 or 3 dimensions (2D or 3D). They deal with different cases taken from situations found in the field. A conclusion comes close this third book: The different software used in this third volume Computer simulation of discrete flows Mixed flow simulation Flows in 3D and the evacuation simulation Flows in 3D for conveying and storage The conclusion discusses the future developments of the software and their integration into society. At the end of each volume is a bibliography and a list of web links. There is also a glossary explaining some abbreviations, acronyms and some very specific terminology of logistics and operations research.
Sustainable Urban Logistics : planning and evaluation by
Urban logistics has been a subject of interest to researchers and practitioners for more than 20 years in France and Europe, and more than 40 in the United States. Nevertheless, the subject remains difficult to address by a lack of unification in the definitions and proposed methods but also by what makes its great richness: the diversity of actors and the pluridisciplinarity of the methods and techniques available. This book, which synthesizes more than 10 years of personal research on the subject, but also experience within different teams and projects, intends to bring a unified vision (and more and more followed at the international level) on logistics planning Urban development. It begins with an overview of research in urban logistics and then describes and defines the main components: flows, actors, infrastructures, management components, technologies, regulations and financing actions. A unified vision of these elements as well as the definition of sustainable urban logistics is proposed. Then, the book presents the basics of planning and managing sustainable urban logistics. First, the basics of the before-after analysis are introduced, not only for the experiments but also for the simulation of scenarios. To carry out this type of analysis, two main groups of methods are needed: methods for estimating flows and methods for calculating evaluation indicators. The book presents the main global standards and dominant models for the estimation of the urban freight transport demand, i.e. of freight transport needs in urban areas. Then it presents the methods for estimating and simulating transport and distribution schemes (i.e. transport supply) as well as a proposal for integrated supply-demand modeling. All these methods are presented for immediate application to practitioners, accompanied by summary tables and parameters necessary for their implementation. As far as evaluation is concerned, the book presents a framework for the choice of sustainable indicators and scorecards. Second, the main methods for economic, environmental, social and accessibility assessment are presented. They are accompanied by tables and figures necessary for their implementation. Finally, the main applications of the proposed methods are introduced. The book is meant to be a practical guide to applying the main methods from scientific research to a practical context, and presents examples of quantified and explained application. It is thus the first book that summarizes and presents the main unified methods to help the different decision-makers to implement them in their actions of planning and management of the urban logistics and the transport of goods in town.
Towards Innovative Freight and Logistics by
Freight transport faces a dual challenge: it must satisfy the demands of globalized trade and meet environmental requirements. In this context, innovation is a crucial topic to enable the transition from the current transportation and logistics system to a sustainable system. This book provides an overview of the latest technological innovations in Europe and worldwide, based on ICT and new vehicle concepts, for all modes and all scales (urban, regional, national or international). The authors consider innovation supply, the process of innovation and innovative business models. Some perspectives and solutions are proposed on the deployment of innovation, specifically concerning the transformation of the organization of the system and the relationships between industry, governmental players, operators and users.
Management of Information System
This course introduces the student to the role of information and information systems in controlling day-to-day business functions across the lower, middle, and executive levels of the organization. Part I covers the management of information in controlling the various functional areas of marketing, operations, finance, and human resource management from the perspective of the whole enterprise. Focus is given to the nature of the organization, and how it affects the flow of management information. You will recall database applications, and learn about information systems control, security techniques, and information systems development. Hands-on review of database applications development will enhance your learning.
Business Driven Information Systems by 
Digital operating model : the future of business by
Build your company's next-generation growth strategy by using emerging technologies to disrupt your field and energize your business In Digital Operating Model: The Future of Business, digital strategist and execution expert Rajesh Sinha delivers a robust and practical operating blueprint for digital transformation. Applicable to any industry, any size company, this playbook helps executives, professionals, managers, founders, owners, and other business leaders understand the importance and realize the benefits of a digital future for their companies--all without having to spend massive amounts of money in the process. The author explores effective methods to create multiple digital accelerators, develop cultural alignment that fosters innovation and delivers rapid solutions, and shares insights into the new mantras of our goods-and-services on-demand economy. Readers will also find: Step-by-step guidance to implementing a digital platform strategy that leads to exponential business growth Methods for designing and applying new businesses processes that create better experiences internally for your teams and externally for your customers and customers' customers, which also leads to exponential business growth Real-life examples and case studies of businesses that have achieved successful digital acceleration and grown dramatically in the process Digital Operating Model shows readers how to meet their professional objectives while realizing profound transformation that offers innovative and durable differentiation both in terms of purpose and profits.
Fundamentals of Information Systems by
Equipping you with a solid understanding of the core principles of IS and how it is practiced, the brief FUNDAMENTALS OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS, 8E covers the latest developments from the field and their impact on the rapidly changing role of today's IS professional. A concise nine chapters, this streamlined book includes expansive coverage of mobile solutions, energy and environmental concerns, cloud computing, IS careers, virtual communities, global IS work solutions, and social networking. You learn firsthand how information systems can increase profits and reduce costs as you explore new information on e-commerce and enterprise systems, artificial intelligence, virtual reality, green computing, and other issues reshaping the industry. The book also introduces the challenges and risks of computer crimes, hacking, and cyberterrorism. A long-running example illustrates how technology was used in the design, development, and production of this book. No matter where your career path may lead, FUNDAMENTALS OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS, 8E can help you maximize your success as an employee, a decision maker, and a business leader.
Fundamentals of Information Systems by Management information systems : concepts and applications by 
Management of Information Security by
MANAGEMENT OF INFORMATION SECURITY, Sixth Edition prepares you to become an information security management practitioner able to secure systems and networks in a world where continuously emerging threats, ever-present attacks and the success of criminals illustrate the weaknesses in current information technologies. You'll develop both the information security skills and practical experience that organizations are looking for as they strive to ensure more secure computing environments. The text focuses on key executive and managerial aspects of information security. It also integrates coverage of CISSP and CISM throughout to effectively prepare you for certification. Reflecting the most recent developments in the field, it includes the latest information on NIST, ISO and security governance as well as emerging concerns like Ransomware, Cloud Computing and the Internet of Things.
MIS8 : management information systems by
Learn Management Information Systems YOUR Way with MIS! MIS�s easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, MIS Online allows easy exploration of MIS anywhere, anytime - including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits� from interactive content as you go to remember what�s important. Then, either use preset study resources, or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker, all in one place and at an affordable price!
Principles of Information Systems by
Develop an understanding of the core principles of IS and how it is practiced today with PRINCIPLES OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS, 13th edition. This edition combines the latest research with the most current coverage available as content highlights IS-related careers. You explore the challenges and risks of computer crimes, hacking, and cyberterrorism as well as the most current research on big data, analytics, and global IS and social networking. In addition, you examine business intelligence, cloud computing, e-commerce, enterprise systems, mobile computing, strategic planning, and systems acquisition. You learn how information systems can increase profits and reduce costs as you explore artificial intelligence, change management, data governance, environmental concerns, Internet of Everything, Internet censorship and net neutrality, virtual teams, and more. Interactive multimedia resources, MindTap, help you maximize success as an employee, decision maker, and business leader.
The Strategic Management of Information Systems : building a digital strategy by
A comprehensively updated revision of a book regarded by many as one the leading and authoritative titles for practitioners, academics and students in the domain of information systems and technology (IS/IT) strategy. Presents a structured framework with tools, techniques and ways of thinking which provide a practical approach to building a digital strategy, expressed primarily in the language of business and management. Brings together the implications of the significant advances in IT and the most useful current thinking, research, and experiences concerning the business impact and strategic opportunities created by IS/IT. Peppard and Ward discuss the key questions that managers have to grapple with of where, when and how to invest in IS/IT, which is why a IS/IT (or digital) strategy is required.
Management of Information System
This course introduces the student to the role of information and information systems in controlling day-to-day business functions across the lower, middle, and executive levels of the organization. Part I covers the management of information in controlling the various functional areas of marketing, operations, finance, and human resource management from the perspective of the whole enterprise. Focus is given to the nature of the organization, and how it affects the flow of management information. You will recall database applications, and learn about information systems control, security techniques, and information systems development. Hands-on review of database applications development will enhance your learning.
Communication and Information Technology in Society : Volume 1-3 by 
Digital Operating Model by
Build your company's next-generation growth strategy by using emerging technologies to disrupt your field and energize your business In Digital Operating Model: The Future of Business, digital strategist and execution expert Rajesh Sinha delivers a robust and practical operating blueprint for digital transformation. Applicable to any industry, any size company, this playbook helps executives, professionals, managers, founders, owners, and other business leaders understand the importance and realize the benefits of a digital future for their companies--all without having to spend massive amounts of money in the process. The author explores effective methods to create multiple digital accelerators, develop cultural alignment that fosters innovation and delivers rapid solutions, and shares insights into the new mantras of our goods-and-services on-demand economy. Readers will also find: Step-by-step guidance to implementing a digital platform strategy that leads to exponential business growth Methods for designing and applying new businesses processes that create better experiences internally for your teams and externally for your customers and customers' customers, which also leads to exponential business growth Real-life examples and case studies of businesses that have achieved successful digital acceleration and grown dramatically in the process Digital Operating Model shows readers how to meet their professional objectives while realizing profound transformation that offers innovative and durable differentiation both in terms of purpose and profits.
Digital Transformation : information systems governance Front cover image for Digital transformation : information systems governance by
The main aim of this book is to offer companies a simple and practical method to assess their maturity in the Governance Information System, so that they are in working order to face the challenges of Digital Transformation. How can companies effectively manage their investment in IT systems and make the most of their development?
Human-Computer Interaction and Management Information Systems: Applications. Advances in Management Information Systems by
"Human-Computer Interaction and Management Information Systems: Applications" offers state-of-the-art research by a distinguished set of authors who span the MIS and HCI fields. The original chapters provide authoritative commentaries and in-depth descriptions of research programs that will guide 21st century scholars, graduate students, and industry professionals. Human-Computer Interaction (or Human Factors) in MIS is concerned with the ways humans interact with information, technologies, and tasks, especially in business, managerial, organizational, and cultural contexts. It is distinctive in many ways when compared with HCI studies in other disciplines. The MIS perspective affords special importance to managerial and organizational contexts by focusing on analysis of tasks and outcomes at a level that considers organizational effectiveness. With the recent advancement of technologies and development of many sophisticated applications, human-centeredness in MIS has become more critical than ever before. This work focuses on applications and evaluations including special case studies, specific contexts or tasks, HCI methodological concerns, and the use and adoption process.
Information Systems for Emergency Management by
This book provides the most current and comprehensive overview available today of the critical role of information systems in emergency response and preparedness. It includes contributions from leading scholars, practitioners, and industry researchers, and covers all phases of disaster management - mitigation, preparedness, response, and recovery. 'Foundational' chapters provide a design framework and review ethical issues. 'Context' chapters describe the characteristics of individuals and organizations in which EMIS are designed and studied. 'Case Study' chapters include systems for distributed microbiology laboratory diagnostics to detect possible epidemics or bioterrorism, humanitarian MIS, and response coordination systems. 'Systems Design and Technology' chapters cover simulation, geocollaborative systems, global disaster impact analysis, and environmental risk analysis. Throughout the book, the editors and contributors give special emphasis to the importance of assessing the practical usefulness of new information systems for supporting emergency preparedness and response, rather than drawing conclusions from a theoretical understanding of the potential benefits of new technologies.
Information Systems for Knowledge Management by
More and more organizations are becoming aware of the importance of tacit and explicit knowledge owned by their members which corresponds to their experience and accumulated knowledge about the firm activities. However, considering the large amount of knowledge created and used in the organization, especially with the evolution of information and communications technologies, the firm must first determine the specific knowledge on which it is necessary to focus. Creating activities to enhance identification, preservation, and use of this knowledge is a powerful mean to improve the level of economical performance of the organization. Thus, companies invest on knowledge management programs, in order to develop a knowledge sharing and collaboration culture, to amplify individual and organizational learning, to make easier accessing and transferring knowledge, and to insure knowledge preservation. Several researches can be considered to develop knowledge management programs supported by information and knowledge systems, according to their context, their culture and the stakeholders' viewpoints.
Information Systems Project Management by
Information Systems Project Management addresses project management in the context of information systems. It deals with general project management principles, with focus on the special characteristics of information systems. It is based on an earlier text, but shortened to focus on essential project management elements.This updated version presents various statistics indicating endemic problems in completing information system projects on time, within budget, at designed functionality. While successful completion of an information systems project is a challenge, there are some things that can be done to improve the probability of project success. This book reviews a number of project management tools, including, developing organizational ability to work on projects, better systems analysis and design, project estimation, and project control and termination.
Information Warfare by
Cyberspace is one of the major bases of the economic development of industrialized societies and developing. The dependence of modern society in this technological area is also one of its vulnerabilities. Cyberspace allows new power policy and strategy, broadens the scope of the actors of the conflict by offering to both state and non-state new weapons, new ways of offensive and defensive operations. This book deals with the concept of "information war", covering its development over the last two decades and seeks to answer the following questions: is the control of the information space really possible remains or she a utopia? What power would confer such control, what are the benefits?
Managing Information Security by
Managing Information Security offers focused coverage of how to protect mission critical systems, and how to deploy security management systems, IT security, ID management, intrusion detection and prevention systems, computer forensics, network forensics, firewalls, penetration testing, vulnerability assessment, and more. It offers in-depth coverage of the current technology and practice as it relates to information security management solutions. Individual chapters are authored by leading experts in the field and address the immediate and long-term challenges in the authors' respective areas of expertise. Chapters contributed by leaders in the field covering foundational and practical aspects of information security management, allowing the reader to develop a new level of technical expertise found nowhere else Comprehensive coverage by leading experts allows the reader to put current technologies to work Presents methods of analysis and problem solving techniques, enhancing the reader's grasp of the material and ability to implement practical solutions
Multilingual Information Management : information, technology and translators by
Multilingual information is in high demand in today's globalised economy. Industry and market globalisation, intensified collaboration between European countries, technological developments, the advent and consolidation of the Internet, the rise of electronic business, and the increased use of electronic documents are some of the factors that have fuelled this need. Multilingual Information Management draws on previous empirical research to explore how information and technologies are used within the community of translators as information facilitators among different languages and cultures, to help them become more productive and competitive in today's market. The book consists of three parts, including a literature review on information and technology needs among translators; a research framework to investigate the perceptions and use of information and technology within their working environment; and a strategic proposal for an Information Systems approach to multilingual information professionals and information literacy training. Presents an interdisciplinary approach to multilingual information and technology management among information professionals Analyses the community of practice of translators as multilingual information facilitators and ICT users Contributes to further develop Information Literacy to a strategic level among information professionals Provides a methodological contribution through an evidence-based approach to practice Bridges the gap between the information-related disciplines of Information Science, Business Management, and Translation Studies
Marketing Management is a course designed to provide students with mastery of the basic principles of Marketing with focus on developing effective strategies and detailed programs for business success. This course aims to help students develop a winning comprehensive Marketing Plan for a product or service within the framework of a competitive environment, taking into account the external market environment and the company’s resources and objectives. It will cover the strategic planning process, environmental scanning, understanding market behavior, market segmentation, formulation of the strategic marketing mix from product strategy, pricing, distribution, selling to integrated marketing communication, marketing control and budgeting. It will also cover the new 4Ps of marketing: People, Process, Programs and Performance.
Advanced Marketing Management : principles, skills and tools by
Marketing as a practice is facing unprecedented challenges: a changing media landscape, an increasingly complex customer journey, innovative technologies, start-ups which disrupt traditional channels and a new generation of tech-savvy clients. How should students and practitioners adapt to this shifting landscape and address the skills gap that many of today's marketers face? Advanced Marketing Management prepares students for this new world of marketing. Since traditional marketing approaches fail to provide convincing solutions to modern business realities, a new approach is urgently needed if marketers are to regain trust within their organizations. Using contemporary examples, business case studies and supporting pedagogy, Advanced Marketing Management will provide a critical exploration into the more advanced aspects of marketing management, including the gap that exists between formal marketing literature and real-world practice, discussion of multidisciplinary tools, and the crucial evolution of the '4Ps'. Summarizing a large body of literature and academic research on new developments, this book is the go-to guide for students, lecturers and practitioners, wanting to succeed as modern marketers. Online resources include lecture slides and further questions for group discussion.
Business to Business Marketing Management by
Business to business markets are considerably more challenging than consumer markets and as such demand a more specific skillset from marketers. Buyers, with a responsibility to their company and specialist product knowledge, are more demanding than the average consumer. Given that the products themselves may be highly complex, this often requires a sophisticated buyer to understand them. Increasingly, B2B relationships are conducted within a global context. However all textbooks are region-specific despite this growing move towards global business relationships - except this one. This textbook takes a global viewpoint, with the help of an international author team and cases from across the globe. Other unique features of this insightful study include: placement of B2B in a strategic marketing setting; full discussion of strategy in a global setting including hypercompetition; full chapter on ethics and CSR early in the text; and detailed review of global B2B services marketing, trade shows, and market research. This new edition has been fully revised and updated with a full set of brand new case studies and features expanded sections on digital issues, CRM, and social media as well as personal selling. More selective, shorter, and easier to read than other B2B textbooks, this is ideal for introduction to B2B and shorter courses. Yet, it is comprehensive enough to cover all the aspects of B2B marketing any marketer needs, be they students or practitioners looking to improve their knowledge.
Essentials of Marketing Management by
The overall success of an organization is dependent on how marketing is able to inform strategy and maintain an operational focus on market needs. With an array of examples and case studies from around the world, Lancaster and Massingham's vital study offers an alternative to the traditional American focused teaching materials currently available. This second edition has been fully revised and updated, including a new chapter on digital marketing written by Dr Wilson Ouzem. Topics covered include: consumer and organizational buyer behaviour product and innovation strategies direct marketing Social media marketing Designed and written for undergraduate, MBA and masters students in marketing management classes, Essentials of Marketing Management builds on the successful earlier edition to provide a solid foundation to understanding this core topic.
Handbook of Marketing Analytics : methods and applications in marketing management, public policy, and litigation support by
The Handbook of Marketing Analytics showcases analytical marketing methods and their high-impact real-life applications in marketing management, public policy, and litigation support. Fourteen chapters present an overview of specific marketing analytic methods in technical detail, while 22 case studies present thorough examples of the use of each method.The contributors featured are recognized authorities in their fields. Multidisciplinary in scope, this Handbook covers experimental methods, non-experimental methods, and their digital-era extensions. It explores topics such as classical and Bayesian econometrics, causality, machine learning, optimization, and recent advancements in conjoint analysis.This standout collection of analytical methods and application will be useful and educational for all readers, whether they are academics or practitioners in marketing, public policy, or litigation.
Marketing by
Hunt Marketing emphasizes the universal importance of marketing, not only because students (especially non-marketing majors) want to know "Why does this course matter to me?" but also because everyone is a marketer. Student engagement and relevance are emphasized throughout the second edition of Hunt Marketing: * A career focus, to help students understand how marketing will support whatever career path they choose and how to develop their own personal brand. * Integration of key topics that are part of the daily fabric of marketing--globalization, social media, ethics, and marketing analytics. * Seamlessly integrated results-driven technology. * The right content for a semester-long course. With 16 chapters (and further customization available in Create), the second edition of Hunt Marketing provides the perfect content mix for online, hybrid, and face-to-face Principles of Marketing students.
Marketing Management by
For undergraduate and graduate courses in marketing management. Stay on the cutting-edge with the gold standard text that reflects the latest in marketing theory and practice. The world of marketing is changing everyday--and in order for students to have a competittive advantage, they need a textbook that reflects the best of today's marketing theory and practices. Marketing Management is the gold standard marketing text because its content and organization consistently reflect the latest changes in today's marketing theory and practice.
MKTG12 : principles of marketing by
Learn Marketing YOUR Way with MKTG! MKTG's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually-engaging chapters as well as Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, MKTG MindTap allows you to learn on your terms. Read or listen to textbooks and study with the aid of instructor notifications, flashcards and practice quizzes. Track your scores and stay motivated toward your goals. Whether you have more work to do or are ahead of the curve, you'll know where you need to focus your efforts. And the MindTap Green Dot will charge your confidence along the way. When it's time to study, everything you've flagged or noted can be gathered into a guide you can organize.
Marketing Management is a course designed to provide students with mastery of the basic principles of Marketing with focus on developing effective strategies and detailed programs for business success. This course aims to help students develop a winning comprehensive Marketing Plan for a product or service within the framework of a competitive environment, taking into account the external market environment and the company’s resources and objectives. It will cover the strategic planning process, environmental scanning, understanding market behavior, market segmentation, formulation of the strategic marketing mix from product strategy, pricing, distribution, selling to integrated marketing communication, marketing control and budgeting. It will also cover the new 4Ps of marketing: People, Process, Programs and Performance.
Big Data Marketing : engage your customers more effectively and drive value by
Leverage big data insights to improve customer experiences and insure business success Many of today's businesses find themselves caught in a snarl of internal data, paralyzed by internal silos, and executing antiquated marketing approaches. As a result, consumers are losing patience, shareholders are clamoring for growth and differentiation, and marketers are left struggling to untangle the massive mess. Big Data Marketing provides a strategic road map for executives who want to clear the chaos and start driving competitive advantage and top line growth. Using real-world examples, non-technical language, additional downloadable resources, and a healthy dose of humor, Big Data Marketing will help you discover the remedy offered by data-driven marketing. Explains how marketers can use data to learn what they need to know Details strategies to drive marketing relevance and Return On Marketing Investment (ROMI) Provides a five-step approach in the journey to a more data-driven marketing organization Author Lisa Arthur, the Chief Marketing Officer for Teradata Applications, the leader in integrated marketing software, meets with thousands of CMOs and marketing professionals annually through public speaking and events Big Data Marketing reveals patterns in your customers' behavior and proven ways to elevate customer experiences. Leverage these insights to insure your business's success.
Data-Driven Marketing Content : a practical guide by
In the world we live in today, more data is being generated than at any other period in human history. However, this wealth of information is causing a data dilemma for small to medium sized enterprises (SMEs), entrepreneurs, and practitioners. With marketing companies and experts struggling to produce business content that delivers strong marketing results and SME's being overshadowed by data-aware super-brands that are already heavily investing in data-driven content, Lee Wilson offers a solution that can rectify the performance divide. Data-Driven Marketing Content: A Practical Guideempowers businesses, regardless of industry, size, or competition level, to understand, identify and act on big-data opportunities. The guide shares unique processes, approaches, and frameworks which can be applied to every company need, leading you towards efficient and effective content creation that repeatedly returns on investment. Through a combination of practical expertise and personal insights, this book instructs and enables practitioners and entrepreneurs to overcome everyday business content barriers and yield increased results from every piece of content created.
Developing Successful Marketing Strategies by
What's your organization's marketing strategy?Does your company meet real life marketingchallenges head on and with success? This bookprovides a unique approach by using your organization'smission and vision statements to guidethe development of marketing goals, strategies,and tactics. It uses real market examples to demonstratethe development of effective marketingstrategies.Central to the development of marketing strategyis the use of the marketing mix of price, place,product, and promotion. This book neatly weavesthe process of developing such a marketing strategywith examples given to clarify the theories andguide the reader through the strategic marketingplanning process.If you are a manager, business student, or an executive,this book will help you grow an establishedbusiness or start a new one with smart managementtechniques and processes that are criticalto executing successful marketing strategies. Theexamples used are from large and small organizationsin which the author was personally involved.
Digital Marketing Management : a handbook for the current (or future) CEO by
This book is for managers and would-be managers who need to upgrade their knowledge of digital marketing. Told from the perspective of marketing strategy, it puts digital marketing in the context of rm strategy selection. The rst step in digital marketing is to understand your company and your brand. The second step is to put content and keywords on your website so that they can be found in search. Third, use the other delivery platforms of digital marketing, e-mail, social, and mobile, to deploy that content to the customer. The nal topics in the book focus on the importance of data management and privacy. The author discusses how to develop a database and to create an organization that puts data quality at its center. These practices are as critical to digital marketing success as the delivery platforms. Without quality data, no digital marketing program can be successful.
Hacking Marketing : agile practices to make marketing smarter, faster, and more innovative by
Apply software-inspired management concepts to accelerate modern marketing In many ways, modern marketing has more in common with the software profession than it does with classic marketing management. As surprising as that may sound, it's the natural result of the world going digital. Marketing must move faster, adapt more quickly to market feedback, and manage an increasingly complex set of customer experience touchpoints. All of these challenges are shaped by the dynamics of software--from the growing number of technologies in our own organizations to the global forces of the Internet at large. But you can turn that to your advantage. And you don't need to be technical to do it. Hacking Marketing will show you how to conquer those challenges by adapting successful management frameworks from the software industry to the practice of marketing for any business in a digital world. You'll learn about agile and lean management methodologies, innovation techniques used by high-growth technology companies that any organization can apply, pragmatic approaches for scaling up marketing in a fragmented and constantly shifting environment, and strategies to unleash the full potential of talent in a digital age. Marketing responsibilities and tactics have changed dramatically over the past decade. This book now updates marketing management to better serve this rapidly evolving discipline. Increase the tempo of marketing's responsiveness without chaos or burnout Design "continuous" marketing programs and campaigns that constantly evolve Drive growth with more marketing experiments while actually reducing risk Architect marketing capabilities in layers to better scale and adapt to change Balance strategic focus with the ability to harness emergent opportunities As a marketer and a manager, Hacking Marketing will expand your mental models for how to lead marketing in a digital world where everything--including marketing--flows with the speed and adaptability of software.
Marketing 4. 0 : moving from traditional to digital by
Marketing has changed forever--this is what comes next Marketing 4.0: Moving from Traditional to Digital is the much-needed handbook for next-generation marketing. Written by the world's leading marketing authorities, this book helps you navigate the increasingly connected world and changing consumer landscape to reach more customers, more effectively. Today's customers have less time and attention to devote to your brand--and they are surrounded by alternatives every step of the way. You need to stand up, get their attention, and deliver the message they want to hear. This book examines the marketplace's shifting power dynamics, the paradoxes wrought by connectivity, and the increasing sub-culture splintering that will shape tomorrow's consumer; this foundation shows why Marketing 4.0 is becoming imperative for productivity, and this book shows you how to apply it to your brand today. Marketing 4.0 takes advantage of the shifting consumer mood to reach more customers and engage them more fully than ever before. Exploit the changes that are tripping up traditional approaches, and make them an integral part of your methodology. This book gives you the world-class insight you need to make it happen. Discover the new rules of marketing Stand out and create WOW moments Build a loyal and vocal customer base Learn who will shape the future of customer choice Every few years brings a "new" marketing movement, but experienced marketers know that this time its different; it's not just the rules that have changed, it's the customers themselves. Marketing 4.0 provides a solid framework based on a real-world vision of the consumer as they are today, and as they will be tomorrow. Marketing 4.0 gives you the edge you need to reach them more effectively than ever before.
This is an integration course for business administration majors. It provides the student with an overview of different business and corporate strategies used by companies to achieve competitive advantage in the industry it chooses to operate. It also includes analysis of corporate environments and the study of concept, theories, and other emerging frameworks used for strategic formulation and analysis. The course takes a corporate perspective where the students will develop analytical skills and the attitude of getting business results. The student is responsible for constructing the knowledge from the information/reading materials that are presented to him/her. The student becomes active where the classroom environment plays an essential role in the realization their potential in becoming future business managers and executives.
Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management by
Traditional narratives on strategic management no longer fulfil the needs of students, practitioners, consultants and business owners operating within contemporary society. This textbook provides a differentiated approach to the topic, highlighting the dichotomy between theory and practice, and guiding readers towards an understanding of the future of strategic management. Moving beyond the short-sighted goal of profit maximization, Contemporary Issues in Strategic Management shines a light on measures that really matter, such as value. A wealth of global examples provide an illustration of competitive advantage from market-based and state-based perspectives, giving an insight into the activities that lead to the formation of successful and unsuccessful strategies. Written by two distinguished scholars in the field, this global textbook is essential reading for postgraduate students of strategic management worldwide.
Managing Customer Experience and Relationships by
Boost profits, margins, and customer loyalty with more effective CRM strategy Managing Customer Experience and Relationships, Third Edition positions the customer as central to long-term strategy, and provides essential guidance toward optimizing that relationship for the long haul. By gaining a deep understanding of this critical dynamic, you'll become better able to build and manage the customer base that drives revenue and generates higher margins. A practical framework for implementing the IDIC model merges theory, case studies, and strategic analysis to provide a ready blueprint for execution, and in-depth discussion of communication, metrics, analytics, and more allows you to optimize the relationship on both sides of the table. This new third edition includes updated examples, case studies, and references, alongside insightful contributions from global industry leaders to give you a well-rounded, broadly-applicable knowledge base and a more effective CRM strategy. Ancillary materials include a sample syllabus, PowerPoints, chapter questions, and a test bank, facilitating use in any classroom or training session. The increased reliance on customer relationship management has revealed a strong need for knowledgeable practitioners who can deploy effective initiatives. This book provides a robust foundation in CRM principles and practices, to help any business achieve higher customer satisfaction. Understand the fundamental principles of the customer relationship Implement the IDIC model to improve CRM ROI Identify essential metrics for CRM evaluation and optimization Increase customer loyalty to drive profits and boost margins Sustainable success comes from the customer. If your company is to meet performance and profitability goals, effective customer relationship management is the biggest weapon in your arsenal--but it must be used appropriately. Managing Customer Experience and Relationships, Third Edition provides the information, practical framework, and expert insight you need to implement winning CRM strategy.
Strategic Alliance Management by
Strategic alliances - partnerships between separate organizations to share resources collaboratively toward mutually beneficial goals - are an important management instrument, but one that is difficult for firms to manage. Among many desirable outcomes, alliances can reduce costs, provide access to new technology, and improve research and development endeavours, though collaborative arrangements come with risks, peril, and adversities. This renewed and re-worked text connects theory to practice to help understand this important business practice. Strategic Alliance Management presents an academically grounded alliance development framework, detailing eight stages of alliance development with consideration for specific management challenges. For each stage, readers are presented with state-of-the-art theoretical insights, evidence-based managerial guidelines and a business case illustration. Additional chapters detail on contemporary alliance management challenges, including co-opetition and business eco-systems. Other chapters highlight the role of alliance professionals, alliance capabilities and paradoxical challenges in alliance relationships. This second edition retains a blend of academic knowledge and practical examples, while updating case examples and adding five new chapters on emerging alliance topics. This book remains vital reading for business students and professionals interested in strategic management.
Strategic Decision Making : a discovery-led approach to critical choices in turbulent times by
Making strategic decisions is a fundamental skill for leaders and managers. However, in a business environment that is in a constant state of change, making strategic decisions has never been more difficult. Strategic Decision Making addresses this challenge by providing a framework that can be used to make sound decisions in an uncertain world. Structured around the core concepts of framing, experimenting and scaling, this book will ensure that efforts are focused where the need is greatest, that interventions are tested, evaluated and revised if necessary and that successful initiatives are effectively rolled out across the business. Packed with real world examples and backed up by academic research, Strategic Decision Making will allow today's leaders and the leaders of tomorrow to make successful and defensible business choices. It shows how to: avoid decision-making bias, overcome organizational inertia, manage the difficulties of rigid organizational structures and avoid being side tracked by outdated or irrelevant experience. Essential reading for business practitioners and management students alike, this comprehensive guide provides a robust approach to achieving strategic success.
Strategic Management - Theory by
This comprehensive and engaging text presents the complexities of strategic management through up-to-date scholarship and hands-on applications. Highly respected authors Hill, Schilling, and Jones integrate cutting-edge research on topics including competitive advantage, corporate governance, diversification, strategic leadership, technology and innovation, and corporate social responsibility through both theory and case studies. Based on real-world practices and current thinking in the field, the 12th edition features an increased emphasis on the changing global economy and its role in strategic management. When paired with this student-centric text, the MindTap learning solution will prepare the next generation of strategic leaders.
Strategic Management : an integrated approach : theory & cases by
This comprehensive and engaging text presents the complexities of strategic management through up-to-date scholarship and hands-on applications. Highly respected authors Hill, Schilling, and Jones integrate cutting-edge research on topics including competitive advantage, corporate governance, diversification, strategic leadership, technology and innovation, and corporate social responsibility through both theory and case studies. Based on real-world practices and current thinking in the field, the 12th edition features an increased emphasis on the changing global economy and its role in strategic management. The appendix walks students through the case-analysis process, and explains key ratios that managers use to compare the performance of firms. The high-quality case study program contains 31 cases covering small, medium, and large companies from a large range of industries and nations. Featured cases in this edition include Tesla Motors, India's Tata Group, Sangamo's development of a gene editing cure for HIV, Skullcandy, Uber, Microsoft, Google, and Staples. When paired with this student-centric text, the MindTap learning solution will prepare the next generation of strategic leaders.
Strategic management : awareness & change by 
Strategic Management: Concepts and Cases by
Examine strategic management with the market-leading book that sets the standard as today's most intellectually rich, practical analysis of strategic management. Written by prominent management scholars and award-winning instructors, Hitt/Ireland/Hoskisson's STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: COMPETITIVENESS AND GLOBALIZATION, 13E incorporates cutting-edge research and new examples from more than 600 companies to reveal how firms effectively use the strategic management process. This edition combines a classic industrial organization model with a resource-based view of the firm to demonstrate how businesses establish competitive advantages and create value for stakeholders in the global marketplace. You study how firms govern themselves, the value of strategic alliances to global companies and the value firms create by melding strategic management and entrepreneurial behaviors when competing. MindTap online learning solution is also available with new real-world activities designed to help you outperform and excel as a strategic leader.
Strategic management of technological innovation by 
Strategy : an international perspective by 
Sustainable Growth Through Strategic Innovation : driving congruence in capabilities by
Strategic innovation dynamically brings about strategic positioning through new products, services and business models. Through detailed reviews of existing dynamic capabilities and in-depth case studies, this book presents a theoretical model of a strategic innovation system to enable a large company to maintain its competitiveness and establish sustainable growth. Companies studied include Apple, Sony, Cisco, Fujifilm and SoftBank.Large corporations have to be innovators that can reinforce their positions through incremental innovation, while constantly renewing or destroying existing business through radical innovation. To achieve this, Mitsuru Kodama presents the concept of "capabilities congruence" - a business factor in large corporations that brings about sustainable growth over the long term by achieving strategic innovation as the corporation enacts dynamic capabilities and strategic innovation capabilities.Sustainable Growth Through Strategic Innovation offers fresh insights to academics, researchers and students in business and management. It is also intended to provide practical guidance to leaders and managers in the broader business environment.
This is an integration course for business administration majors. It provides the student with an overview of different business and corporate strategies used by companies to achieve competitive advantage in the industry it chooses to operate. It also includes analysis of corporate environments and the study of concept, theories, and other emerging frameworks used for strategic formulation and analysis. The course takes a corporate perspective where the students will develop analytical skills and the attitude of getting business results. The student is responsible for constructing the knowledge from the information/reading materials that are presented to him/her. The student becomes active where the classroom environment plays an essential role in the realization their potential in becoming future business managers and executives.
Rethinking Strategy : how to anticipate the future, slow down change, and improve decision making by
Seize opportunity from uncertainty What if you could use strategy to turn market volatility to your competitive advantage? Rethinking Strategy shows you how to anticipate and benefit from emerging market shifts and free your organisation from a cycle of disruption and response. In this ground-breaking book, author and strategist Steve Tighe helps you use scenarios to envisage what your industry and organisation could look like in the future and prepare for what's to come. Through detailed case studies and practical tools, this guide reveals how to make strategy development your organisation's principal creative and learning activity. anticipate impending market shifts before they emerge slow down change by making the future familiar unlock the entrepreneurial talent that lies within your organisation mobilise an army of internal advocates to drive strategy execution embed foresight into your planning and innovation processes Have you ever wondered how some companies seem to always be ahead of the curve while others struggle to keep up in today's ever-changing competitive environment? With Rethinking Strategy, you'll learn how to make better decisions and thrive alongside increasing competition and uncertainty.
Strategic Management Accounting : Delivering Value in a Changing Business Environment Through Integrated Reporting by
This book critically analyzes the concept of strategic management accounting, the implications this emerging paradigm will have on the accounting profession, and the ramifications for businesses at large. This research examines current literature, and illustrates these concepts with current market examples. This manuscript approaches the topic in a way that is unique by linking the concept of SMA to the integrated reporting framework. In essence, strategic management accounting is a theory with broad-based support, but the IR framework and reporting structure provides a vehicle through which progress, costs, and benefits of a more strategic accounting function can be evaluated. Focusing on principles, primarily for internal management utilization, the following provides an outline and summary of concepts and techniques that can be used to elevate the role of the management accounting function. Whether you are a management expert, an accounting professional, or simply someone looking to keep up to date with emerging business trends, this text provides the content, and action-oriented steps to meet those expectations.
Strategic Organizational Alignment : Authority, Power, Results by
Business results, major change, project initiatives can be achieved more easily than imagined. Strategic Organizational Alignment shows you how and points out the reasons why most excuses businesses make for inadequate implementations are wrong. Through stories, illustrations, and step-by-step guides, Crosby shows you a simple, profound, and repeatable way to ensure your business aligns its employees and has a clear path to success. This book will help you to learn how to focus your workplace on the dynamics critical to achieving greater productivity.
Strategic Sustainability : a natural environmental lens on organizations and management by
Strategic Sustainability examines how organizations can implement environmental sustainability science, theories, and ways of thinking to become more competitive. Including examples and ideas implemented in various countries, it is based on known scientific principles about the natural world and organizational principles focusing on the work domain. The intersection of these two realms of research creates a powerful and new approach to comprehensive, seemingly contradictory issues. Daniel S. Fogel draws from disparate fields and creates a story about organizations, their future and how people are part of the problem and, more importantly, part of the solution. Readers will find ways to take action to improve organizations and avoid denigrating our natural environment, learning to be mindful of the urgency we should feel to improve our impact on the world. The focus on the natural environment provides a powerful focus for creating value in organizations and addressing the major challenges we all face. Advanced sustainability students, working professionals and board members, managers and legislators responsible for governing organizations or implementing public policy will find this book useful. A companion website features an instructor's manual with test questions, as well as 38, 10-minute videos for classroom use.
Strategy Beyond Markets by
Strategy Beyond Markets examines how the strategies employed by firms affect long run value. Scholars in this field focus their attention on firm interactions with entities other than the firm's primary market stakeholders. These stakeholders include international NGOs, environmental groups, local communities, regulators, politicians and the courts. This book is organized around three themes: Public politics, private politics, and integrated political strategy. In public politics, firms use sophisticated instruments (e.g., campaign funding, committee participation) to influence local, national, and international political environments. In private politics, firms work closely with NGOs and other special interest groups to preempt unfavorable policy, react swiftly to crises, and proactively develop socially responsible strategies. Additionally, firms that are heavily influenced by politics are more likely to craft integrated political strategy as part of a more comprehensive plan. This special issue comprises papers from preeminent scholars including David Baron, Jean-Philippe Bonardi, Daniel Diermeier, Thomas Lyon, John Maxwell, Ken Shotts, and Dennis Yao.
Using the Project Management Maturity Model : strategic planning for project management by
The industry validated Project Management Maturity Model developed by Dr. Harold Kerzner--updated and expanded Using the Project Management Maturity Model offers assessment tools for organizations of all sizes to evaluate their progress in effectively integrating project management along the maturity curve. This Third Edition includes maturity metrics, examples of Project Management Maturity Model (PMMM) reports, a new chapter on the characteristics of effective PMMM, assessment questions that align with the PMBOK® Guide--Sixth Edition, all-new illustrations that define advanced levels of maturity, assessment tools for organizations using traditional PM methods, and detailed guidance for organizations using Agile and Scrum. Using the Project Management Maturity Model: Strategic Planning for Project Management, Third Edition is broken down into three major parts. The first part discusses the principles of strategic planning and how it relates to project management, the definition of project management maturity, and the need for customization. The second part details the Project Management Maturity Model (PMMM), which provides organizations with general guidance on how to perform strategic planning for project management. The third part of the book looks at some relatively new concepts in project management such as how assessments can be made to measure the firm's growth using PM 2.0 and PM 3.0. Features customizable maturity model assessment tools for organizations of all sizes Includes assessment questions updated to line up with PMBOK® Guide--6th Edition Offers detailed guidance on applying the maturity model for Agile and Scrum Includes PowerPoint decks to aid in teaching the maturity model Using the Project Management Maturity Model: Strategic Planning for Project Management, Third Edition is an ideal book for senior level and middle level corporate managers, project and team managers, engineers, project team members, and business consultants. It also benefits both business and engineering students in courses on advanced project management.
Value Creation in Management Accounting and Strategic Management : an integrated approach by
This book explores two combined approaches (strategy and accounting) from a cross-disciplinary perspective in order to improve knowledge of value creation in various contexts. Existing studies on this topic have generally adopted a purely account-based or strategy-oriented approach to address this issue. However, this book draws upon a number of well-defined theoretical and empirical backgrounds and methodologies. Since the 1980s, many changes have occurred and companies have increasingly focused their strategies on value creation. Consequently, new strategic directions have emerged, especially for managerial accounting. Management accounting and alignment with strategy could thus improve performance. This book encourages further thought and reflection on these issues which should be pursued in the future as firms face new challenges associated with the acceleration of digital transformation.
Quantitative Techniques in Business
In this course you will be given the knowledge in decision making, resource allocation and control skills using computers as tools. A deeper understanding of these topics will be discussed in the context of (a) Payoff Tables, (b) Decision Trees, (c) Linear Programming, (d) Project Management, and (e) Inventory Management. The emphasis of the course will be learning how to become an efficient business decision maker. This course requires you to use the blackboard on the internet (Moodle), to take quizzes, make assignments, and submit project case analysis. The skills acquired in this course will consequently develop your ability to integrate this decision making skills with other courses requiring analytic decision making skills.
Applied Qualitative Research Design by
This unique text provides a comprehensive framework for creating, managing, and interpreting qualitative research studies that yield valid and useful information. Examples of studies from a wide range of disciplines illustrate the strengths, limitations, and applications of the primary qualitative methods: in-depth interviews, focus group discussions, ethnography, content analysis, and case study and narrative research. Following a consistent format, chapters show students and researchers how to implement each method within a paradigm-neutral and flexible Total Quality Framework (TQF) comprising four interrelated components: Credibility, Analyzability, Transparency, and Usefulness. Unlike other texts that relegate quality issues to one or two chapters, detailed discussions of such crucial topics as construct validity, interresearcher reliability, researcher bias, and verification strategies are featured throughout. The book also addresses applications of the TQF to the writing, review, and evaluation of qualitative research proposals and manuscripts. Pedagogical Features *Summary tables that highlight important content, such as the application of a method to vulnerable or hard-to-reach populations. *Case studies that illustrate TQF standards in practice for each method. *Guidelines for effective documentation (via thick descriptions) of each type of study. *End-of-chapter discussion topics, exercises, and suggested further reading and Web resources. *Chapters open with a preview and close with a bulleted summary of key ideas. *Extensive glossary.
Basic Statistics for Business and Economics by 
Data Science Using Python and R by
Learn data science by doing data science! Data Science Using Python and R will get you plugged into the world's two most widespread open-source platforms for data science: Python and R. Data science is hot. Bloomberg called data scientist "the hottest job in America." Python and R are the top two open-source data science tools in the world. In Data Science Using Python and R, you will learn step-by-step how to produce hands-on solutions to real-world business problems, using state-of-the-art techniques. Data Science Using Python and R is written for the general reader with no previous analytics or programming experience. An entire chapter is dedicated to learning the basics of Python and R. Then, each chapter presents step-by-step instructions and walkthroughs for solving data science problems using Python and R. Those with analytics experience will appreciate having a one-stop shop for learning how to do data science using Python and R. Topics covered include data preparation, exploratory data analysis, preparing to model the data, decision trees, model evaluation, misclassification costs, naïve Bayes classification, neural networks, clustering, regression modeling, dimension reduction, and association rules mining. Further, exciting new topics such as random forests and general linear models are also included. The book emphasizes data-driven error costs to enhance profitability, which avoids the common pitfalls that may cost a company millions of dollars. Data Science Using Python and R provides exercises at the end of every chapter, totaling over 500 exercises in the book. Readers will therefore have plenty of opportunity to test their newfound data science skills and expertise. In the Hands-on Analysis exercises, readers are challenged to solve interesting business problems using real-world data sets.
Handbook of Qualitative Research Techniques and Analysis in Entrepreneurship by
One of the most challenging tasks in the research design process is choosing the most appropriate data collection and analysis technique. This Handbook provides a detailed introduction to five qualitative data collection and analysis techniques pertinent to exploring entrepreneurial phenomena. Techniques for collecting and analysing data are rarely addressed in detail in published articles. In addition, the constant development of new tools and refinement of existing ones has meant that researchers often face a confusing range from which to choose. The experienced and expert group of contributors to this book provide detailed, practical accounts of how to conduct research employing focus groups, critical incident technique, repertory grids, metaphors, the constant comparative method and grounded theory. This Handbook will become the starting point for any research project.Scholars new to entrepreneurship and doctoral students as well as established academics keen to extend their research scope will find this book an invaluable and timely resource.
Management and Business Research by
This book is not available as a print inspection copy. To download an e-version click here or for more information contact your local sales representative. Get 24 months FREE access to an interactive eBook when purchasing the paperback* The Sixth Edition continues to give students a comprehensive overview of what is needed to carry-out successful and effective research, with practical hands-on guidance on how to conduct a dissertation project or research thesis, in business and management. New to This Edition: Complimentary fully integrated interactive eBook version. Coverage of online data collection, netnography, big data and data visualization. Research philosophy in chapter 3 is further supported and enhanced by an author video overview available online and a pull out at the back of the book that gives a useful visual representation of each key component of the research process using a tree as a metaphor. Annotated further reading recommendations. An important new feature is the "Research in Action" textboxes, which consist of engaging accounts of real-world research experiences from academics, practitioners and students. Examples include measuring the impact of development programmes on Chinese rural communities, and qualitative data being used to measure the experiences of UK taxi drivers. Each contributor has also given a practical 'top tip' for doing research successfully.The book is complemented by a FREE Interactive eBook and online resources including PowerPoint slides, datasets, multiple-choice questions, e-flashcards and links to additional online material.Suitable reading for any student carrying out a research project, dissertation or thesis in business and management.*Interactivity only available through Vitalsource eBook included as part of paperback product (ISBN 9781526446954). Access not guaranteed on second-hand copies (as access code may have previously been redeemed).
Python for Data Science for Dummies by
The fast and easy way to learn Python programming and statistics Python is a general-purpose programming language created in the late 1980s--and named after Monty Python--that's used by thousands of people to do things from testing microchips at Intel, to powering Instagram, to building video games with the PyGame library. Python For Data Science For Dummies is written for people who are new to data analysis, and discusses the basics of Python data analysis programming and statistics. The book also discusses Google Colab, which makes it possible to write Python code in the cloud. Get started with data science and Python Visualize information Wrangle data Learn from data The book provides the statistical background needed to get started in data science programming, including probability, random distributions, hypothesis testing, confidence intervals, and building regression models for prediction.
Qualitative Research in Business and Management by
Over the past few decades, qualitative research in management and business has expanded rapidly. Business and management is set to become - if it is not already - the dominant field within the domain of qualitative research. It is therefore vital that students and scholars are well-informed about exemplary contributions to, methods employed by, and issues, challenges, debates faced by qualitative researchers in this field. This four-volume collection is designed to provide a set of authoritative sources capable of facilitating the development of knowledge and understanding. The collection provides an Introduction written by the editors, which contextualises and guides readers through the selection.Volume One: Classical and Contemporary StudiesVolume Two: Methods, Approaches, Techniques: Guides and ExemplarsVolume Three: Practices and PreoccupationsVolume Four: Challenges and Prospects
Swarm Intelligence Methods for Big Data Analytics by
A core task in statistical analysis, especially in the era of Big Data, is the fitting of flexible, high-dimensional, and non-linear models to noisy data in order to capture meaningful patterns. This can often result in challenging non-linear and non-convex global optimization problems. The large data volume that must be handled in Big Data applications further increases the difficulty of these problems. Swarm Intelligence Methods for Statistical Regressiondescribes methods from the field of computational swarm intelligence (SI), and how they can be used to overcome the optimization bottleneck encountered in statistical analysis. Features Provides a short, self-contained overview of statistical data analysis and key results in stochastic optimization theory Focuses on methodology and results rather than formal proofs Reviews SI methods with a deeper focus on Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) Uses concrete and realistic data analysis examples to guide the reader Includes practical tips and tricks for tuning PSO to extract good performance in real world data analysis challenges 　
Quantitative Techniques in Business
In this course you will be given the knowledge in decision making, resource allocation and control skills using computers as tools. A deeper understanding of these topics will be discussed in the context of (a) Payoff Tables, (b) Decision Trees, (c) Linear Programming, (d) Project Management, and (e) Inventory Management. The emphasis of the course will be learning how to become an efficient business decision maker. This course requires you to use the blackboard on the internet (Moodle), to take quizzes, make assignments, and submit project case analysis. The skills acquired in this course will consequently develop your ability to integrate this decision making skills with other courses requiring analytic decision making skills.
The Essentials of Business Research Methods by
Increasingly, managers must make decisions based on almost unlimited information. How can they navigate and organize this vast amount of data? Essentials of Business Research Methods provides research techniques for people who aren't data analysts. The authors offer a straightforward, hands-on approach to the vital managerial process of gathering and using data to make clear business decisions. They include critical topics, such as the increasing role of online research, ethical issues, data mining, customer relationship management, and how to conduct information-gathering activities more effectively in a rapidly changing business environment. This is the only text that includes a chapter on qualitative data analysis, and the coverage of quantitative data analysis is more extensive, and much easier to understand than in other texts. The book features a realistic continuing case throughout that enables students to see how business research information is used in the real world. It includes applied research examples in all chapters, as well as ethical dilemma mini cases, and exercises.
Qualitative Research in Business : a Practical Overview by 
Qualitative Research in Logistics and Supply Chain Management by
This ebook on qualitative research in supply chain management and logistics is of course about qualitative methods. But it is more than that; it is also about doing research that is qualitative in its essence. Qualitative research is not just about using for example interview data in a study, it is also about how one perceives qualitative data, the theoretical lens through which one conducts analyses, and the data analysis processes.
Qualitative research in the management field : expatriate return on investment in global firms by 
Research Methods for Business and Social Science Students by
Research Methods for Business and Social Science Students aims to present a clear discussion of the research methods employed in various disciplines related to our daily life problems. The theoretical basis of research methods is explained clearly and succinctly. Collecting data is a key part of the book and this includes both qualitative and quantitative methods of data collection, along with the advantages and disadvantages of each method. The book also describes in clear terms how students can analyse data, interpret results and link these to the literature review and hence their own contribution. It sets out a range of fundamental ideas in research methods, such as deductivism and inductivism, and explains why methodology is not the same as method. In this second edition every chapter has been re-written to be more readable and also to include more examples. The authors have also added a real student research proposal and a multiple-choice test with answers for the readers to test their own understanding of the ideas in the book. The book has been designed to illustrate research tools in a clear and accessible manner through chapters on such topics as formulating research, research design, data analysis and writing up the research results.
The SAGE handbook of qualitative business and management research methods by Operations and Product Management
This course will introduce you to the value created by operations in any business organizations. In this course, you will learn the exciting concepts from how the products and services are born and created to how products and services are able to reach the end customers. The most exciting part of the course is that you will enhance your critical thinking skills and develop your technical competencies in solving operations problems using different models and theories.
An Introduction to Operations Management : the joy of operations by
An Introduction to Operations Management: The Joy of Operations covers the core topics of operations management, including product and service design, processes, capacity planning, forecasting, inventory, quality, supply chain management, and project management. Das provides a clear, connected, and current view of operations management and how it relates to a firm's strategic goals. Students will benefit from the real-world scenarios that foster an understanding of operations management tasks. Without relying heavily on statistics and mathematical derivations, the book offers applied models and a simple, predictable chapter format to make it easy to navigate. Students of introductory operations management courses will love this practical textbook. A companion website features an instructor's manual with test questions, as well as additional exercises and examples for in-class use.
Matching Supply with Demand : an introduction to operations management by 
OM 6 : Operations and supply chain management by
Learn operations and supply chain management YOUR way with OM! Whether you choose print only, online only, or a print with online OM combination, you get cutting-edge coverage that reflects the latest research and practices from the field. OM6's easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually engaging chapters as well as tear-out Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, OM Online allows easy exploration of OM topics anywhere, anytime -- including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits(tm) from interactive content as you go so you can more easily remember key concepts. Then use preset study resources or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker -- all in one place and at an affordable price!
Operations and Supply Chain Management : the core by 
Operations Management, 1e by
Cachon 1e is designed for undergraduate students taking an introductory course in operations management. This text will share many of the strengths of Matching Supply with Demand: An Introduction to Operations Management (3e). Operations Management by Cachon comprehensively spans the relevant domain of topics, is accessible to a typical undergraduate student (i.e., limited real world business experience), incorporates the latest research and knowledge, and provides thorough pedagogical support for instructors along with innovative learning support for students. Connect is the only integrated learning system that empowers students by continuously adapting to deliver precisely what they need, when they need it, and how they need it, so that your class time is more engaging and effective.
Operations management : sustainability and supply chain management by OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT in the SUPPLY CHAIN: DECISIONS & CASES by
Operations Management in the Supply Chain: Decisions and Cases is an ideal book for the instructor seeking a short text with cases. This book employs a cross-functional perspective that emphasizes strategy and critical thinking, appealing to non-majors and practical for use in an MBA level or undergraduate course in operations management. The size and focus of the book also make the text attractive for the cross-functional curriculum where students are required to purchase more than one text. The eighteen cases offer variety in length and rig∨ and several are from Ivey, Stanford, and Darden. This mix makes the book appropriate for both undergraduates and MBA students.
The Oxford Handbook of Management by
Management - the pursuit of objectives through the organization and co-ordination of people - has been and is a core feature, and function, of modern society. Some "classic" forms of corporate and bureaucratic management may come to be seen as a prevalent form of organization and organizing inthe 20th century, and in the post-Fordist, global, knowledge driven contemporary world we are seeing different patterns, principles, and styles of management as old models are questioned.The functions, ideologies, practices, and theories of management have changed over time, as recorded by many scholars; and may vary according to different models of organization; and between different cultures and societies. Whilst the administrative, corporate, or factory manager may be a figure onthe wane, management as an ethos, organizing principle, culture, and field of academic teaching and research has increased dramatically in the last half century, and spread throughout the world.The purpose of this Handbook is to analyse and explore the evolution of management; the core functions and how they may have changed; its position in the culture/zeitgeist of modern society; the institutions and ideologies that support it; and likely challenges and changes in the future.This book looks at what management is, and how this may change over time. It provides an overview of management - its history, development, context, changing function in organization and society, key elements and functions, and contemporary and future challenges.
Production Management : advanced tools, models, and applications for pull systems by
Inventory control is an essential task in production management. An effective inventory control can significantly reduce the holding cost and hence, total production cost. Selecting and implementing a suitable production control system plays an important role in inventory reduction and performance improvement of a production system. Since the introduction of Toyota's just-in-time philosophy, pull control systems have been adopted by numerous companies worldwide, both in the manufacturing and service sectors. This book provides some recent developments in production management and presents modeling and analysis tools for pull production control systems. It contributes by combining theoretical findings and case study analysis results with a practical and contemporary view on how to effectively manage and control production systems. Each chapter in this book focuses on a specific topic in production control systems, allowing readers to identify the chapters that relate to their interests. More specifically, the book is presented in three sections. The first section focuses on the design and implementation aspects of the pull production control systems, as well as performance evaluation approaches for pull systems. The second section presents a recent and comprehensive literature review. Three different case studies on implementation of pull production control systems are presented in the last section. This book can be used as an essential source for students and scholars who need to specifically study the pull control systems. Since the superiority of these systems is controversial, the book can also provide an interesting and informative read for practitioners, managers, and employees who need to deepen their knowledge on pull production management systems.
Service Operations Management : the total experience by
Building on the foundations of the first edition, this comprehensive textbook remains a vital tool for postgraduate students seeking to understand the principles of service operations management, and for undergraduate students specializing in hospitality, tourism and public sector management.With services accounting for 70 percent of employment and growth in our economy, this textbook explains what is needed to ensure the most efficient and effective service operations are delivered. Covering not-for-profit agencies, charities, Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) and utilities alongside finance, healthcare and commercial companies, this guide explores the essentials of service operations management with its innovative approach to delivering customers' imperatives in services.Written in a clear and accessible manner this updated second edition:* takes an increased international perspective on service operations* is updated to reflect the most significant changes in service operations management, and to provide enhanced coverage of areas touched on in the first edition* includes new and updated international case studies in each chapter, reflecting the increased globalization of service operations, with internationalizing updates to include content suitable for a global audience* covers mobile technology and presents the author's own research embracing big data analytics and neurolinguistics in building customer service systems * expands coverage of process-reengineering and service flows, business process assessments, and developing economies.
Operations and Product Management
This course will introduce you to the value created by operations in any business organizations. In this course, you will learn the exciting concepts from how the products and services are born and created to how products and services are able to reach the end customers. The most exciting part of the course is that you will enhance your critical thinking skills and develop your technical competencies in solving operations problems using different models and theories.
AWWA G410-18 Business Practices for Operation and Management by 
From Complexity in the Natural Sciences to Complexity in Operations Management Systems by
Although complexity makes up the very fabric of our daily lives and has been more or less addressed in a wide variety of knowledge fields, the approaches developed in the Natural Sciences and the results obtained over the past century have not yet permeated Management Sciences very much. The main features of the phenomena that the Natural Sciences deal with are: non-linear behavior, self-organization and chaos. They are analyzed with the framing of what is called "systems thinking", popularized by the mindset pertaining to cybernetics. All pioneers in systems thinking either had direct or indirect connections with Biology, which is the discipline considered complex par excellence by the public. When applying these concepts to Operations Management Systems and modeling organizations by BDI (Beliefs, Desires, Intentions) agents, the lack of predictability in the conduct of change management that is prone to bifurcations (tipping points) in terms of organizational structures and in forecasting future activities, reveals them to be ingrained in the interplay of complexity and chaos.
IMPROVE -- innovative modelling approaches for production systems to raise validatable efficiency : intelligent methods for the factory of the future by 
Next Generation Demand Management : people, process, analytics, and technology by
A practical framework for revenue-boosting supply chain management Next Generation Demand Management is a guidebook to next generation Demand Management, with an implementation framework that improves revenue forecasts and enhances profitability. This proven approach is structured around the four key catalysts of an efficient planning strategy: people, processes, analytics, and technology. The discussion covers the changes in behavior, skills, and integrated processes that are required for proper implementation, as well as the descriptive and predictive analytics tools and skills that make the process sustainable. Corporate culture changes require a shift in leadership focus, and this guide describes the necessary "champion" with the authority to drive adoption and stress accountability while focusing on customer excellence. Real world examples with actual data illustrate important concepts alongside case studies highlighting best-in-class as well as startup approaches. Reliable forecasts are the primary product of demand planning, a multi-step operational supply chain management process that is increasingly seen as a survival tactic in the changing marketplace. This book provides a practical framework for efficient implementation, and complete guidance toward the supplementary changes required to reap the full benefit. Learn the key principles of demand driven planning Implement new behaviors, skills, and processes Adopt scalable technology and analytics capabilities Align inventory with demand, and increase channel profitability Whether your company is a large multinational or an early startup, your revenue predictions are only as strong as your supply chain management system. Implementing a proven, more structured process can be the catalyst your company needs to overcome that one lingering obstacle between forecast and goal. Next Generation Demand Management gives you the framework for building the foundation of your growth.
Production Ergonomics : designing work systems to support optimal human performance by
Production ergonomics - the science and practice of designing industrial workplaces to optimize human well-being and system performance - is a complex challenge for a designer. Humans are a valuable and flexible resource in any system of creation, and as long as they stay healthy, alert and motivated, they perform well and also become more competent over time, which increases their value as a resource. However, if a system designer is not mindful or aware of the many threats to health and system performance that may emerge, the end result may include inefficiency, productivity losses, low working morale, injuries and sick-leave. To help budding system designers and production engineers tackle these design challenges holistically, this book offers a multi-faceted orientation in the prerequisites for healthy and effective human work. We will cover physical, cognitive and organizational aspects of ergonomics, and provide both the individual human perspective and that of groups and populations, ending up with a look at global challenges that require workplaces to become more socially and economically sustainable. This book is written to give you a warm welcome to the subject, and to provide a solid foundation for improving industrial workplaces to attract and retain healthy and productive staff in the long run.
Productivity and Organizational Management by
Effective work practices and good employee relations are a real necessity of nowadays organizations, as they can help to reduce absenteeism, turnover, organizational costs, conducting to high levels of commitment, effectiveness, performance as well as productivity. Addressing these questions, this book focuses on the implications of changes in productivity and organizational management, exploring models, tools and processes.
Rangeland systems : processes, management and challenges by 
Research Methods for Operations Management by
Research Methods for Operations Management, second edition is a toolkit of research approaches primarily for advanced students and beginner researchers but also a reference book for any researcher in OM. Many students begin their career in research limited by the one or few approaches taken by their department. The concise, accessible overviews found here equip them with an understanding of a variety of methods and how to use them, enabling them to tailor their research project to their own strengths and goals. The more seasoned researcher will find comprehensive descriptions and analyses on a wide variety of research approaches. This updated and enhanced edition responds to the latest developments in OM, including the growing prominence of services and production of intangible products, and the increasing use of secondary data and of mixed approaches. Alternative research approaches are included and explored to help with the early planning of research. This edition also includes expanded literature review and analysis to guide students towards the next steps in their reading, and more detailed step-by-step advice to tie theory with the researcher's own practice. Including contributions from an impressive range of the field's leading thinkers in OM research, this is a guide that no-one embarking on an OM research project should be without.
The course is a business education subject requirement for students in the BSBA programs which provides: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprises c) business and local taxes d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and e) BIR programs and important tax code provisions, including penalties for non- compliance and remedies provided for both the government and the taxpayer. You will acquire a working knowledge of applications relevant to taxpayers whether as
a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor.
Armstrong's Handbook of Performance Management : an evidence-based guide to delivering high performance by
Armstrong's Handbook of Performance Management addresses all areas of performance management, from performance pay and giving feedback to managing underperformers and having difficult conversations, so organizations can optimize staff performance. This fully updated and restructured 6th edition analyzes traditional as well as the latest developments in performance management including the shift from ratings and annual reviews. Veteran HR expert Michael Armstrong examines where these new approaches should be embraced and where traditional methods of performance management may be preferable. Packed with examples, exercises, checklists and new case studies from organizations such as Microsoft, IBM and Expedia, this book remains the most authoritative and engaging textbook on performance management. Supporting online resources for Armstrong's Handbook of Performance Management include an instructor's manual, a student's manual, lecture slides, a glossary of terms and a literature review.
Encyclopedia of Human Resource Management by
The Encyclopedia of Human Resource Management is an authoritative and comprehensive reference resource with almost 400 entries on core HR areas and key concepts. From age discrimination, to zero hours contracts, each entry reflects the views of an expert and authoritative author.The terms included vary from singular concepts such as performance appraisal and industrial conflict, to organisational behaviour terms including organisational culture and commitment; and broader management terms such a resourcing and management development. Each entry provides a list of references and further reading to enable the reader to gain a deeper awareness and understanding of each topic. This book is an ideal companion to a standard HRM textbook, and both undergraduate and postgraduate students will find it to be of value. It will also be useful for academic researchers, HR practitioners and policy specialists looking for a succinct expert summary of key HR concepts.
Extraordinary Influence : how great leaders bring out the best in others by
The age-old question for every leader--how do we bring out the best in those we lead? Anyone who has run a company, raised a family, lead an army, or coached a team struggles to find the key to help others excel and realize their potential. It is surprising how often we resort to criticism vs. an approach that actually results in a better worker and a better person. What if we could speak Words of Life that transform those under our influence and ignite fires of intrinsic motivation? What if those we lead found great purpose in what they do and worked at their jobs with all their heart? Isn't that what leaders, parents and teachers really want? Ultimately, don't we hope to foster intrinsic motivation so that the individuals we lead become better employees, better students or better athletes? Recent discoveries of brain science and the wisdom of top CEO's that Dr. Tim Irwin interviewed for this book give us the answers we've long sought. In most organizations, the methods used to provide feedback to employees such as performance appraisal or multi-rater feedback systems, in fact, accomplish the exact opposite of what we intend. We inadvertently speak Words of Death. Brain science tells us that these methods tend to engage a natural "negativity bias" that is hardwired in us all. Science in recent years discovered that affirmation sets in motion huge positive changes in the brain. It releases certain neuro chemicals associated with well-being and higher performance. Amazingly, criticism creates just the opposite neural reaction. The most primitive part of the brain goes into hyper defense mode, compromising our performance, torpedoing our motivation and limiting access to our higher-order strengths. How do we redirect employees who are out-of-line without engaging our natural "negativity bias?" Leaders must forever ban the term, "Constructive Criticism." Brain science tells us that we can establish a connection between the employee's work and his or her aspirations. This book calls for a new approach to align workers with an organization's mission, strategy and goals, called Alliance Feedback.
The Global Human Resource Management Casebook by
This casebook is a collection of international teaching cases focusing on contemporary human resource management issues. Each case centers primarily on one country and illustrates a significant challenge faced by managers and HR practitioners, helping students to understand how the issues they learn about in class play out in the real world. The cases emphasize the national and cultural contexts of HR management, providing readers with a global understanding of employee motivation, reward systems, recruitment and selection, career development, and more. In this edition, the editors and authors have made significant updates to reflect recent developments in the field and cover a broader range of countries in Eastern Europe and Africa. The authors also delve into new industries like food service, clothing manufacturing, and transportation as well as IT and academia. Recommendations for further reading and relevant videos provide readers with practical insights into the modern HRM field. With more than 30 cases followed by questions and tasks to encourage reflection, this is a valuable companion for any student of human resource management.
Leading with Emotional Courage : how to have hard conversations, create accountability, and inspire action on your most important work by
The Wall Street Journal bestselling author of 18 Minutes unlocks the secrets of highly successful leaders and pinpoints the missing ingredient that makes all the difference You have the opportunity to lead: to show up with confidence, connected to others, and committed to a purpose in a way that inspires others to follow. Maybe it's in your workplace, or in your relationships, or simply in your own life. But great leadership--leadership that aligns teams, inspires action, and achieves results--is hard. And what makes it hard isn't theoretical, it's practical. It's not about knowing what to say or do. It's about whether you're willing to experience the discomfort, risk, and uncertainty of saying or doing it. In other words, the most critical challenge of leadership is emotional courage. If you are willing to feel everything, you can do anything. Leading with Emotional Courage, based on the author's popular blogs for Harvard Business Review, provides practical, real-world advice for building your emotional courage muscle. Each short, easy to read chapter details a distinct step in this emotional "workout," giving you grounded advice for handling the difficult situations without sacrificing professional ground. By building the courage to say the necessary but difficult things, you become a stronger leader and leave the "should'ves" behind. Theoretically, leadership is straightforward, but how many people actually lead? The gap between theory and practice is huge. Emotional courage is what bridges that gap. It's what sets great leaders apart from the rest. It gets results. It cuts through the distractions, the noise, and the politics to solve problems and get things done. This book is packed with actionable steps you can take to start building these skills now. Have the courage to speak up when others remain silent Be stable and grounded in the face of uncertainty Respond productively to opposition without getting distracted Weather others' anger without shutting down or getting defensive Leading with Emotional Courage coaches you to build your emotional courage, exercise it effectively, and create an environment in which people around you take accountability to get hard things done.
Managing Millennials for Dummies by
Everything you need to harness Millennial potential Managing Millennials For Dummies is the field guide to people-management in the modern workplace. Packed with insight, advice, personal anecdotes, and practical guidance, this book shows you how to manage your Millennial workers and teach them how to manage themselves. You'll learn just what makes them tick--they're definitely not the workers of yesteryear--and how to uncover the deeply inspirational talent they have hiding not far below the surface. Best practices and proven strategies from Google, Netflix, LinkedIn, and other top employers provide real-world models for effective management, and new research on first-wave versus second-wave Millennials helps you parse the difference between your new hires and more experienced workers. You'll learn why flex time, social media, dress code, and organizational structure are shifting, and answer the all-important question: why won't they use the phone? Millennials are the product of a different time, with different values, different motivations, and different wants--and in the U.S., they now make up the majority of the workforce. This book shows you how to bring out their best and discover just how much they're really capable of. Learn how Millennials are changing the way work gets done Understand new motivations, attitudes, values, and drive Recruit, motivate, engage, and retain incredible emerging talent Discover the keys to optimal Millennial management The pop culture narrative would have us believe that Millennials are entitled, lazy, spoiled brats--but the that couldn't be further from the truth. They are the generation of change: highly adaptive, bright, and quick to take on a challenge. Like any generation of workers, performance lies in management--if you're not getting what you need from your Millennials, it's time to learn how to lead them the way they need to be led. Managing Millennials For Dummies is your handbook for allowing them to exceed your expectations.
Managing the Millennials : discover the core competencies for managing today's workforce by
The Builders, Baby Boomers, Generation X, and Millennials--all make up workforces in every type of industry all over the world. The generational gaps are numerous and distinctly different between each age group, and Millennials have gotten a reputation for being particularly unique and often challenging. In this updated and expanded Second Edition of the popular guidebook Managing the Millennials, you'll see how Millennial traits are the same around the globe. In fact, Millennials are more alike than any other generation before them due in large part to rapid advances in technology that let us share more experiences together. These same rapid advances are also redefining the fundamental ways businesses operate, and this revised edition includes the international perspective today's valuable leadership needs to attract and retain these high-performing workers with very different values and expectations. With fresh research and new real-world examples, the powerhouse authorial team reexamines the differences between how different generations work today in businesses around the world, with insightful exploration into what makes the Millennial generation so different from the ones that came before. The authors reveal nine specific points of tension commonly arising from clashing value systems among generations and prescribe nine proven solutions to resolve conflict and build communication, nurture collaborative teams, and create long-lasting relationships among colleagues of every age. A wealth of informative tables and convenient end-of-chapter summaries make this an invaluable everyday reference to support you: Making the most informed decisions with up-to-date, research-based guidance on getting the most from twenty-something employees Executing solutions to the most common obstacles to younger workers engaging and learning from the people who manage them Enhancing your skills as a job coach with practical tips and hands-on tools for coaching Millennials, including concrete action steps for overcoming roadblocks Complete with case studies of real managers and employees interacting in every area of business, enlightening analysis of performance and behavioral patterns across generations, and easy-to-use techniques you can use right away to improve your organization, Managing the Millennials, Second Edition gives you everything you need to inspire your entire workforce to new levels of productivity.
Performance Management : a practical introduction by
Effective performance management is at the heart of organizational success, delivering able and motivated employees who are aligned to an organization's values and goals. Using a combination of case studies, interviews, tools and diagnostic questionnaires, Performance Management is a complete and practical guide to getting the best out of people and achieving positive organizational outcomes through successful performance management. It covers all areas of the subject, from objective-setting, giving feedback, measuring performance and managing underperformance and absence, to effectively integrating systems and processes into organizational and HR strategies. This second edition of Performance Management contains new material on the ethical focus of the topic, promoting employee wellbeing through performance management, and the future of the annual appraisal, as well as new case studies and examples from Deloitte, Jumeirah Hotels, the CIPD and Hilton. Supporting online resources consist of additional activities and guidance for further research on the topic. HR Fundamentals is a series of succinct, practical guides for students and those in the early stages of their HR careers. They are endorsed by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD), the UK professional body for HR and people development, which has over 145,000 members worldwide.
Practical tips for developing your staff by 
Resourcing and Talent Management by
Resourcing and Talent Management provides broad and accessible coverage of key topics such as employment markets, flexibility, fairness, diversity, human resource planning, recruitment, employer branding, retention and retirement. Including in-depth discussion of dismissals and redundancy, this textbook is the essential companion for the CIPD Level 7 Advanced Resourcing and Talent Management module. This fully updated 7th edition of Resourcing and Talent Management includes new information on social media and e-recruitment, additional discussion of flexible working and a brand new chapter on global resourcing. Including new international examples and case studies throughout this is essential reading for all students studying a resourcing, recruitment, selection or talent management module on HR or business masters degree. Online supporting resources for lecturers include an instructor's manual, lecture slides and feedback on exercises included in the book. There are also brand new student resources including multiple choice questions, reflective questions and further reading.
Studying Human Resource Management by
Written by experts in the field with a wealth of academic and practical experience, Studying Human Resource Management is essential reading for all those studying the CIPD Level 5 Intermediate qualification in HRM. With its discussion of studying HRM, managing and co-ordinating the HR function and business issues in the context of HR, this is also invaluable reading for all students on undergraduate HRM and Business and Management degrees. Studying Human Resource Management also has extensive coverage of developing professional practice and using information in HR and now includes additional material on the HR function as well as new coverage of the job of the HR manager. Supported by brand new online resources including videos, podcasts and interactive multiple-choice questions as well as an instructor's manual, lecture slides and additional case studies, this is a crucial book for all those teaching and studying human resource management.
Unlocking High Performance : how to use performance management to engage and empower employees to reach their full potential by
Traditional performance management processes are often ineffective in increasing workforce engagement and fostering a positive employer-employee relationship. The established method of annually scoring employees against a list of static objectives can make employees feel undervalued and frustrated and can hinder, rather than advance, staff development. Unlocking High Performance shows you how to transform this process to get the best out of your workforce. It presents a new model for performance management based on the three components of planning, cultivation and accountability, and situates this process within the wider aims of promoting work as a healthy relationship between employer and employee rather than a restrictive contract to be complied with. Unlocking High Performance equips you with the tools needed to create clear expectations and goals, deliver feedback effectively, and to develop a culture of coaching rather than criticism. This book also provides practical guidance on how to identify and remove obstacles, effectively manage underperformance, and how to get buy-in for change. Packed with tips, tools and examples from organizations including Vistaprint, NVIDIA and South Dakota State University, this book provides everything needed to design a performance management process which will improve employee experience, help them reach their full potential, and ultimately deliver exceptional business results.
The course is a business education subject requirement for students in the BSBA programs which provides: a) an overview of the Philippine tax system b) computation of income tax for individuals and business enterprises c) business and local taxes d) significant tax concepts such as tax evasion, tax avoidance and e) BIR programs and important tax code provisions, including penalties for non- compliance and remedies provided for both the government and the taxpayer. You will acquire a working knowledge of applications relevant to taxpayers whether as
a salary-earner, private practitioner, business person or as an investor.
Clash of the Generations : managing the new workplace reality by
Case studies and strategies for more effective multi-generational management Clash of the Generations explores this new and increasingly common workplace phenomenon, and provides strategies to help managers navigate this ever more complex maze. Traditionally, older workers would retire and make room for the next generation; instead, Baby Boomers are now prolonging their time in the workplace, yet the successive generations are still coming in. Senior leaders are now left to manage a blended workplace comprised of up to four generations--each with their own ideas of work ethic, work/life balance, long-term career goals, and much more. Management is challenging at the best of times, but the new prevalence of generation gaps--sometimes even layered--add an entirely new dimension to an already complex responsibility. This book presents case studies and interviews with representatives of companies with age-diverse workforces, detailing innovative strategies for smoothing out the bumps and helping everyone work together. Managers have long wished that their positions came with an instruction manual, and this book delivers with a host of effective inter-generational management strategies illustrated by real-world companies. Manage the multi-generation workplace more effectively Navigate the generational culture clash Adopt proven strategies for helping everyone get along Promote a more positive culture amidst clashing expectations Every generation in the workplace has value, each has their own strengths, their own weaknesses, and their own unique talents. Each is indispensable, and when they come together as a synergistic force, they can be unstoppable. Effective management means bringing out the best in your workforce, and the strategies presented in Clash of the Generations help you streamline your varied workforce into a team more valuable than the sum of its parts.
Communication Strategies for Managing Conflict : a guide for academic leaders by
The conflict management guide academic leaders have been searching for Communication Strategies for Managing Conflict gives academic leaders the tools and insight they need to effectively manage conflict affiliated with leading change and problematic faculty performance. Using case studies that bring typical issues to light, this book guides you through difficult situations with strategies and analyses of key issues, variables, and options. The real-life examples show you effective conflict management at work, and provide direct application to your own tricky leadership situations. You'll learn how to deal with difficult people, how to have difficult conversations, and how to successfully manage change in the face of departmental resistance. Written by an experienced academic leader, consultant, and writer, this practical guide provides the leadership training academics wish they already had. Successful conflict management is essential not just to departments, but to the entire institution. Senior leaders, faculty, and students all rely on you to smooth the change process and keep the department running smoothly. This book gives you a foundation in the critical skills for managing conflict when leading change and managing problem performance, and the insight to apply them appropriately. Communicate more effectively with students, parents, and faculty Navigate difficult conversations with tenured faculty more successfully Lead change more effectively Mentor and manage problem performance more effectively Keep faculty performing well and focused on the right priorities Most academic leaders come into their position reluctantly, with little or no preparation for the role, receive very little training or coaching, and are thus not equipped to manage conflict when it arises. Communication Strategies for Managing Conflict is a lively, readable, and practical guide that will prove useful in the most difficult and common departmental situations.
Corporate Talent Detection and Development by
Talent is not a matter of status, nor a sub-component of personality, nor a commodity that can be quantified or measured. This book consists of two parts. The first offers a fertile resource (epistemological and theoretical) to consider the notion of talent, as well as notions of potential, intelligence and business skills. The second part, in turn, investigates ten major families of talents (or "Natural Operating Modes"). From Marie Curie to Walt Disney, Hans Zimmer, Gabrielle Chanel and Claude Lévi-Strauss, the illustrations and examples are intended to be precise and demonstrative. Skills relating to observation, evaluation and elucidation are developed in detail and complemented with concrete examples. Both managers and employees can use this book to acquire the solid bases required to potentiate and develop their talents within their respective company and beyond.
Developing Information Leaders : Harnessing the Talents of Generation X by 
The life of Y : engaging millennials as employees and consumers by 
Managing the Millennials : discover the core competencies for managing today's workforce by
The Builders, Baby Boomers, Generation X, and Millennials--all make up workforces in every type of industry all over the world. The generational gaps are numerous and distinctly different between each age group, and Millennials have gotten a reputation for being particularly unique and often challenging. In this updated and expanded Second Edition of the popular guidebook Managing the Millennials, you'll see how Millennial traits are the same around the globe. In fact, Millennials are more alike than any other generation before them due in large part to rapid advances in technology that let us share more experiences together. These same rapid advances are also redefining the fundamental ways businesses operate, and this revised edition includes the international perspective today's valuable leadership needs to attract and retain these high-performing workers with very different values and expectations. With fresh research and new real-world examples, the powerhouse authorial team reexamines the differences between how different generations work today in businesses around the world, with insightful exploration into what makes the Millennial generation so different from the ones that came before. The authors reveal nine specific points of tension commonly arising from clashing value systems among generations and prescribe nine proven solutions to resolve conflict and build communication, nurture collaborative teams, and create long-lasting relationships among colleagues of every age. A wealth of informative tables and convenient end-of-chapter summaries make this an invaluable everyday reference to support you: Making the most informed decisions with up-to-date, research-based guidance on getting the most from twenty-something employees Executing solutions to the most common obstacles to younger workers engaging and learning from the people who manage them Enhancing your skills as a job coach with practical tips and hands-on tools for coaching Millennials, including concrete action steps for overcoming roadblocks Complete with case studies of real managers and employees interacting in every area of business, enlightening analysis of performance and behavioral patterns across generations, and easy-to-use techniques you can use right away to improve your organization, Managing the Millennials, Second Edition gives you everything you need to inspire your entire workforce to new levels of productivity.
Managing to Make a Difference : how to engage, retain, and develop talent for maximum performance by
A practical, real-world training manual for mid-level management Managing to Make a Difference presents a leadership guide for those in the middle. The C-suite has a wealth of resources for leadership guidance, but middle managers face a quandary: often given little guidance on how to excel, they are also under enormous pressure to do a variety of things other than "lead." This book provides much-needed tools and techniques for building a high-performing team--without letting your other duties suffer. Organized around a coherent philosophy and based on solid research, the discussion offers a roadmap to engagement, talent development, and excellence in management. From difficult situations and organizational challenges to everyday motivation and inspiration, these techniques help middle managers achieve the goals of their organization while empowering their workers to achieve their own. Talent development is probably not your full-time job--yet it drives the engagement that results in high performance. This book shows you how to hit the "sweet spot" of middle management, with a host of tools and strategies to help you help your team shine. Motivate, inspire, and lead your team with confidence Manage through challenges and overcome obstacles Develop key talent and maintain high engagement Adopt practical management tools based on substantiated research Most organizations direct the majority of their development resources to the C-suite, but still expect their mid-level managers to attract, engage, retain, and develop talent; but successfully juggling everyday duties while maintaining team performance and leading around roadblocks leaves little room for management planning. Managing to Make a Difference offers the solution in the form of tools, techniques, and practical strategy for a high performing team.
Not Everyone Gets a Trophy : how to manage the millenials by
Adapt your management methods to harness Millennial potential Not Everyone Gets a Trophy: How to Manage the Millennials provides employers with a workable game plan for turning Millennials into the stellar workforce they have the potential to be. The culmination of over two decades of research, this book provides employers with a practical framework for engaging, developing, and retaining the new generation of employees. This new revised and updated edition expands the discussion to include the new 'second-wave' Millennials, those Tulgan refers to as 'Generation Z,' and explores the ways in which these methods and tactics are becoming increasingly critical in the face of the profoundly changing global workforce. Baby Boomers are aging out and the newest generation is flowing in. Savvy employers are proactively harnessing the talent and potential these younger workers bring to the table. This book shows how to become a savvy employer and. . . Understand the generational shift occurring in the workplace Recruit, motivate, engage, and retain the newest new young workforce Discover best practices through proven strategies, case studies, and step-by-step instructions Explore new research on the second-wave Millennials ('Generation Z') as well as continuing research on the first-wave Millennials ('Generation Y') Teach Millennials how to manage themselves, help their managers manage them, and how to become new leaders themselves It's not your imagination--Millennial workers are different, but that difference is shaped by the same forces that make potentially exceptional workers. Employers who can engage Millennials' passion and loyalty have great things ahead. Not Everyone Gets a Trophy is your handbook for building the next great workforce.
People Analytics in the Era of Big Data by
Apply predictive analytics throughout all stages of workforce management People Analytics in the Era of Big Data provides a blueprint for leveraging your talent pool through the use of data analytics. Written by the Global Vice President of Business Intelligence and Predictive Analytics at Monster Worldwide, this book is packed full of actionable insights to help you source, recruit, acquire, engage, retain, promote, and manage the exceptional talent your organization needs. With a unique approach that applies analytics to every stage of the hiring process and the entire workforce planning and management cycle, this informative guide provides the key perspective that brings analytics into HR in a truly useful way. You're already inundated with disparate employee data, so why not mine that data for insights that add value to your organization and strengthen your workforce? This book presents a practical framework for real-world talent analytics, backed by groundbreaking examples of workforce analytics in action across the U.S., Canada, Europe, Asia, and Australia. Leverage predictive analytics throughout the hiring process Utilize analytics techniques for more effective workforce management Learn how people analytics benefits organizations of all sizes in various industries Integrate analytics into HR practices seamlessly and thoroughly Corporate executives need fact-based insights into what will happen with their talent. Who should you hire? Who should you promote? Who are the top or bottom performers, and why? Who is at risk to quit, and why? Analytics can provide these answers, and give you insights based on quantifiable data instead of gut feeling and subjective assessment. People Analytics in the Era of Big Data is the essential guide to optimizing your workforce with the tools already at your disposal.
Performance management : towards organizational excellence by 
Skills Management by
Managing skills is at the core of Human Resources Management. Based on previous literature and realized with researchers from Magellan, the Research Center in Management of iaeLyon, Skills Management examines how skills can be analyzed at the individual and collective levels, and investigates the focus on different types of skills - including technical, soft, learning, leadership and emotional skills. The book examines how skills management is applied in various contexts and for various populations, cultures and profiles, with examples ranging from middle managers having to develop organizational skills in a changing environment, to engineers having to develop soft skills beyond their technical skills; from police officers developing emotional skills, to the new skills that are needed when a hospital introduces a new approach to shared leadership. In the concluding chapter, this book also investigates how it is sometimes difficult to focus on skills development when organization needs are focused on flexibility.
This course shows you how to manage a business venture or project, using various tools and techniques. It outlines step by step how you will handle and monitor each phase of the project, in view of its objectives. You will examine every project activity relevant to the project outcome within quantitative and qualitative perspectives. These include project integration, project scope, time management, cost management, and project control. You will use hands-on methods to critically assess factors related to human resource management, risk management, quality management, procurement management, communications management, and professional responsibility. You will subsequently design a project plan based on a project of your choice, and justify how your findings are useful in forming your recommendations on the various scenarios that your project may face.
Contemporary Project Management : organize, lead, plan, perform by
Learn to master the most proven methods in project management as well as exciting new techniques emerging from current industry and today's most recent research with Kloppenborg's CONTEMPORARY PROJECT MANAGEMENT, 4E. This edition introduces time-tested manual techniques and progressive automated techniques, all consistent with the latest PMBOK® Guide and standards and integrated with Microsoft® Project 2016. The book's focused approach is ideal for building strong portfolios that showcase project management skills for future interviews. All content is consistent with the knowledge areas and processes of the 6th edition of the PMBOK® Guide to give you an advantage as you prepare to become a Certified Associate in Project Management (CAPM®) or Certified Project Management Professional (PMP®), if desired.
The Entrepreneurial Project Manager by
Doing more with less is a skill mastered by entrepreneurs. Budgets are tight, deadlines are short, and time is of the essence. Entrepreneurial project managers use these parameters to their benefit. Hurdling over obstacles with the bare minimum of effort makes their projects and teams stand out. Focusing inward to develop the skills and mindset necessary to accomplish anything with anyone sets an entrepreneurial project manager apart from the group. This book builds on the basics of project management knowledge with tools and techniques to get you as well as your projects and teams performing on an advanced level. No matter your industry or experience level, this book gives you practical ways to improve any project. More importantly, it shows how you can improve your own performance. The biggest improvements a project manager can make are about him- or herself. Personal limitations can be the hardest obstacle to overcome, and this book explains how to overcome them. The techniques have been tried and tested by the author who shares them with you in this book. Whether in your projects or career, all the right things can be said and done, yet the results are always unpredictable. We all have little control over events. This book's tools and techniques give you the ability to handle anything that may come your way. Entrepreneurs are constantly changing and adapting to the world around them. They must stay cutting-edge to make their businesses thrive. This book explains how to take a cutting-edge approach to project management. The goal is to take your technical skills as a project manager, add the elements of an entrepreneur, and create a high-powered team around you as well as become the best project manager you can be.
Fundamentals of Project Management by
Having already sold more than 200,000 copies and helped generations of project managers navigate the ins and outs of every aspect of successful project management, this revised fifth edition of Fundamentals of Project Management remains the perfect resource for succeeding in this complex discipline that has changed greatly in recent years. Fully updated in accordance with the latest version of the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK®), this all-encompassing book contains new information and expanded coverage on topics including estimating; stakeholder management; procurement management; creating a communication plan; project closure; requirements for PMP certification; and much more. Readers will also learn how to:* Clarify project goals and objectives* Develop a work breakdown in structure* Create a project risk plan* Produce a realistic schedule* Manage change requests* Control and evaluate progress at every stageChock full of tools, techniques, examples, and instructive exercises, don't go one more day without equipping yourself with what PM World Journal calls " . . . a great resource for helping a project manager or other team member to learn new tools and techniques or refresh their knowledge."
Project management : a managerial approach by 
Project Management : a systems approach to planning, scheduling, and controlling by
THE #1 GUIDE FOR STUDENTS AND PROFESSIONALS, NOW UPDATED FOR THE LATEST TRENDS AND EMERGING ISSUES Project Management, or the "Project Management bible" as it's widely known, provides practical guidance on all aspects of project management. It features a streamlined approach to PM functions without stinting on detailed coverage of the tools and methods used at all stages of a project. This 12th Edition has been updated to reflect industry changes and features in-depth coverage of emerging topics, including global stakeholder management, causes of failure, agile project management, project governance failure, customer approval milestones, classifying project metrics, and more. Also, supplementary materials are available for students, professionals, and instructors. Understand organizational structures and project management functions Learn how to control costs, manage risk, and analyze trade-offs Examine different methods used for planning, scheduling, QA, and more Work effectively with customers and stakeholders from around the globe As projects increase in scope and complexity, managing them across time zones, language barriers, and technology platforms requires a systematic approach that accounts for every detail. All the more reason to keep Project Management, 12th Edition within arm's reach throughout all stages of the projects you manage.
Project Management : Case Studies by
THE #1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT CASE STUDIES BOOK NOW FEATURING NEW CASES FROM DISNEY, THE OLYMPICS, AIRBUS, BOEING, AND MORE After on-the-job experience, case studies are the most important part of every project manager's training. This Fifth Edition of Project Management Case Studies features more than one hundred case studies that detail projects at high-profile companies around the world. These cases offer you a unique opportunity to experience, first-hand, project management in action within a variety of contexts and up against some of the most challenging conditions any project manager will likely face. New to this edition are case studies focusing on agile and scrum methodologies. Contains 100-plus case studies from companies that illustrate both successful and not-so-successful project management Represents an array of industries, including medical and pharmaceutical, aerospace, entertainment, sports, manufacturing, finance, telecommunications, and more Features 18 new case studies, including high-profile cases from Disney, the Olympics, Boeing 787 Dreamliner, and Airbus 380 Follows and supports preparation for the Project Management Professional (PMP)® Certification Exam Experienced PMs, project managers in training, and students alike will find this book to be an indispensable resource whether used as a standalone or combined with the bestselling Project Management: A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling, and Controlling, 12th Edition. PMI, CAPM, PMBOK, PMP and Project Management Professional are registered marks of the Project Management Institute, Inc.
Project management : the managerial process by 
Project Management JumpStart by
An informative introduction for those considering a career in project management Project Management JumpStart offers a clear, practical introduction to the complex world of project management, with an entertaining approach based on real-world application. Fully revised to align with a Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge -PMBOK Guide©, 6th edition, this book provides an overview of the field followed by an exploration of current best practices. The practical focus facilitates retention by directly linking critical concepts to your everyday work, while the close adherence to PMBOK guidelines makes this book the perfect starting point for those considering certification to earn either PMP or CompTIA Project+ credentials. Project management is a top-five, in-demand skill in today's workplace, and the demand has spread far beyond IT to encompass nearly every industry; any organization that produces goods or services, whether for profit or not, has a vested interest in ensuring that projects are completed on time, on budget, and to the satisfaction of the client--this is the heart of the project management function. Let Kim Heldman, bestselling author of PMP Study Guide and CompTIA Project+ Study Guide, walk you through the basic principles and practices to help you build a strong foundation for further training. Understand current project management methods and practices Explore project management from a practical perspective Delve into illustrative examples that clarify complex issues Test your understanding with challenging study questions Trillions of dollars are invested in various projects around the world each year, and companies have learned that investing in qualified project management professionals pays off in every aspect of the operation. If you're considering a career in project management, Project Management JumpStart provides an excellent introduction to the field and clear direction for your next steps.
Successful Project Management by
Master everything you need to work successfully in today's project management environment with SUCCESSFUL PROJECT MANAGEMENT, 7E. This best-selling book details how to organize and manage project teams -- from planning and scheduling to cost management.Each chapter aligns with PMBOK (Project Management Body of Knowledge) to ensure best practices. The book covers the latest business challenges, including project constraints, stakeholder concerns, the project charter, and how projects support strategic plans.Learn the keys to effective communication and discover how project management applies in the workplace with new cases and real-world vignettes. End-of-chapter and Internet exercises review concepts critical to project management. New MindTap digital resources provide videos, quizzes, and case animations. You work with the latest, popular project management software: Microsoft® Project 2016, available on the website. Find everything you need to manage projects in business today.
This course shows you how to manage a business venture or project, using various tools and techniques. It outlines step by step how you will handle and monitor each phase of the project, in view of its objectives. You will examine every project activity relevant to the project outcome within quantitative and qualitative perspectives. These include project integration, project scope, time management, cost management, and project control. You will use hands-on methods to critically assess factors related to human resource management, risk management, quality management, procurement management, communications management, and professional responsibility. You will subsequently design a project plan based on a project of your choice, and justify how your findings are useful in forming your recommendations on the various scenarios that your project may face.
Agile Project Management for Business Transformational Success by
This book is intended to provide project management office (PMO) executives' practical information to promote enterprise Agile for business value compatibility within their organization. The primary benefit of this book is to promote a sense of common purpose and collaboration between the project delivery and the organization. Agile project delivery methods are adaptable to the emergence of unknown requirements identified in the later part of the project delivery lifecycle. The key success factor is direct business participation and collaboration to ensure that a business focus determines the output. Agile promotes innovation and creates synergies through a business focus viewing technology deployments as a catalyst for change rather than the final objective. Technology investments implemented through Agile processes result in improved market leadership, organizational alignment, and resource efficiency delivering competitive advantage.
Co-Create : Harnessing the Human Element in Project Management by 
The Complete Software Project Manager : mastering technology from planning to launch and beyond by
Your answer to the software project management gap The Complete Software Project Manager: From Planning to Launch and Beyond addresses an interesting problem experienced by today's project managers: they are often leading software projects, but have no background in technology. To close this gap in experience and help you improve your software project management skills, this essential text covers key topics, including: how to understand software development and why it is so difficult, how to plan a project, choose technology platforms, and develop project specifications, how to staff a project, how to develop a budget, test software development progress, and troubleshoot problems, and what to do when it all goes wrong. Real-life examples, hints, and management tools help you apply these new ideas, and lists of red flags, danger signals, and things to avoid at all costs assist in keeping your project on track. Companies have, due to the nature of the competitive environment, been somewhat forced to adopt new technologies. Oftentimes, the professionals leading the development of these technologies do not have any experience in the tech field--and this can cause problems. To improve efficiency and effectiveness, this groundbreaking book offers guidance to professionals who need a crash course in software project management. Review the basics of software project management, and dig into the more complicated topics that guide you in developing an effective management approach Avoid common pitfalls by perusing red flags, danger signals, and things to avoid at all costs Leverage practical roadmaps, charts, and step-by-step processes Explore real-world examples to see effective software project management in action The Complete Software Project Manager: From Planning to Launch and Beyond is a fundamental resource for professionals who are leading software projects but do not have a background in technology.
Effective Project Management : Traditional, Agile, Extreme by
The popular guide to the project management body of knowledge, now fully updated Now in its eighth edition, this comprehensive guide to project management has long been considered the standard for both professionals and academics, with nearly 40,000 copies sold in the last three editions! Well-known expert Robert Wysocki has added four chapters of new content based on instructor feedback, enhancing the coverage of best-of-breed methods and tools for ensuring project management success. With enriched case studies, accompanying exercises and solutions on the companion website, and PowerPoint slides for all figures and tables, the book is ideal for instructors and students as well as active project managers. Serves as a comprehensive guide to project management for both educators and project management professionals Updated to cover the new PMBOK® Sixth Edition Examines traditional, agile, and extreme project management techniques; the Enterprise Project Management Model; and Kanban and Scrumban methodologies Includes a companion website with exercises and solutions and well as PowerPoint slides for all the figures and tables used Written by well-known project management expert Robert Wysocki Effective Project Management, Eighth Edition remains the comprehensive resource for project management practitioners, instructors, and students. (PMBOK is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.)
Leveraging Business Analysis for Project Success by
Only 39 percent of projects today are successful. Nearly half of the projects that fail do so because of "poor requirements management" (PMI 2014). Leveraging Business Analysis for Project Success, Second Edition explores the role of the business analyst in setting a project up for success. It informs and educates project managers, sponsors, and organization leaders on what is necessary for project success. This book goes beyond requirements management in exploring how business analysis professionals (business analysts, product managers, product owners, and others) can contribute to increased profitability through project selection, scope definition, and postimplementation evaluation. The reader will learn about the history of business analysis, professional organizations and resources to support the profession, and what to expect from the business analysis professional at each phase of the project lifecycle as presented in a case study throughout the book. Project leaders will better be able to support the business analysis needs of the project by understanding the skills, expertise, tasks, resources, and time needed to do business analysis right and maximize the return on investment for each project.
The Multiple Facets of Innovation Project Management : Linking Theory and Practice. by
For firms and other organizations, innovation has become a means of anticipating and managing major changes in their external context and overcoming societal challenges such as sustainable development. As a result, they must innovate repeatedly and continuously. This book explores the multiple facets of innovation project management, defined as the set of activities implemented to bring into being and successfully complete one or several innovation projects. It combines research experience, in cooperation with practitioners, and a theoretical, transversal and global overview inspired from different research streams. The author develops methodologies and frameworks that might be put into practice, provides a case study of research conducted with an air systems manufacturing firm, and outlines avenues for further reflection on innovation project management practice improvement.
Project and Program Management : a competency-based approach by
Choosing the right people tocarry out a project is essential to its success. When multiple projects arecombined into a complex program, the human aspect becomes even more important.This book is the first to truly balance a complete account of the technicalaspects of project and program management with a practical approach tounderstanding and developing the core competencies required to accomplishdesired goals. On the technical side, this bookis a complete introduction to predicting costs, setting schedules, andassessing risks. On the people side, it sheds new light on how to molddifferent personality types into a team, how to motivate the team's members, andhow to produce extraordinary results. The author details the essential parts ofthe program management approach, describing the best way to define, organize,and schedule the work to be done, identifying risks and controlling costsduring the whole process. This fourth edition hasbeen significantly revised, with every chapter updated. The volume considersthe magnitude of recent social, political, and technological changes, and theimpact is represented throughout this book. Included are insights from numerousstudents who bring to the forefront their current real-world practices fromtheir individual businesses, industries, and disciplines.
Project Management JumpStart by
An informative introduction for those considering a career in project management Project Management JumpStart offers a clear, practical introduction to the complex world of project management, with an entertaining approach based on real-world application. Fully revised to align with a Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge -PMBOK Guide©, 6th edition, this book provides an overview of the field followed by an exploration of current best practices. The practical focus facilitates retention by directly linking critical concepts to your everyday work, while the close adherence to PMBOK guidelines makes this book the perfect starting point for those considering certification to earn either PMP or CompTIA Project+ credentials. Project management is a top-five, in-demand skill in today's workplace, and the demand has spread far beyond IT to encompass nearly every industry; any organization that produces goods or services, whether for profit or not, has a vested interest in ensuring that projects are completed on time, on budget, and to the satisfaction of the client--this is the heart of the project management function. Let Kim Heldman, bestselling author of PMP Study Guide and CompTIA Project+ Study Guide, walk you through the basic principles and practices to help you build a strong foundation for further training. Understand current project management methods and practices Explore project management from a practical perspective Delve into illustrative examples that clarify complex issues Test your understanding with challenging study questions Trillions of dollars are invested in various projects around the world each year, and companies have learned that investing in qualified project management professionals pays off in every aspect of the operation. If you're considering a career in project management, Project Management JumpStart provides an excellent introduction to the field and clear direction for your next steps.
Project Management Metrics, KPIs, and Dashboards : a guide to measuring and monitoring project performance by
Harold Kerzner's essential strategies on measuring project management performance With the growth of complex projects, stakeholder involvement, and advancements in visual-based technology, metrics and KPIs (key performance indicators) are key factors in evaluating project performance. Dashboard reporting systems provide accessible project performance data, and sharing this vital data in a concise and consistent manner is a key communication responsibility of all project managers. This third edition of Kerzner's groundbreaking work, Project Management Metrics, KPIs, and Dashboards: A Guide to Measuring and Monitoring Project Performance, helps functional managers gain a thorough grasp of what metrics and KPIs are and how to use them. Plus, this edition includes new sections on processing dashboard information, portfolio management PMO and metrics, and BI tool flexibility. * Offers comprehensive coverage of the different dashboard types, design issues, and applications Provides full-color dashboards from some of the most successful project management companies, including IBM, Microsoft, and others Aligns with PMI's PMBOK® Guide and stresses value-driven project management PPT decks are available by chapter and a test bank will be available for use in seminar presentations and courses Get ready to bolster your awareness of what good metrics management really entails today--and be armed with the knowledge to measure performance more effectively.
Project Teams by
Projects generally require skills and effort from multiple disciplines to develop project deliverables. Projects are executed in teams, as project tasks require multiple skills, judgment, and experience. Project teams roles should be assigned based on strengths of individuals. Project team process is a mediating mechanism linking variables such as members, team, and organizational characteristics that include structure, culture, supporting systems, performance and incentive systems, employee morality, and top management support. Team performance or teamwork is impacted by the structure of a team. Team structural characteristics include the number of team members, the status hierarchy, roles and responsibilities, and accepted norms for behaviors of individuals within the team. Further, understanding characteristics of virtual teams and their key attributes for improving global project performance are of critical importance. Social and behavioral skills that each person brings are important influencing factors in interactions with other team members and in forming a cohesive and productive team. Also, organization and national cultures influence their behaviors. Project Teams is an attempt to address all these topics in detail and offer a practical approach to managing projects successfully in the current business environment by including concepts, processes, techniques, and tools to manage and enhance performance of project teams and projects. This book would be meaningful for project management professionals and project managers in any organization and can be a useful resource for academic institutions in teaching management and project management disciplines.
Stakeholder-Led Project Management : Changing the Way We Manage Projects by
If stakeholders matter on projects, then they must make a difference to the way we plan, structure, and execute projects. This book provides a stakeholder-centric analysis of projects, and explains which engagement models are relevant to different types of projects--from simple office moves to IT enterprise changes, to transformational change of a business, and to complex social development. With case studies from around the world, the book illustrates what goes wrong when stakeholders are not engaged successfully, what amazing things happen when they are, and what lessons can be learned from both experiences. Cases drawn from a variety of contexts are used to demonstrate the application of stakeholder tools, leaving the reader with a very practical understanding of which techniques may be beneficially applied to their own projects. Key models introduced include the following: * The stakeholder-neutral to stakeholder-led project continuum * Role-based and agenda-based stakeholders * Purposeful communication--the 6-why model for communication * Power and influence in projects * The six principles of stakeholder engagement. This book is intended for project managers and those project staff involved in the engagement of stakeholders to deliver successful project outcomes.
Using the Project Management Maturity Model : strategic planning for project management by
The industry validated Project Management Maturity Model developed by Dr. Harold Kerzner--updated and expanded Using the Project Management Maturity Model offers assessment tools for organizations of all sizes to evaluate their progress in effectively integrating project management along the maturity curve. This Third Edition includes maturity metrics, examples of Project Management Maturity Model (PMMM) reports, a new chapter on the characteristics of effective PMMM, assessment questions that align with the PMBOK® Guide--Sixth Edition, all-new illustrations that define advanced levels of maturity, assessment tools for organizations using traditional PM methods, and detailed guidance for organizations using Agile and Scrum. Using the Project Management Maturity Model: Strategic Planning for Project Management, Third Edition is broken down into three major parts. The first part discusses the principles of strategic planning and how it relates to project management, the definition of project management maturity, and the need for customization. The second part details the Project Management Maturity Model (PMMM), which provides organizations with general guidance on how to perform strategic planning for project management. The third part of the book looks at some relatively new concepts in project management such as how assessments can be made to measure the firm's growth using PM 2.0 and PM 3.0. Features customizable maturity model assessment tools for organizations of all sizes Includes assessment questions updated to line up with PMBOK® Guide--6th Edition Offers detailed guidance on applying the maturity model for Agile and Scrum Includes PowerPoint decks to aid in teaching the maturity model Using the Project Management Maturity Model: Strategic Planning for Project Management, Third Edition is an ideal book for senior level and middle level corporate managers, project and team managers, engineers, project team members, and business consultants. It also benefits both business and engineering students in courses on advanced project management.
Special Topics in Operations Management
This is a reinforcement course in Operations Management and is designed to improve your effectiveness as a future operations manager and leader. This course will introduce you to frameworks for understanding organizations and organizational processes. Special topics will focus on the following sub-fields of operations management where managerial decisions are important: Operations scheduling. Lean and just-in-time (JIT) production, maintenance and reliability. Work measurement. The course will also introduce you to the emerging topics in Operations Management. Topics such as service management, healthcare operations management, and sustainable operations. Special emphasis will be given to mathematical modelling techniques, which integrate tools from optimization theory, dynamic programming, queuing theory, game theory, microeconomics and statistics, for analyzing operations of these systems and guiding their strategic/operational decisions.
An Introduction to Operations Management : the joy of operations by
An Introduction to Operations Management: The Joy of Operations covers the core topics of operations management, including product and service design, processes, capacity planning, forecasting, inventory, quality, supply chain management, and project management. Das provides a clear, connected, and current view of operations management and how it relates to a firm's strategic goals. Students will benefit from the real-world scenarios that foster an understanding of operations management tasks. Without relying heavily on statistics and mathematical derivations, the book offers applied models and a simple, predictable chapter format to make it easy to navigate. Students of introductory operations management courses will love this practical textbook. A companion website features an instructor's manual with test questions, as well as additional exercises and examples for in-class use.
Management of Supply Chain Operations by
This book, developed in collaboration with the Rutgers Center for Supply Chain Management and based upon research projects conducted with over 100 participating corporations, combines theory and practice in presenting the concepts necessary for strategic implementation of supply chain management techniques in a global environment. Coauthored by top teaching and research faculty and a senior industry executive, this academic/industry partnership ensures the relevance of the text in terms of both practical application and academic rigor.This book introduces students to the key drivers of supply chain performance, including demand forecasting, sales and operations planning, inventory control, capacity analysis, transportation models, supply chain integration, and project management and risk analysis. It is enhanced by real-life examples and case studies as well as strategies from best practices and a focus on social and economic impact. The content reaches beyond a traditional operations management text and draws on the extensive experience of the authors conducting industry projects through the Rutgers Center for Supply Chain Management. The input of senior business executives has been an invaluable asset in presenting a balanced knowledge of both quantitative models and qualitative insights.This book is suitable for courses at the MBA core level, MS in supply chain management level, upper undergraduate level, and also suitable for executive education.
Matching Supply with Demand : an introduction to operations management by OM 6 : Operations and supply chain management by
Learn operations and supply chain management YOUR way with OM! Whether you choose print only, online only, or a print with online OM combination, you get cutting-edge coverage that reflects the latest research and practices from the field. OM6�s easy-reference, paperback textbook presents course content through visually engaging chapters as well as tear-out Chapter Review Cards that consolidate the best review material into a ready-made study tool. With the textbook or on its own, OM Online allows easy exploration of OM topics anywhere, anytime -- including on your device! Collect your notes and create StudyBits� from interactive content as you go so you can more easily remember key concepts. Then use preset study resources or personalize the product through easy-to-use tags and filters to prioritize your study time. Make and review flashcards, review related content, and track your progress with Concept Tracker -- all in one place and at an affordable price!
The Operations Advantage : a practical guide to making operations work by
The study and practice of operations has shifted to reflect the new challenges and uncertainties of how to thrive in today's ever-changing world. The Operations Advantage identifies the most significant challenges to the practice of operations management and gives guidance on how businesses can respond. Leaders need to link the strategic objectives of the business clearly and logically to its operations performance objectives. The book presents a series of ten activities that will help them to do this and therefore make operations work better, such as designing and configuring internal processes and resourcing the operations appropriately. Based on the global teaching, training and consultancy conducted by the author, The Operations Advantage looks at the application of operations management across a range of sectors, including finance, healthcare, professional services, oil and gas industries. Although these diverse sectors require operations practitioners to apply knowledge in different ways, they essentially deal with the same set of processes. The book is an indispensable and unique guide for anyone with an operational role in any organization, as well as operations management students and academics.
Operations and Supply Chain Management : the core by Operations Management, 1e by
Cachon 1e is designed for undergraduate students taking an introductory course in operations management. This text will share many of the strengths of Matching Supply with Demand: An Introduction to Operations Management (3e). Operations Management by Cachon comprehensively spans the relevant domain of topics, is accessible to a typical undergraduate student (i.e., limited real world business experience), incorporates the latest research and knowledge, and provides thorough pedagogical support for instructors along with innovative learning support for students. Connect is the only integrated learning system that empowers students by continuously adapting to deliver precisely what they need, when they need it, and how they need it, so that your class time is more engaging and effective.
Operations management : sustainability and supply chain management by Service Operations Management : the total experience by
Building on the foundations of the first edition, this comprehensive textbook remains a vital tool for postgraduate students seeking to understand the principles of service operations management, and for undergraduate students specializing in hospitality, tourism and public sector management.With services accounting for 70 percent of employment and growth in our economy, this textbook explains what is needed to ensure the most efficient and effective service operations are delivered. Covering not-for-profit agencies, charities, Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) and utilities alongside finance, healthcare and commercial companies, this guide explores the essentials of service operations management with its innovative approach to delivering customers' imperatives in services.Written in a clear and accessible manner this updated second edition:* takes an increased international perspective on service operations* is updated to reflect the most significant changes in service operations management, and to provide enhanced coverage of areas touched on in the first edition* includes new and updated international case studies in each chapter, reflecting the increased globalization of service operations, with internationalizing updates to include content suitable for a global audience* covers mobile technology and presents the author's own research embracing big data analytics and neurolinguistics in building customer service systems * expands coverage of process-reengineering and service flows, business process assessments, and developing economies.
Special Topics in Operations Management
This is a reinforcement course in Operations Management and is designed to improve your effectiveness as a future operations manager and leader. This course will introduce you to frameworks for understanding organizations and organizational processes. Special topics will focus on the following sub-fields of operations management where managerial decisions are important: Operations scheduling. Lean and just-in-time (JIT) production, maintenance and reliability. Work measurement. The course will also introduce you to the emerging topics in Operations Management. Topics such as service management, healthcare operations management, and sustainable operations. Special emphasis will be given to mathematical modelling techniques, which integrate tools from optimization theory, dynamic programming, queuing theory, game theory, microeconomics and statistics, for analyzing operations of these systems and guiding their strategic/operational decisions.
E-Enabled Operations Management by
Although the theory of operations management has been presented in many textbooks published in the last two decades, the subject of e-enabled operations management is rather short of easily accessible literature. The approach to operations management described in this book is unusual with respect to what is found in standard textbooks. Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) impact the ways firms are organised and managed, and as a consequence change the practical means used to conduct business operations. The features of this book are threefold. System approach to business modelling: Business activities, controlling functions and associated information systems are described within a coherent analytical system framework allowing a clear understanding of the various current control and costing concepts. Operations costing is not usually included in textbooks as part of operations management, but it should be. Cost targeting has become an integral part of good practice of business management. Validity of models: Apparently simple models are analyzed in depth. Students must be fully aware of the assumptions made when models are formulated and of their conditions of validity. Applying a model implies automatically that assumptions of a sort are taken for granted. Logistics, procurement and quality management: These three business functions are critical key success factors for managing e-enabled supply chains from suppliers to customers. That is why their main tools are introduced in this document.
Financial Markets Operations Management by
A comprehensive text on financial market operations management Financial Market Operations Management offers anyone involved with administering, maintaining, and improving the IT systems within financial institutions a comprehensive text that covers all the essential information for managing operations. Written by Keith Dickinson--an expert on the topic--the book is comprehensive, practical, and covers the five essential areas of operations and management including participation and infrastructure, trade life cycle, asset servicing, technology, and the regulatory environment. This comprehensive guide also covers the limitations and boundaries of operational systems and focuses on their interaction with external parties including clients, counterparties, exchanges, and more. This essential resource reviews the key aspects of operations management in detail, including an examination of the entire trade life cycle, new issue distribution of bonds and equities, securities financing, as well as corporate actions, accounting, and reconciliations. The author highlights specific operational processes and challenges and includes vital formulae, spreadsheet applications, and exhibits. Offers a comprehensive resource for operational staff in financial services Covers the key aspects of operations management Highlights operational processes and challenges Includes an instructors manual, a test bank, and a solution manual This vital resource contains the information, processes, and illustrative examples needed for a clear understanding of financial market operations.
From Complexity in the Natural Sciences to Complexity in Operations Management Systems by
Although complexity makes up the very fabric of our daily lives and has been more or less addressed in a wide variety of knowledge fields, the approaches developed in the Natural Sciences and the results obtained over the past century have not yet permeated Management Sciences very much. The main features of the phenomena that the Natural Sciences deal with are: non-linear behavior, self-organization and chaos. They are analyzed with the framing of what is called "systems thinking", popularized by the mindset pertaining to cybernetics. All pioneers in systems thinking either had direct or indirect connections with Biology, which is the discipline considered complex par excellence by the public. When applying these concepts to Operations Management Systems and modeling organizations by BDI (Beliefs, Desires, Intentions) agents, the lack of predictability in the conduct of change management that is prone to bifurcations (tipping points) in terms of organizational structures and in forecasting future activities, reveals them to be ingrained in the interplay of complexity and chaos.
Research Methods for Operations Management by
Research Methods for Operations Management, second edition is a toolkit of research approaches primarily for advanced students and beginner researchers but also a reference book for any researcher in OM. Many students begin their career in research limited by the one or few approaches taken by their department. The concise, accessible overviews found here equip them with an understanding of a variety of methods and how to use them, enabling them to tailor their research project to their own strengths and goals. The more seasoned researcher will find comprehensive descriptions and analyses on a wide variety of research approaches. This updated and enhanced edition responds to the latest developments in OM, including the growing prominence of services and production of intangible products, and the increasing use of secondary data and of mixed approaches. Alternative research approaches are included and explored to help with the early planning of research. This edition also includes expanded literature review and analysis to guide students towards the next steps in their reading, and more detailed step-by-step advice to tie theory with the researcher's own practice. Including contributions from an impressive range of the field's leading thinkers in OM research, this is a guide that no-one embarking on an OM research project should be without.
RFID for the Supply Chain and Operations Professional, Second Edition by
RFID (radio-frequency identification) is increasing its presence in our personal and business lives--you name it and RFID is likely to be finding its way there. RFID has many advantages over other auto-ID technologies, including its ability to read tags at the item level while the items are still in boxes and pallets and out of line of sight. In addition, RFID tags are reusable, which helps reduce the costs associated with an RFID system. RFID is a technology that can provide decision makers with real-time information to result in better and timelier decisions. It can help increase efficiency, security, and asset control. This second edition contains updated information on the technology and its uses, new and updated examples, and a new case study. This book provides readers with no prior knowledge of RFID with the basics of the technology, guidelines for considering its use, examples of how RFID is being used effectively in a variety of organizations, and guidelines for implementing an RFID system.
Social Entrepreneurship, Responsibility & Sustainability
This course on social entrepreneurship, corporate social responsibility, and sustainability will introduce you to many problems and issues whereby companies could expand their focus to include the impact of their activities on diverse stakeholders. You deepen your understanding of the course in connecting business goals with societal expectations. It will also include the value of social entrepreneurship and sustainability as the way to prepare for the society in the future. Issues related to environment, health, poverty, sustainable development, globalization, and other issues in the present situation.
Handbook of Entrepreneurship and Sustainable Development Research by
Allying and expanding the diverse fields of entrepreneurship and sustainable development research is a modern day imperative. The Handbook of Entrepreneurship and Sustainable Development Research cuts through the different approaches and perspectives of the two fields to point the way ahead for research on sustainable entrepreneurship, outlining the motivation, intentions and impact of ecopreneurs in a local, national and global context. This Handbook paints an illuminating picture of the historic and current understanding of the bond between entrepreneurship and sustainable development. The authors explore the basic contradictions between the two fields and outline the transformative role entrepreneurship can play in achieving sustainable development. 45 expert researchers and their research communities from 16 countries across Europe, Africa, Australia and North America provide original and informative contributions on a variety of issues, from women's empowerment to climate change and organic farmers to ecotourism. With current and authorative contributions spanning the globe, this Handbook will inspire researchers, teachers and policy-makers to compose their own understanding and contribution on the fast expanding field of entrepreneurship and sustainable development.
Implementing Lean : converting waste to profit by
Lean is about building and improving stable and predictable systems and processes to deliver to customers high-quality products/services on time by engaging everyone in the organization. Combined with this, organizations need to create an environment of respect for people and continuous learning. It's all about people. People create the product or service, drive innovation, and create systems and processes, and with leadership buy-in and accountability to ensure sustainment with this philosophy, employees will be committed to the organization as they learn and grow personally and professionally. Lean is a term that describes a way of thinking about and managing companies as an enterprise. Becoming Lean requires the following: the continual pursuit to identify and eliminate waste; the establishment of efficient flow of both information and process; and an unwavering top-level commitment. The concept of continuous improvement applies to any process in any industry. Based on the contents of The Lean Practitioners Field Book, the purpose of this series is to show, in detail, how any process can be improved utilizing a combination of tasks and people tools and introduces the BASICS Lean(R) concept. The books are designed for all levels of Lean practitioners and introduces proven tools for analysis and implementation that go beyond the traditional point kaizen event. Each book can be used as a stand-alone volume or used in combination with other titles based on specific needs. Each book is chock-full of case studies and stories from the authors' own experiences in training organizations that have started or are continuing their Lean journey of continuous improvement. Contents include valuable lessons learned and each chapter concludes with questions pertaining to the focus of the chapter. Numerous photographs enrich and illustrate specific tools used in Lean methodology. Implementing Lean: Converting Waste to Profit explores implementation methods, line balancing methods, including baton zone or bumping, and implementing Lean in the office and machine shops. The goal of this book is to introduce the balance of the tools and how to proceed once the analysis is completed. There are many pieces to a Lean implementation and all of them are interconnected. This book walks through the relationships and how the data presented can be leveraged to prepare for the implementation. It also provides suggest solutions for improvements and making recommendations to management to secure their buy-in and approval.
Lean Impact : how to innovate for radically greater social good by
Despite enormous investments of time and money, are we making a dent on the social and environmental challenges of our time? What if we could exponentially increase our impact? Around the world, a new generation is looking beyond greater profits, for meaningful purpose. But, unlike business, few social interventions have achieved significant impact at scale. Inspired by the modern innovation practices, popularized by bestseller The Lean Startup, that have fueled technology breakthroughs touching every aspect of our lives, Lean Impact turns our attention to a new goal - radically greater social good. Social change is far more complicated than building a new app. It requires more listening, more care, and more stakeholders. To make a lasting difference, solutions must be embraced by beneficiaries, address root causes, and include an engine that can accelerate growth to reach the scale of the need. Lean Impact offers bold ideas to reach audacious goals through customer insight, rapid experimentation and iteration, and a relentless pursuit of impact. Ann Mei Chang brings a unique perspective from across sectors, from her years as a tech executive in Silicon Valley to her most recent experience as the Chief Innovation Officer at USAID. She vividly illustrates the book with real stories from interviews with over 200 organizations across the US and around the world. Whether you are a nonprofit, social enterprise, triple bottom line company, foundation, government agency, philanthropist, impact investor, or simply donate your time and money, Lean Impact is an essential guide to maximizing social impact and scale.
Matching supply with demand : an introduction to operations management by
Summary"This book represents our view of the essential body of knowledge for an introductory operations management course. It has been successfully used with all types of students, from freshmen taking an introductory course in operations management, to MBAs, to executive MBAs, and even PhD students"-- Provided by publisher.
Research Handbook on Small Business Social Responsibility : global perspectives by
Ideas like corporate social responsibility (CSR) and stakeholder value creation are becoming second nature to businesses across the globe. Addressing the weakness of current CSR research, this Research Handbook provides a unique perspective on small business social responsibility in both the developed and developing world.Bringing together leading international experts, and including a foreword by R. Edward Freeman, this Research Handbook defines and contextualizes CSR in small businesses across the globe. It explores issues surrounding supply chains, responsible finance, and social enterprise, offering both practitioner insights and succinct case studies to go beyond the usual Western perspective and enable a globally relevant understanding of small business social responsibility.This Research Handbook will be an invaluable tool for researchers and educators, as well as for students of business and CSR, social enterprise, development and management.
Scaling Global Change : a social entrepreneur's guide to surviving the start-up phase and driving impact by
Grow your start-up into a global influence with real-world impact Scaling Global Change provides social entrepreneurs with the strong organizational foundation they need to change the world. Through the story of Room to Read, one of the fastest-growing nonprofits in the last 18 years, this book features clear, real-world lessons for growing a non-profit or social enterprise, with special insight into girls' education and literacy programming in lower-income countries. By outlining theories of program, operational, and system-level change, the discussion delves into the meat of the entrepreneurial spirit and applies it directly to everyday strategic decisions. The book begins with an overview of essential communication, vision, and execution fundamentals, and then dives into a discussion of metrics, monitoring, planning, leadership, and more. Clear guidance on internal operations, fundraising, team building, management, and other central topics provides a roadmap for new and experienced leaders, while further exploration of influence, strategy, and government funding relates the wisdom of experience from the perspective of a successful organization. Cross the chasm from start-up to mature organization with worldwide impact Gain insight into the theoretical and practical underpinnings of nonprofit success Adopt new perspectives on effectiveness, excellence, and influence Translate ideas into action in a way that will change the world Social entrepreneurship has taken off more than ever, and the market is crowded with optimistic leaders wanting to change the world. How do you differentiate your organization from the pack? How can you stand out, stand up, and make a real impact? These lessons are gained through experience and building a strong organizational culture; Room to Read has treaded this path and found itself at the heights of success. With Scaling Global Change, you reap the benefit of experiential lessons while applying them to the success of your own organization. **All Royalties from the sale of Scaling Global Change will be donated directly to Room To Read**
Social Entrepreneurship:An Affirmative Critique by
Pascal Dey and Chris Steyaert provide a timely critique on the idea of social entrepreneurship and its reputation as a means for positive social change. The book uses different traditions and modes of critique to interrogate, disrupt and reimagine the concept of social entrepreneurship. Presented in five parts, each individual contribution uses a different critical perspective to analyse and assess social entrepreneurship in its mythological, ideological and performative constitution, looking for its democratic possibilities and alternative affirmations. Using varied analytical approaches, the resulting work highlights the need for a greater recognition of the unintended effects of social entrepreneurship and in doing so, adds nuance to a concept that has gone relatively unchallenged. In addition, each chapter identifies intriguing points for further research.Scholars in the fields of social entrepreneurship, management and organizational studies will find this a relevant and insightful work. Those with a wider scholarly interest in critical research, particularly in the humanities or social sciences, will also find the critical approaches compelling.
Social entrepreneurship : a practical introduction by
Social Entrepreneurship: A Practical Introduction equips aspiring entrepreneurs with the tools needed to design and launch businesses to create positive social change in their communities. This accessible textbook aims to educate and motivate people interested in social entrepreneurship, showing that such businesses are a valuable part of the community development toolbox. Each chapter focuses on a key aspect of social entrepreneurship, from value creation and business planning to impact measurement and scaling up. Different social business models are presented, with analysis of their strengths and weaknesses. Cases and examples are included throughout the book and showcase real-life social enterprises in North America, South America, Europe, Australia, Africa, and the Caribbean. Discussion questions also support reflection and learning. A downloadable workbook offers support with checklists, social impact measurement, and other areas. An instructor manual containing test questions and experiential exercises is also available as a digital supplement for adopters. This book is ideal for introductory courses in social entrepreneurship and community development. It will also be valuable for those involved in social enterprises on the ground.
Social Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation : ecosystems for inclusion in Europe by
This book provides comprehensive and advanced analysis of the characteristics of social entrepreneurship in Europe. It offers innovative, up-to-date research on the ecosystems of social entrepreneurship, the behavior of social entrepreneurs, their ability to produce social innovation, social capital and social inclusion, and the role of stakeholders in fostering socially oriented businesses. Moreover, it addresses the diversity of the European social enterprise sector from an evolutionary perspective, with particular reference to the rise of social entrepreneurship and the role of new-generation social entrepreneurs throughout Europe. Multidisciplinary contributions authored by experts from business and accounting, economics and sociology serve the purpose of delivering a holistic study of social entrepreneurship, also providing the necessary data for delivering policy implications on the features of the most effective enabling social and institutional eco-systems. The broad approach based on different theoretical frameworks and methodologies, across numerous disciplines, enables the authors to tackle all of the complex research issues connected to social entrepreneurship in the region. The book builds on the results of the European Union 7FP (European Union's Research and Innovation funding programme for 2007-2013) funded "EFESEIIS - Enabling the flourishing and evolution of social entrepreneurship for innovative and inclusive societies" research project. The central theme of the book is an evolutionary perspective on the dynamics and the rise of the social enterprise in Europe. This evolutionary perspective can both be used in an economic as well as a social longitudinal analysis of changing contexts and entrepreneurial practices. The evolutionary perspective will be used as a tool to account for the specificity of developmental pathways in different contexts and countries.
Social Entrepreneurship for Development : a business model by
This book presents a fresh approach to poverty alleviation by bridging the fields of international development and social entrepreneurship. The authors present a six-step model for developing an IP business positioning strategy that allows developing country producers to position themselves better as owners of retail brands in foreign market countries. Readers will learn how producers can control the supply　chain, including distribution to retail stores. Focusing on Africa and least developed countries (LDCs), the authors demonstrate methods of utilizing intellectual property tools, producer ownership, market positioning, and branding for lucrative outcomes. Extensive research provides readers with a thorough understanding of what it means to work smarter in a developing business, while a rich set of international cases offers insight into the practical applications of brand positioning, trademarks, and licenses. With a dozen online workbooks to outline methodology, skills, tools, and case studies, Social Entrepreneurship for Development will be a valuable resource for any student of social entrepreneurship or international development.
Social Innovation and Sustainable Entrepreneurship by
The rapid and formative rise in research on social innovation and entrepreneurship means that theoretical frameworks are still being created, while traditional notions of economic efficiency and social welfare are tested. The field is progressing fastest in the measurement and measuring of social entrepreneurial effectiveness. Social innovators, who draw from philanthropy, as well as capital markets, for financial resources, have adopted the lean start up as a paradigm for their organization logics. This collection showcases the myriad emerging philosophical, methodological, and theoretical approaches, many of which are led by practitioners. It is organized into five sections. The first section reports on theoretical approaches to researching sustainable entrepreneurship that are less familiar. The second section reports on research focusing on the entrepreneurial responses to problems of climate change. The third and fourth sections report on research investigating social entrepreneurial processes, and how opportunities are formed and exploited. The fifth section reports on the ethical dimensions of social innovation.Researchers, scholars, educators and policymakers will find this book a useful reference, with novel ideas for future research and discourse.
Strategizing Societal Transformation by
This book is dualistic in its nature: it seeks to combine two approaches to the analysis and assessment of societal development prospects and to strengthen the capacity of each. The book describes the strategic development of regional economies as well as worldwide trends. The theory and methodology of strategy should extend much further and deeper than what is obvious to everyone. Strategy is aimed at the effective movement of the object of strategizing to the reality that does not exist and will only begin to form within a certain period of time, which is determined by long-term prospects. One approach has at its core managing the information and technological development of society--its social and economic transformation--through developing and implementing a particular strategy with a concept or doctrine of the planned guidelines as its first stage. Strategizing the information-technological transformation of society is proved to be most effective when it covers long-term development periods, which will lead to significant and even fundamental changes in the values and priorities of socio-economic development. Another approach described in this volume, which is implemented in conjunction with strategizing, is connected to the conceptual understanding of long-term development. The concept of noonomy represents a complex theory of transformation based on technological change and the resulting shifts in social organization. It demonstrates not only trends but also qualitative social shifts to which these transformations lead. In this way, the approach put forward in the theory of noonomy makes it possible to anticipate and evaluate distant horizons of social development and to grasp the transitions from one stage to the next. Employing the concept of noonomy in the processes of strategy is a prognostic phase, immediately preceding the processes of strategy and creating a reference point for them. This book represents the unique strategy concepts (V. L. Kvint) and noonomy (S. D. Bodrunov) have been brought together. The idea of uniting the authors' views on the problems of civilizational development has a common scientific platform: the definition of long-term goals and the choice of economic and strategic tools to achieve them. This book summarizes the authors' main approaches to the issues at hand to facilitate the applied problem set by the authors, which is to demonstrate the productivity of synthesizing these approaches to the study of societal development patterns for subsequent use in their theoretical and practical implementation.
Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation by
Sustainable entrepreneurship has attracted growing attention in both scholarly and practitioner circles. Focusing on generating social, environmental and business value, the notion has been raised more recently to address the contribution of entrepreneurial activities to sustainable economic and social development. Sustainable Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation builds on a theoretical framework that addresses related topics via a combination of insights from sustainability, policy, managerial, strategic, innovation and institutional perspectives. Providing empirical casework as well as a conceptual and theoretical framework, the book takes a global, interdisciplinary approach to the emergent field of sustainable entrepreneurship. The book highlights elements of sustainable entrepreneurship which have a societal impact as well as regional relevance and related aspects of innovation are also presented. Definitional issues are further elaborated in order to encompass the main inter-connected fields of study, sustainable entrepreneurship and social innovation. This book is an important resource for academic researchers, and postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students in the fields of entrepreneurship, innovation and sustainability.
Sustaining lean : creating a culture of continuous improvement by
Lean is about building and improving stable and predictable systems and processes to deliver to customers high-quality products/services on time by engaging everyone in the organization. Combined with this, organizations need to create an environment of respect for people and continuous learning. It's all about people. People create the product or service, drive innovation, and create systems and processes, and with leadership buy-in and accountability to ensure sustainment with this philosophy, employees will be committed to the organization as they learn and grow personally and professionally. Lean is a term that describes a way of thinking about and managing companies as an enterprise. Becoming Lean requires the following: the continual pursuit to identify and eliminate waste; the establishment of efficient flow of both information and process; and an unwavering top-level commitment. The concept of continuous improvement applies to any process in any industry. Based on the contents of The Lean Practitioners Field Book, the purpose of this series is to show, in detail, how any process can be improved utilizing a combination of tasks and people tools and introduces the BASICS Lean(R) concept. The books are designed for all levels of Lean practitioners and introduces proven tools for analysis and implementation that go beyond the traditional point kaizen event. Each book can be used as a stand-alone volume or used in combination with other titles based on specific needs. Each book is chock-full of case studies and stories from the authors' own experiences in training organizations that have started or are continuing their Lean journey of continuous improvement. Contents include valuable lessons learned and each chapter concludes with questions pertaining to the focus of the chapter. Numerous photographs enrich and illustrate specific tools used in Lean methodology. Sustaining Lean: Creating a Culture of Continuous Improvement focuses on standard work audits, training, Lean Practitioner certification, Hoshin planning, Lean Leadership, and how to run effective meetings. The authors discuss the cultural transformation which must occur to create a Lean culture by understanding what the components are in this culture. The importance of training and the value of the person are also discussed, as is what it takes to be a Lean leader.
Understanding Social Enterprise : theory and practice by
The emergence of social enterprises over the past 35 years has been an exciting and significant development in the economy at a local, national and international level. How should we understand the growing popularity of social enterprise and the wider social economy? Are alternative business models even more relevant in an uncertain business climate? Do they provide a robust response to periods of state ′austerity′? How do social enterprises contribute to global initiatives to improve the sustainability and responsibility of the business community? Through discussion of theoretical and practical considerations for the field, and a wealth of learning features, this 2nd edition of Understanding Social Enterprise: Focuses on the distinct pathways that social enterprises follow, critiquing the competencies and practices that contribute to a successful social economy Contains updated coverage on sector issues, including the recent development of the social investment industry Explores how private, voluntary and public sector agencies engage the social economy, and how distinctive new forms have emerged from it Examines the management of social enterprises in different contexts within the social economy Contains updated coverage of international issues informed by global studies of the social economies. Revisions include a new, tripartite structure and two new chapters on ′Marketing and Measuring Social Value′ and ′Social Investment and Crowd Funding′. Visit the companion website for sample curricula, instructors' manual, PowerPoint slides and extra case studies for lecturers, and access to full-text journal articles for students.
Social Entrepreneurship, Responsibility & Sustainability
This course on social entrepreneurship, corporate social responsibility, and sustainability will introduce you to many problems and issues whereby companies could expand their focus to include the impact of their activities on diverse stakeholders. You deepen your understanding of the course in connecting business goals with societal expectations. It will also include the value of social entrepreneurship and sustainability as the way to prepare for the society in the future. Issues related to environment, health, poverty, sustainable development, globalization, and other issues in the present situation.
Building a Successful Social Venture : a Guide for Social Entrepreneurs by
This is the first book on creating and running a social enterprise to combine theoretical discussions with current cases from around the world, filling a huge gap in the literature. It serves as an eminently practical blueprint for those who wish to build, sustain, and grow social ventures. Building a Successful Social Venture draws on Eric Carlson's and James Koch's pioneering work with the Global Social Benefit Institute, cofounded by Koch at Santa Clara University's Miller Center for Social Entrepreneurship. Since 2003, over 200 Silicon Valley executives have mentored more than 800 aspiring social entrepreneurs at the GSBI. It is this unparalleled real-world foundation that truly sets the book apart. Early versions of the book were used in both undergraduate and MBA classes. Part 1 of the book describes the assumptions that the GSBI model is based on: a bottom-up approach to social change, a focus on base-of-the-pyramid markets, and a specific approach to business planning developed by the GSBI. Part 2 presents the seven elements of the GSBI business planning process, and Part 3 lays out the keys to executing it. The book includes "Social Venture Snapshots" illustrating how different organizations have realized elements of the plan, as well as a wealth of checklists and exercises. Social ventures hold enormous promise to solve some of the world's most intractable problems. This book offers a tested framework for students, social entrepreneurs, and field researchers who wish to learn more about the application of business principles and theories of change for advancing social progress and creating a more just world.
Implementing Lean : converting waste to profit by
Lean is about building and improving stable and predictable systems and processes to deliver to customers high-quality products/services on time by engaging everyone in the organization. Combined with this, organizations need to create an environment of respect for people and continuous learning. It's all about people. People create the product or service, drive innovation, and create systems and processes, and with leadership buy-in and accountability to ensure sustainment with this philosophy, employees will be committed to the organization as they learn and grow personally and professionally.Lean is a term that describes a way of thinking about and managing companies as an enterprise. Becoming Lean requires the following: the continual pursuit to identify and eliminate waste; the establishment of efficient flow of both information and process; and an unwavering top-level commitment. The concept of continuous improvement applies to any process in any industry.Based on the contents of The Lean Practitioners Field Book, the purpose of this series is to show, in detail, how any process can be improved utilizing a combination of tasks and people tools and introduces the BASICS Lean® concept. The books are designed for all levels of Lean practitioners and introduces proven tools for analysis and implementation that go beyond the traditional point kaizen event. Each book can be used as a stand-alone volume or used in combination with other titles based on specific needs.Each book is chocked full of case studies and stories from the authors' own experiences in training organizations who have started or are continuing their Lean journey of continuous improvement. Contents include valuable lessons learned and each chapter concludes with questions pertaining to focus of the chapter. Numerous photographs enrich and illustrate specific tools used in Lean methodology.BASICS Lean® Suggest Solutions - Lean Design and Supply Chain discusses Lean materials, mistake proofing, total productivity maintenance, Lean design and creativity before capital. The authors explore components of the supply chain, noting that the real key with Lean supply chain management is not to make it harder than it is.
Lean Impact : How to Innovate for Radically Greater Social Good by
Despite enormous investments of time and money, are we making a dent on the social and environmental challenges of our time? What if we could exponentially increase our impact? Around the world, a new generation is looking beyond greater profits, for meaningful purpose. But, unlike business, few social interventions have achieved significant impact at scale. Inspired by the modern innovation practices, popularized by bestseller The Lean Startup, that have fueled technology breakthroughs touching every aspect of our lives, Lean Impact turns our attention to a new goal - radically greater social good. Social change is far more complicated than building a new app. It requires more listening, more care, and more stakeholders. To make a lasting difference, solutions must be embraced by beneficiaries, address root causes, and include an engine that can accelerate growth to reach the scale of the need. Lean Impact offers bold ideas to reach audacious goals through customer insight, rapid experimentation and iteration, and a relentless pursuit of impact. Ann Mei Chang brings a unique perspective from across sectors, from her years as a tech executive in Silicon Valley to her most recent experience as the Chief Innovation Officer at USAID. She vividly illustrates the book with real stories from interviews with over 200 organizations across the US and around the world. Whether you are a nonprofit, social enterprise, triple bottom line company, foundation, government agency, philanthropist, impact investor, or simply donate your time and money, Lean Impact is an essential guide to maximizing social impact and scale.
Lessons from the Great Recession : at the crossroads of sustainability and recovery by
Lessons from the Great Recession: At the Crossroads of Sustainability and Recovery examines global cases of environmental sustainability and economics in the context of nations from multi-disciplinary perspectives. The book discusses the high costs of decisions taken in response to the recent economic crises, which as a result have created a lack of investment in environmental and developmental considerations. This volume analyses the problems faced globally as economies try to build a sustainable future in the aftermath of the 'Great Recession'. The book observes concepts of sustainability in the post-recession and post-bailout world around aspects such as Fiscal / economic / social sustainability; Financial sustainability (sector risks etc.); Environmental sustainability. Chapters scrutinise the relationships between nations and supra state agencies such as the UN, EU, IMF etc. in the context of economic crises.
Making Ecopreneurs : Developing Sustainable Entrepreneurship by
The first edition of this book looked at the emergence of 'ecopreneurs' - environmental entrepreneurs gaining competitive advantage for their firms through understanding and utilising green issues. These green entrepreneurs have led the way in enabling market forces to generate economic growth whilst protecting the environment and encouraging sustainability. This new edition continues the examination of what distinguishes these green entrepreneurs from others. It draws on a diverse range of case studies embracing examples of both successful and unsuccessful ecopreneurial ventures on at least four continents. Contributions have been updated and a number of entirely new chapters describe sustainable business projects in places ranging from the USA , India, western Europe, UK, Australia, central America and New Zealand. Making Ecopreneurs, second edition, charts recent developments and remains highly relevant to researchers in the fields of sustainable business development and entrepreneurship, to policymakers within governments and NGOs, and to those running businesses.
Managing for Responsibility : a sourcebook for an alternative paradigm by
The cascading effects of globalization in the form of changing business environment, economic uncertainties and economic meltdown have brought about a plethora of unprecedented challenges for industry and organizations across the globe in recent years. Management education, which prepares human capital for industry, is expected to address these challenges along with others such as intensifying competition, advancing technology, increasing workforce diversity and accelerating complexity. Yet, current management education is largely based on traditional capitalism where the focus tends toward profits and competitiveness rather than toward a balance among profitability, responsibility, social accountability and sustainability. Consequently, management education in general, and MBA education in particular, need to adopt a paradigm shift in order to be more responsible and sustainable. The book contains contributions on the core management topics covered in general management, organizational behavior, ethics and social responsibility, with a focus on responsible management. Its chapters come from many authors in PRME schools from eight countries. Hence, it is expected to be useful to all the B-schools, across geographies that are interested in embedding responsibility in their management curriculum and teaching methodology.
Personal and Organizational Transformation Towards Sustainability : walking a twin-path by
Inspired by the WBCSD Vision 2050 in which "all people live well within the limits of the planet", this book asks how do we achieve this bold ambition? Telling a story of personal growth and corporate transformation, it provides insights and tools for anyone driving sustainable development within their organizations and in their own lives. Discover how you can consciously use your professional role as a source of change. Learn how the consistent use of few, yet meaningful visuals, enables generative dialogue and communication for aligned problem solving within multi-disciplinary and multi-stakeholder teams. See how personal mastery can guide you in identifying the contribution you can make, both towards wider goals and your individual well-being. On this journey, "meaning-making" is essential. In organizations, co-creation of a shared language and an understanding of disruptive innovation are fundamental to successful transformation. In exploring these topics, the book builds on a set of core concepts: Rogers' innovation diffusion curve, the triple bottom line (people, profit, planet) expanded with a fourth "P" (the individual), and the WWF "ice-breaker" graph which maps the environmental footprint against the human development index.
The Social Domain in CSR and Sustainability : a critical study of social responsibility among governments, local communities and corporations by
How can greater understanding of social responsibility within a local context empower companies, local communities and governments? What is the relationship among business, local communities and governments with regard to social responsibility in developing, emerging and advanced economies? What is the nature of the relationship between individual responsibility, social responsibility and profit? These are some of the most meaningful questions in the CSR and sustainability sphere today - and yet hitherto the 'social domain' has received remarkably little detailed coverage. In this fascinating book Monica Thiel tackles these questions head-on; discussing the lack of social responsibility engagement with local communities by corporations and governments, and the lack of reciprocal social responsibility and sporadic participation from individuals and local communities themselves. The Social Domain in CSR and Sustainability provides a new and unique contribution to the body of knowledge in CSR and sustainability. With practical tools for business, government and local community leaders faced with challenging societal constraints and consumer and public demands on a daily basis - readers will be in a better position to manage and develop CSR and sustainability strategies, a task increasingly crucial for successful managers and leaders in companies, local communities and governments.
Social Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprises : Nordic perspectives by
Migrant women stepping into ethnic catering; homeless men employed to take care of bees producing honey for sale; young people on the edge getting microcredit funding to start social businesses; or former criminals joining forces to create social and economic structures for an honest lifestyle. These initiatives capture the transformative power of social enterprise and might indicate how social enterprises have the potential to make a difference for people and societies. The Nordic countries represent an interesting case. Social enterprises and co-operatives played a significant part in paving the way for the Nordic solicaristic welfare state. As the welfare state grew, civil society organizations and co-operatives lost ground, to a certain extent. But in recent decades, the welfare state has been restructured and, simultaneously, the concepts social entrepreneurship and social enterprises have gained attention. The Nordic context, with extensive public welfare structures and a high degree of citizens' participation in public affairs, might affect the emergence of social entrepreneurship and social enterprises.
Social Entrepreneurship in Tunisia : Achievements and Ways Forward by 
Sustainability Reporting : getting started by
Sustainability reporting provides nonfinancial and financial indicators of an organization's environmental, economic, and social dimensions of its operations. The globalization of corporations and widely publicized corporate misdeeds (e.g., Nike's child labor problems) has increased public scrutiny of corporate behavior. As pressure grows from a variety of stakeholders (e.g., investors, creditors, customers, and NGOs) for corporate transparency, sustainability reports provide vital information to meet the demand for disclosures about environmental, economic, and social impacts. In addition to addressing stakeholders' demands, this reporting enhances internal decision-making. Managers are better able to assess risks, monitor company resources, establish competitive advantage, create employee loyalty, and engage stakeholders. This book is intended for MBA students, executives, and managers who want to learn about the value of sustainability reporting. In this book, they will discover the internal and external benefits of sustainability reporting, the basics of existing reporting frameworks, and the reaction of the investment community. Detailed examples of sustainability metrics from numerous organizations are provided to illustrate the Global Reporting Initiative Sustainability Reporting Guidelines. This book will enable readers to assess how reporting can add value for his or her own organization.
Using Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation to Mitigate Wealth Inequality by
Economic inequality continues to contribute to political and social instability around the world. This instability stifles development and results in widening the wealth gap between the "haves" and "have nots," further eroding stability. It has been argued that entrepreneurship is a prime contributor to this vicious cycle. Using Entrepreneurship and Social Innovation to Mitigate Wealth Inequality contends that this is only true when the opportunity for entrepreneurship is limited to a few. The authors maintain that when entrepreneurship is open to anyone who is properly motivated, innovative, and has a goal of growth for their enterprise, it helps build wealth for a greater number of people. The concept of "social entrepreneurship" is introduced, where entrepreneurship becomes a vehicle for explicitly addressing community-based economic and social challenges using markets. The book uses examples of entrepreneurial projects and programs that have attempted to address inequality to discuss entrepreneurship as an economic development strategy and its role in addressing the challenges of economic inequality. It advocates thinking and acting systemically, creating and sustaining entrepreneurial support ecosystems, in order to generate the synergy required to scale-up development and transform our economies and provides a distinctive perspective on a pressing social and economic issue, with significant implications for the future of the United States and the world.
Explore these full text databases dealing with Business Management to view and download articles/readings for your research:
